Index

A

Advice — Class in namespace Google\Api: Generated advice about this change, used for providing more information about how a change will affect the existing service.
AuthProvider — Class in namespace Google\Api: Configuration for an anthentication provider, including support for JSON Web Token (JWT).
AuthRequirement — Class in namespace Google\Api: User-defined authentication requirements, including support for JSON Web Token (JWT).
Authentication — Class in namespace Google\Api: Authentication defines the authentication configuration for an API.
AuthenticationRule — Class in namespace Google\Api: Authentication rules for the service.
AuthorizationConfig — Class in namespace Google\Api: Configuration of authorization.
AuditLog — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Audit: Common audit log format for Google Cloud Platform API operations.
AuthenticationInfo — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Audit: Authentication information for the operation.
AuthorizationInfo — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Audit: Authorization information for the operation.
AnalyzeEntitiesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The entity analysis request message.
AnalyzeEntitiesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The entity analysis response message.
AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The entity-level sentiment analysis request message.
AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The entity-level sentiment analysis response message.
AnalyzeSentimentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The sentiment analysis request message.
AnalyzeSentimentResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The sentiment analysis response message.
AnalyzeSyntaxRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The syntax analysis request message.
AnalyzeSyntaxResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The syntax analysis response message.
AnnotateTextRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The request message for the text annotation API, which can perform multiple analysis types (sentiment, entities, and syntax) in one call.
AnnotateTextRequest_Features — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: All available features for sentiment, syntax, and semantic analysis.
AnnotateTextResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The text annotations response message.
LanguageServiceGrpcClient::AnalyzeSentiment() — Method in class LanguageServiceGrpcClient: Analyzes the sentiment of the provided text.
LanguageServiceGrpcClient::AnalyzeEntities() — Method in class LanguageServiceGrpcClient: Finds named entities (currently proper names and common nouns) in the text along with entity types, salience, mentions for each entity, and other properties.
LanguageServiceGrpcClient::AnalyzeEntitySentiment() — Method in class LanguageServiceGrpcClient: Finds entities, similar to [AnalyzeEntities][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.LanguageService.AnalyzeEntities] in the text and analyzes sentiment associated with each entity and its mentions.
LanguageServiceGrpcClient::AnalyzeSyntax() — Method in class LanguageServiceGrpcClient: Analyzes the syntax of the text and provides sentence boundaries and tokenization along with part of speech tags, dependency trees, and other properties.
LanguageServiceGrpcClient::AnnotateText() — Method in class LanguageServiceGrpcClient: A convenience method that provides all syntax, sentiment, and entity features in one call.
$RecognitionAudio — Property in class RecognitionAudio
AsyncRecognizeMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1: Describes the progress of a long-running AsyncRecognize call. It is included in the metadata field of the Operation returned by the GetOperation call of the google::longrunning::Operations service.
AsyncRecognizeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1: The top-level message sent by the client for the AsyncRecognize method.
AsyncRecognizeResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1: The only message returned to the client by AsyncRecognize. It contains the result as zero or more sequential SpeechRecognitionResult messages. It is included in the result.response field of the Operation returned by the GetOperation call of the google::longrunning::Operations service.
$RecognitionAudio — Property in class RecognitionAudio
SpeechGrpcClient::AsyncRecognize() — Method in class SpeechGrpcClient: Performs asynchronous speech recognition: receive results via the [google.longrunning.Operations] (/speech/reference/rest/v1beta1/operations#Operation) interface. Returns either an Operation.error or an Operation.response which contains an AsyncRecognizeResponse message.
AnnotateVideoProgress — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Videointelligence\V1beta1: Video annotation progress. Included in the metadata field of the Operation returned by the GetOperation call of the google::longrunning::Operations service.
AnnotateVideoRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Videointelligence\V1beta1: Video annotation request.
AnnotateVideoResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Videointelligence\V1beta1: Video annotation response. Included in the response field of the Operation returned by the GetOperation call of the google::longrunning::Operations service.
VideoIntelligenceServiceGrpcClient::AnnotateVideo() — Method in class VideoIntelligenceServiceGrpcClient: Performs asynchronous video annotation. Progress and results can be retrieved through the google.longrunning.Operations interface.
AnnotateImageRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Request for performing Google Cloud Vision API tasks over a user-provided image, with user-requested features.
AnnotateImageResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Response to an image annotation request.
AgentHeaderDescriptor — Class in namespace Google\GAX: Encapsulates the custom GAPIC header information.
ApiCallable — Class in namespace Google\GAX: Creates a function wrapper that provides extra functionalities such as retry and bundling.
ApiException — Class in namespace Google\GAX
$Parser — Property in class Parser
$ParserAction — Property in class ParserAction
$ParserCachedAction — Property in class ParserCachedAction
$ParserState — Property in class ParserState
ParserSymbol::addAction() — Method in class ParserSymbol
GeneratedTest::assertRepeatedFieldEquals() — Method in class GeneratedTest
MockStubTrait::addResponse() — Method in class MockStubTrait: Add a response object, and an optional status, to the list of responses to be returned via _simpleRequest.
Aggregation — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3: Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide different views of the data. Aggregation consists of an alignment step on individual time series (per_series_aligner) followed by an optional reduction of the data across different time series (cross_series_reducer). For more details, see Aggregation.
Aggregation_Aligner — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3: The Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment.
Aggregation_Reducer — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3: A Reducer describes how to aggregate data points from multiple time series into a single time series.
Any — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf: Any contains an arbitrary serialized protocol buffer message along with a URL that describes the type of the serialized message.
Api — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf: Api is a light-weight descriptor for a protocol buffer service.
AcknowledgeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1: Request for the Acknowledge method.
SubscriberGrpcClient::Acknowledge() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient: Acknowledges the messages associated with the ack_ids in the AcknowledgeRequest. The Pub/Sub system can remove the relevant messages from the subscription.

B

Backend — Class in namespace Google\Api: Backend defines the backend configuration for a service.
BackendRule — Class in namespace Google\Api: A backend rule provides configuration for an individual API element.
Billing — Class in namespace Google\Api: Billing related configuration of the service.
BillingStatusRule — Class in namespace Google\Api: Defines the billing status requirements for operations.
BoundingBox — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Videointelligence\V1beta1: Bounding box.
BatchAnnotateImagesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Multiple image annotation requests are batched into a single service call.
BatchAnnotateImagesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Response to a batch image annotation request.
Block — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Logical element on the page.
Block_BlockType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Type of a block (text, image etc) as identified by OCR.
BoundingPoly — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation.
ImageAnnotatorGrpcClient::BatchAnnotateImages() — Method in class ImageAnnotatorGrpcClient: Run image detection and annotation for a batch of images.
BackoffSettings — Class in namespace Google\GAX: Holds the parameters used for exponential backoff logic.
BidiStream — Class in namespace Google\GAX: BidiStream is the response object from a gRPC bidirectional streaming API call.
Parser::begin() — Method in class Parser
Binding — Class in namespace Google\Iam\V1: Associates members with a role.
BindingDelta — Class in namespace Google\Iam\V1: One delta entry for Binding. Each individual change (only one member in each entry) to a binding will be a separate entry.
BindingDelta_Action — Class in namespace Google\Iam\V1: The type of action performed on a Binding in a policy.
BoolValue — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf: Wrapper message for bool.
BytesValue — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf: Wrapper message for bytes.
BadRequest — Class in namespace Google\Rpc: Describes violations in a client request. This error type focuses on the syntactic aspects of the request.
BadRequest_FieldViolation — Class in namespace Google\Rpc: A message type used to describe a single bad request field.
BeginTransactionRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1: The request for [BeginTransaction][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.BeginTransaction].
SpannerGrpcClient::BeginTransaction() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient: Begins a new transaction. This step can often be skipped: [Read][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Read], [ExecuteSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteSql] and [Commit][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Commit] can begin a new transaction as a side-effect.

C

ChangeType — Class in namespace Google\Api: Classifies set of possible modifications to an object in the service configuration.
ConfigChange — Class in namespace Google\Api: Output generated from semantically comparing two versions of a service configuration.
Context — Class in namespace Google\Api: Context defines which contexts an API requests.
ContextRule — Class in namespace Google\Api: A context rule provides information about the context for an individual API element.
Control — Class in namespace Google\Api: Selects and configures the service controller used by the service. The service controller handles features like abuse, quota, billing, logging, monitoring, etc.
CustomHttpPattern — Class in namespace Google\Api: A custom pattern is used for defining custom HTTP verb.
ColorInfo — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Color information consists of RGB channels, score, and the fraction of the image that the color occupies in the image.
CropHint — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Single crop hint that is used to generate a new crop when serving an image.
CropHintsAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Set of crop hints that are used to generate new crops when serving images.
CropHintsParams — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Parameters for crop hints annotation request.
ApiCallable::callWithoutRequest() — Method in class ApiCallable
ApiCallable::createApiCall() — Method in class ApiCallable
ApiException::createFromStdClass() — Method in class ApiException
BidiStream::createApiCall() — Method in class BidiStream
BidiStream::closeWrite() — Method in class BidiStream: Inform the server that no more requests will be written. The write() function cannot be called after closeWrite() is called.
BidiStream::closeWriteAndReadAll() — Method in class BidiStream: Call closeWrite(), and read all responses from the server, until the streaming call is completed. Throws an ApiException if the streaming call failed.
CallSettings — Class in namespace Google\GAX: Encapsulates the call settings for an API call.
ClientStream — Class in namespace Google\GAX: ClientStream is the response object from a gRPC client streaming API call.
ClientStream::createApiCall() — Method in class ClientStream
GrpcCredentialsHelper::createCallCredentialsCallback() — Method in class GrpcCredentialsHelper: Creates the callback function to be passed to gRPC for providing the credentials for a call.
GrpcCredentialsHelper::createStub() — Method in class GrpcCredentialsHelper: Creates a gRPC client stub.
GrpcCredentialsHelper::createSslChannelCredentials() — Method in class GrpcCredentialsHelper: Construct ssl channel credentials. This exists to allow overriding in unit tests.
$Parser — Property in class Parser
$Parser — Property in class Parser
$Parser — Property in class Parser
Parser::currentRules() — Method in class Parser
OperationsClient::cancelOperation() — Method in class OperationsClient: Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED. Clients can use [Operations.GetOperation][google.longrunning.Operations.GetOperation] or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an [Operation.error][google.longrunning.Operation.error] value with a [google.rpc.Status.code][google.rpc.Status.code] of 1, corresponding to Code.CANCELLED.
OperationsClient::close() — Method in class OperationsClient: Initiates an orderly shutdown in which preexisting calls continue but new calls are immediately cancelled.
OperationResponse::cancel() — Method in class OperationResponse: Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it will throw an ApiException with code \google\rpc\Code::UNIMPLEMENTED. Clients can continue to use reload and pollUntilComplete methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation.
PageStreamingDescriptor::createFromFields() — Method in class PageStreamingDescriptor
PathTemplate::count() — Method in class PathTemplate
ServerStream::createApiCall() — Method in class ServerStream
$MockStatus — Property in class MockStatus
ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2: Service for configuring sinks used to export log entries outside of Stackdriver Logging.
ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient::CreateSink() — Method in class ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient: Creates a sink that exports specified log entries to a destination. The export of newly-ingested log entries begins immediately, unless the current time is outside the sink's start and end times or the sink's writer_identity is not permitted to write to the destination. A sink can export log entries only from the resource owning the sink.
CreateLogMetricRequest — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2: The parameters to CreateLogMetric.
CreateSinkRequest — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2: The parameters to CreateSink.
MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient::CreateLogMetric() — Method in class MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient: Creates a logs-based metric.
CancelOperationRequest — Class in namespace Google\Longrunning: The request message for [Operations.CancelOperation][google.longrunning.Operations.CancelOperation].
OperationsGrpcClient::CancelOperation() — Method in class OperationsGrpcClient: Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED. Clients can use [Operations.GetOperation][google.longrunning.Operations.GetOperation] or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an [Operation.error][google.longrunning.Operation.error] value with a [google.rpc.Status.code][google.rpc.Status.code] of 1, corresponding to Code.CANCELLED.
CreateGroupRequest — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3: The CreateGroup request.
CreateMetricDescriptorRequest — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3: The CreateMetricDescriptor request.
CreateTimeSeriesError — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3: Describes the result of a failed request to write data to a time series.
CreateTimeSeriesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3: The CreateTimeSeries request.
GroupServiceGrpcClient::CreateGroup() — Method in class GroupServiceGrpcClient: Creates a new group.
MetricServiceGrpcClient::CreateMetricDescriptor() — Method in class MetricServiceGrpcClient: Creates a new metric descriptor.
MetricServiceGrpcClient::CreateTimeSeries() — Method in class MetricServiceGrpcClient: Creates or adds data to one or more time series.
CreateSnapshotRequest — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1: Request for the CreateSnapshot method.
PublisherGrpcClient::CreateTopic() — Method in class PublisherGrpcClient: Creates the given topic with the given name.
SubscriberGrpcClient::CreateSubscription() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient: Creates a subscription to a given topic.
SubscriberGrpcClient::CreateSnapshot() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient: Creates a snapshot from the requested subscription.
Code — Class in namespace Google\Rpc: The canonical error codes for Google APIs.
CreateDatabaseMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1: Metadata type for the operation returned by [CreateDatabase][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.CreateDatabase].
CreateDatabaseRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1: The request for [CreateDatabase][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.CreateDatabase].
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient::CreateDatabase() — Method in class DatabaseAdminGrpcClient: Creates a new Cloud Spanner database and starts to prepare it for serving.
CreateInstanceMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1: Metadata type for the operation returned by [CreateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.CreateInstance].
CreateInstanceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1: The request for [CreateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.CreateInstance].
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::CreateInstance() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient: Creates an instance and begins preparing it to begin serving. The returned [long-running operation][google.longrunning.Operation] can be used to track the progress of preparing the new instance. The instance name is assigned by the caller. If the named instance already exists, CreateInstance returns ALREADY_EXISTS.
CommitRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1: The request for [Commit][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Commit].
CommitResponse — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1: The response for [Commit][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Commit].
CreateSessionRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1: The request for [CreateSession][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.CreateSession].
SpannerGrpcClient::CreateSession() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient: Creates a new session. A session can be used to perform transactions that read and/or modify data in a Cloud Spanner database.
SpannerGrpcClient::Commit() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient: Commits a transaction. The request includes the mutations to be applied to rows in the database.
Color — Class in namespace Google\Type: Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness; for example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of "java.awt.Color" in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's "+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha" method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS "rgba()" string in JavaScript, as well. Here are some examples: Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // .

D

Distribution — Class in namespace Google\Api: Distribution contains summary statistics for a population of values and, optionally, a histogram representing the distribution of those values across a specified set of histogram buckets.
Distribution_BucketOptions — Class in namespace Google\Api: A Distribution may optionally contain a histogram of the values in the population. The histogram is given in bucket_counts as counts of values that fall into one of a sequence of non-overlapping buckets. The sequence of buckets is described by bucket_options.
Distribution_BucketOptions_Explicit — Class in namespace Google\Api: A set of buckets with arbitrary widths.
Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential — Class in namespace Google\Api: Specify a sequence of buckets that have a width that is proportional to the value of the lower bound. Each bucket represents a constant relative uncertainty on a specific value in the bucket.
Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear — Class in namespace Google\Api: Specify a sequence of buckets that all have the same width (except overflow and underflow). Each bucket represents a constant absolute uncertainty on the specific value in the bucket.
Distribution_Range — Class in namespace Google\Api: The range of the population values.
Documentation — Class in namespace Google\Api: Documentation provides the information for describing a service.
DocumentationRule — Class in namespace Google\Api: A documentation rule provides information about individual API elements.
DependencyEdge — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: Represents dependency parse tree information for a token.
DependencyEdge_Label — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The parse label enum for the token.
Document — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: ##########################################################

Represents the input to API methods.
Document_Type — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The document types enum.
DominantColorsAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Set of dominant colors and their corresponding scores.
DeleteEventsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1: Deletes all events in the project.
DeleteEventsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1: Response message for deleting error events.
ErrorStatsServiceGrpcClient::DeleteEvents() — Method in class ErrorStatsServiceGrpcClient: Deletes all error events of a given project.
$Parser — Property in class Parser
$Parser — Property in class Parser
$Parser — Property in class Parser
OperationsClient::deleteOperation() — Method in class OperationsClient: Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED.
OperationResponse::delete() — Method in class OperationResponse: Delete the long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation.
Serializer::decodeMessage() — Method in class Serializer
Serializer::decodeMetadata() — Method in class Serializer: Decode metadata received from gRPC status object
$MockStatus — Property in class MockStatus
SerializationTrait::deserializeMessage() — Method in class SerializationTrait
ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient::DeleteSink() — Method in class ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient: Deletes a sink. If the sink has a unique writer_identity, then that service account is also deleted.
DeleteLogMetricRequest — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2: The parameters to DeleteLogMetric.
DeleteLogRequest — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2: The parameters to DeleteLog.
DeleteSinkRequest — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2: The parameters to DeleteSink.
LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient::DeleteLog() — Method in class LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient: Deletes all the log entries in a log.
MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient::DeleteLogMetric() — Method in class MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient: Deletes a logs-based metric.
DeleteOperationRequest — Class in namespace Google\Longrunning: The request message for [Operations.DeleteOperation][google.longrunning.Operations.DeleteOperation].
OperationsGrpcClient::DeleteOperation() — Method in class OperationsGrpcClient: Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED.
DeleteGroupRequest — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3: The DeleteGroup request. You can only delete a group if it has no children.
DeleteMetricDescriptorRequest — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3: The DeleteMetricDescriptor request.
GroupServiceGrpcClient::DeleteGroup() — Method in class GroupServiceGrpcClient: Deletes an existing group.
MetricServiceGrpcClient::DeleteMetricDescriptor() — Method in class MetricServiceGrpcClient: Deletes a metric descriptor. Only user-created custom metrics can be deleted.
DoubleValue — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf: Wrapper message for double.
Duration — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf: A Duration represents a signed, fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". It is related to Timestamp in that the difference between two Timestamp values is a Duration and it can be added or subtracted from a Timestamp. Range is approximately +-10,000 years.
DeleteSnapshotRequest — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1: Request for the DeleteSnapshot method.
DeleteSubscriptionRequest — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1: Request for the DeleteSubscription method.
DeleteTopicRequest — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1: Request for the DeleteTopic method.
PublisherGrpcClient::DeleteTopic() — Method in class PublisherGrpcClient: Deletes the topic with the given name. Returns NOT_FOUND if the topic does not exist. After a topic is deleted, a new topic may be created with the same name; this is an entirely new topic with none of the old configuration or subscriptions. Existing subscriptions to this topic are not deleted, but their topic field is set to _deleted-topic_.
SubscriberGrpcClient::DeleteSubscription() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient: Deletes an existing subscription. All messages retained in the subscription are immediately dropped. Calls to Pull after deletion will return NOT_FOUND. After a subscription is deleted, a new one may be created with the same name, but the new one has no association with the old subscription or its topic unless the same topic is specified.
SubscriberGrpcClient::DeleteSnapshot() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient: Removes an existing snapshot. All messages retained in the snapshot are immediately dropped. After a snapshot is deleted, a new one may be created with the same name, but the new one has no association with the old snapshot or its subscription, unless the same subscription is specified.
DebugInfo — Class in namespace Google\Rpc: Describes additional debugging info.
Database — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1: A Cloud Spanner database.
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1: Cloud Spanner Database Admin API
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient::DropDatabase() — Method in class DatabaseAdminGrpcClient: Drops (aka deletes) a Cloud Spanner database.
Database_State — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1: Indicates the current state of the database.
DropDatabaseRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1: The request for [DropDatabase][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.DropDatabase].
DeleteInstanceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1: The request for [DeleteInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.DeleteInstance].
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::DeleteInstance() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient: Deletes an instance.
DeleteSessionRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1: The request for [DeleteSession][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.DeleteSession].
SpannerGrpcClient::DeleteSession() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient: Ends a session, releasing server resources associated with it.
Date — Class in namespace Google\Type: Represents a whole calendar date, e.g. date of birth. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are not significant. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. The day may be 0 to represent a year and month where the day is not significant, e.g. credit card expiration date. The year may be 0 to represent a month and day independent of year, e.g. anniversary date. Related types are [google.type.TimeOfDay][google.type.TimeOfDay] and google.protobuf.Timestamp.
DayOfWeek — Class in namespace Google\Type: Represents a day of week.

E

Endpoint — Class in namespace Google\Api: Endpoint describes a network endpoint that serves a set of APIs.
Experimental — Class in namespace Google\Api: Experimental service configuration. These configuration options can only be used by whitelisted users.
EncodingType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: Represents the text encoding that the caller uses to process the output.
Entity — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: Represents a phrase in the text that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location. The API associates information, such as salience and mentions, with entities.
EntityMention — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: Represents a mention for an entity in the text. Currently, proper noun mentions are supported.
EntityMention_Type — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The supported types of mentions.
Entity_Type — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The type of the entity.
EntityAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Set of detected entity features.
ErrorContext — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1: A description of the context in which an error occurred.
ErrorEvent — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1: An error event which is returned by the Error Reporting system.
ErrorGroup — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1: Description of a group of similar error events.
ErrorGroupOrder — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1: A sorting order of error groups.
ErrorGroupServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1: Service for retrieving and updating individual error groups.
ErrorGroupStats — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1: Data extracted for a specific group based on certain filter criteria, such as a given time period and/or service filter.
ErrorStatsServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1: An API for retrieving and managing error statistics as well as data for individual events.
$Parser — Property in class Parser
$ParserError — Property in class ParserError
PagedListResponse::expandToFixedSizeCollection() — Method in class PagedListResponse: Returns a collection of elements with a fixed size set by the collectionSize parameter. The collection will only contain fewer than collectionSize elements if there are no more pages to be retrieved from the server.
Serializer::encodeMessage() — Method in class Serializer
Enum — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf: Enum type definition.
EnumValue — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf: Enum value definition.
ExecuteSqlRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1: The request for [ExecuteSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteSql] and [ExecuteStreamingSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteStreamingSql].
ExecuteSqlRequest_QueryMode — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1: Mode in which the query must be processed.
$KeyRange — Property in class KeyRange
SpannerGrpcClient::ExecuteSql() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient: Executes an SQL query, returning all rows in a single reply. This method cannot be used to return a result set larger than 10 MiB; if the query yields more data than that, the query fails with a FAILED_PRECONDITION error.
SpannerGrpcClient::ExecuteStreamingSql() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient: Like [ExecuteSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteSql], except returns the result set as a stream. Unlike [ExecuteSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteSql], there is no limit on the size of the returned result set. However, no individual row in the result set can exceed 100 MiB, and no column value can exceed 10 MiB.

F

FaceAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Videointelligence\V1beta1: Face annotation.
FaceLocation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Videointelligence\V1beta1: Face location.
Feature — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Videointelligence\V1beta1: Video annotation feature.
FaceAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: A face annotation object contains the results of face detection.
FaceAnnotation_Landmark — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: A face-specific landmark (for example, a face feature).
FaceAnnotation_Landmark_Type — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Face landmark (feature) type.
Feature — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Users describe the type of Google Cloud Vision API tasks to perform over images by using Features. Each Feature indicates a type of image detection task to perform. Features encode the Cloud Vision API vertical to operate on and the number of top-scoring results to return.
Feature_Type — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Type of image feature.
BackoffSettings::fromSnakeCase() — Method in class BackoffSettings: Constructs an instance from snake-case parameters.
FixedSizeCollection — Class in namespace Google\GAX: A collection of elements retrieved using one or more API calls. The collection will attempt to retrieve a fixed number of elements, and will make API calls until that fixed number is reached, or there are no more elements to retrieve.
$Parser — Property in class Parser
$ParserLocation — Property in class ParserLocation
$ParserLocation — Property in class ParserLocation
$ListGroupsRequest — Property in class ListGroupsRequest
Field — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf: A single field of a message type.
FieldMask — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf: FieldMask represents a set of symbolic field paths, for example: paths: "f.a" paths: "f.b.d" Here f represents a field in some root message, a and b fields in the message found in f, and d a field found in the message in f.b.
Field_Cardinality — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf: Whether a field is optional, required, or repeated.
Field_Kind — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf: Basic field types.
FloatValue — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf: Wrapper message for float.

G

Advice::getDescription() — Method in class Advice

Useful description for why this advice was applied and what actions should be taken to mitigate any implied risks.

AuthProvider::getId() — Method in class AuthProvider

The unique identifier of the auth provider. It will be referred to by AuthRequirement.provider_id.

AuthProvider::getIssuer() — Method in class AuthProvider

Identifies the principal that issued the JWT. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32#section-4.1.1 Usually a URL or an email address.

AuthProvider::getJwksUri() — Method in class AuthProvider

URL of the provider's public key set to validate signature of the JWT. See OpenID Discovery.

AuthProvider::getAudiences() — Method in class AuthProvider

The list of JWT audiences.

AuthRequirement::getProviderId() — Method in class AuthRequirement

[id][google.api.AuthProvider.id] from authentication provider.

AuthRequirement::getAudiences() — Method in class AuthRequirement

NOTE: This will be deprecated soon, once AuthProvider.audiences is implemented and accepted in all the runtime components.

Authentication::getRules() — Method in class Authentication

A list of authentication rules that apply to individual API methods.

Authentication::getProviders() — Method in class Authentication

Defines a set of authentication providers that a service supports.

AuthenticationRule::getSelector() — Method in class AuthenticationRule

Selects the methods to which this rule applies.

AuthenticationRule::getOauth() — Method in class AuthenticationRule

The requirements for OAuth credentials.

AuthenticationRule::getAllowWithoutCredential() — Method in class AuthenticationRule

Whether to allow requests without a credential. The credential can be an OAuth token, Google cookies (first-party auth) or EndUserCreds.

AuthenticationRule::getRequirements() — Method in class AuthenticationRule

Requirements for additional authentication providers.

AuthorizationConfig::getProvider() — Method in class AuthorizationConfig

The name of the authorization provider, such as firebaserules.googleapis.com.

Backend::getRules() — Method in class Backend

A list of API backend rules that apply to individual API methods.

BackendRule::getSelector() — Method in class BackendRule

Selects the methods to which this rule applies.

BackendRule::getAddress() — Method in class BackendRule

The address of the API backend.

BackendRule::getDeadline() — Method in class BackendRule

The number of seconds to wait for a response from a request. The default depends on the deployment context.

Billing::getMetrics() — Method in class Billing

Names of the metrics to report to billing. Each name must be defined in [Service.metrics][google.api.Service.metrics] section.

Billing::getRules() — Method in class Billing

A list of billing status rules for configuring billing status check.

BillingStatusRule::getSelector() — Method in class BillingStatusRule

Selects the operation names to which this rule applies.

BillingStatusRule::getAllowedStatuses() — Method in class BillingStatusRule

Allowed billing statuses. The billing status check passes if the actual billing status matches any of the provided values here.

ConfigChange::getElement() — Method in class ConfigChange

Object hierarchy path to the change, with levels separated by a '.' character. For repeated fields, an applicable unique identifier field is used for the index (usually selector, name, or id). For maps, the term 'key' is used. If the field has no unique identifier, the numeric index is used.

ConfigChange::getOldValue() — Method in class ConfigChange

Value of the changed object in the old Service configuration, in JSON format. This field will not be populated if ChangeType == ADDED.

ConfigChange::getNewValue() — Method in class ConfigChange

Value of the changed object in the new Service configuration, in JSON format. This field will not be populated if ChangeType == REMOVED.

ConfigChange::getChangeType() — Method in class ConfigChange

The type for this change, either ADDED, REMOVED, or MODIFIED.

ConfigChange::getAdvices() — Method in class ConfigChange

Collection of advice provided for this change, useful for determining the possible impact of this change.

Context::getRules() — Method in class Context

A list of RPC context rules that apply to individual API methods.

ContextRule::getSelector() — Method in class ContextRule

Selects the methods to which this rule applies.

ContextRule::getRequested() — Method in class ContextRule

A list of full type names of requested contexts.

ContextRule::getProvided() — Method in class ContextRule

A list of full type names of provided contexts.

Control::getEnvironment() — Method in class Control

The service control environment to use. If empty, no control plane feature (like quota and billing) will be enabled.

CustomHttpPattern::getKind() — Method in class CustomHttpPattern

The name of this custom HTTP verb.

CustomHttpPattern::getPath() — Method in class CustomHttpPattern

The path matched by this custom verb.

Distribution::getCount() — Method in class Distribution

The number of values in the population. Must be non-negative.

Distribution::getMean() — Method in class Distribution

The arithmetic mean of the values in the population. If count is zero then this field must be zero.

Distribution::getSumOfSquaredDeviation() — Method in class Distribution

The sum of squared deviations from the mean of the values in the population. For values x_i this is: Sum[i=1.

Distribution::getRange() — Method in class Distribution

If specified, contains the range of the population values. The field must not be present if the count is zero.

Distribution::getBucketOptions() — Method in class Distribution

Defines the histogram bucket boundaries.

Distribution::getBucketCounts() — Method in class Distribution

If bucket_options is given, then the sum of the values in bucket_counts must equal the value in count. If bucket_options is not given, no bucket_counts fields may be given.

Distribution_BucketOptions::getLinearBuckets() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions

The linear bucket.

Distribution_BucketOptions::getExponentialBuckets() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions

The exponential buckets.

Distribution_BucketOptions::getExplicitBuckets() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions

The explicit buckets.

Distribution_BucketOptions::getOptions() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions

Distribution_BucketOptions_Explicit::getBounds() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Explicit

The values must be monotonically increasing.

Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential::getNumFiniteBuckets() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential

Must be greater than 0.

Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential::getGrowthFactor() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential

Must be greater than 1.

Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential::getScale() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential

Must be greater than 0.

Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear::getNumFiniteBuckets() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear

Must be greater than 0.

Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear::getWidth() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear

Must be greater than 0.

Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear::getOffset() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear

Lower bound of the first bucket.

Distribution_Range::getMin() — Method in class Distribution_Range

The minimum of the population values.

Distribution_Range::getMax() — Method in class Distribution_Range

The maximum of the population values.

Documentation::getSummary() — Method in class Documentation

A short summary of what the service does. Can only be provided by plain text.

Documentation::getPages() — Method in class Documentation

The top level pages for the documentation set.

Documentation::getRules() — Method in class Documentation

A list of documentation rules that apply to individual API elements.

Documentation::getDocumentationRootUrl() — Method in class Documentation

The URL to the root of documentation.

Documentation::getOverview() — Method in class Documentation

Declares a single overview page. For example:

pre>documentation: summary: .

DocumentationRule::getSelector() — Method in class DocumentationRule


                    The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns. Each pattern is a
qualified name of the element which may end in "*", indicating a wildcard.
DocumentationRule::getDescription() — Method in class DocumentationRule
                    Description of the selected API(s).
DocumentationRule::getDeprecationDescription() — Method in class DocumentationRule
                    Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if an
element is marked as deprecated.
Endpoint::getName() — Method in class Endpoint
                    The canonical name of this endpoint.
Endpoint::getAliases() — Method in class Endpoint
                    DEPRECATED: This field is no longer supported. Instead of using aliases,
please specify multiple [google.api.Endpoint][google.api.Endpoint] for each of the intented
alias.
Endpoint::getApis() — Method in class Endpoint
                    The list of APIs served by this endpoint.
Endpoint::getFeatures() — Method in class Endpoint
                    The list of features enabled on this endpoint.
Endpoint::getTarget() — Method in class Endpoint
                    The specification of an Internet routable address of API frontend that will
handle requests to this API Endpoint.
Endpoint::getAllowCors() — Method in class Endpoint
                    Allowing
CORS, aka
cross-domain traffic, would allow the backends served from this endpoint to
receive and respond to HTTP OPTIONS requests. The response will be used by
the browser to determine whether the subsequent cross-origin request is
allowed to proceed.
Experimental::getAuthorization() — Method in class Experimental
                    Authorization configuration.
Http::getRules() — Method in class Http
                    A list of HTTP configuration rules that apply to individual API methods.
HttpBody::getContentType() — Method in class HttpBody
                    The HTTP Content-Type string representing the content type of the body.
HttpBody::getData() — Method in class HttpBody
                    HTTP body binary data.
HttpRule::getSelector() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Selects methods to which this rule applies.
HttpRule::getGet() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Used for listing and getting information about resources.
HttpRule::getPut() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Used for updating a resource.
HttpRule::getPost() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Used for creating a resource.
HttpRule::getDelete() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Used for deleting a resource.
HttpRule::getPatch() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Used for updating a resource.
HttpRule::getCustom() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Custom pattern is used for defining custom verbs.
HttpRule::getBody() — Method in class HttpRule
                    The name of the request field whose value is mapped to the HTTP body, or
* for mapping all fields not captured by the path pattern to the HTTP
body. NOTE: the referred field must not be a repeated field and must be
present at the top-level of request message type.
HttpRule::getAdditionalBindings() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Additional HTTP bindings for the selector. Nested bindings must
not contain an additional_bindings field themselves (that is,
the nesting may only be one level deep).
HttpRule::getPattern() — Method in class HttpRule
                    
LabelDescriptor::getKey() — Method in class LabelDescriptor
                    The label key.
LabelDescriptor::getValueType() — Method in class LabelDescriptor
                    The type of data that can be assigned to the label.
LabelDescriptor::getDescription() — Method in class LabelDescriptor
                    A human-readable description for the label.
LogDescriptor::getName() — Method in class LogDescriptor
                    The name of the log. It must be less than 512 characters long and can
include the following characters: upper- and lower-case alphanumeric
characters [A-Za-z0-9], and punctuation characters including
slash, underscore, hyphen, period [/_-.].
LogDescriptor::getLabels() — Method in class LogDescriptor
                    The set of labels that are available to describe a specific log entry.
LogDescriptor::getDescription() — Method in class LogDescriptor
                    A human-readable description of this log. This information appears in
the documentation and can contain details.
LogDescriptor::getDisplayName() — Method in class LogDescriptor
                    The human-readable name for this log. This information appears on
the user interface and should be concise.
Logging::getProducerDestinations() — Method in class Logging
                    Logging configurations for sending logs to the producer project.
Logging::getConsumerDestinations() — Method in class Logging
                    Logging configurations for sending logs to the consumer project.
Logging_LoggingDestination::getMonitoredResource() — Method in class Logging_LoggingDestination
                    The monitored resource type. The type must be defined in the
[Service.monitored_resources][google.api.Service.monitored_resources] section.
Logging_LoggingDestination::getLogs() — Method in class Logging_LoggingDestination
                    Names of the logs to be sent to this destination. Each name must
be defined in the [Service.logs][google.api.Service.logs] section. If the log name is
not a domain scoped name, it will be automatically prefixed with
the service name followed by "/".
Metric::getType() — Method in class Metric
                    An existing metric type, see [google.api.MetricDescriptor][google.api.MetricDescriptor].
Metric::getLabels() — Method in class Metric
                    The set of label values that uniquely identify this metric. All
labels listed in the MetricDescriptor must be assigned values.
MetricDescriptor::getName() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    The resource name of the metric descriptor. Depending on the
implementation, the name typically includes: (1) the parent resource name
that defines the scope of the metric type or of its data; and (2) the
metric's URL-encoded type, which also appears in the type field of this
descriptor. For example, following is the resource name of a custom
metric within the GCP project my-project-id:
    "projects/my-project-id/metricDescriptors/custom.googleapis.com%2Finvoice%2Fpaid%2Famount"
MetricDescriptor::getType() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    The metric type, including its DNS name prefix. The type is not
URL-encoded.  All user-defined custom metric types have the DNS name
custom.googleapis.com.  Metric types should use a natural hierarchical
grouping. For example:
    "custom.googleapis.com/invoice/paid/amount"
    "appengine.googleapis.com/http/server/response_latencies"
MetricDescriptor::getLabels() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    The set of labels that can be used to describe a specific
instance of this metric type. For example, the
appengine.googleapis.com/http/server/response_latencies metric
type has a label for the HTTP response code, response_code, so
you can look at latencies for successful responses or just
for responses that failed.
MetricDescriptor::getMetricKind() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    Whether the metric records instantaneous values, changes to a value, etc.
MetricDescriptor::getValueType() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    Whether the measurement is an integer, a floating-point number, etc.
MetricDescriptor::getUnit() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    The unit in which the metric value is reported. It is only applicable
if the value_type is INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION. The
supported units are a subset of The Unified Code for Units of
Measure standard:
Basic units (UNIT)
* bit   bit
* By    byte
* s     second
* min   minute
* h     hour
* d     day
Prefixes (PREFIX)
* k     kilo    (103)
* M     mega    (106)
* G     giga    (109)
* T     tera    (1012)
* P     peta    (1015)
* E     exa     (1018)
* Z     zetta   (1021)
* Y     yotta   (1024)
* m     milli   (10-3)
* u     micro   (10-6)
* n     nano    (10-9)
* p     pico    (10-12)
* f     femto   (10-15)
* a     atto    (10-18)
* z     zepto   (10-21)
* y     yocto   (10-24)
* Ki    kibi    (210)
* Mi    mebi    (220)
* Gi    gibi    (230)
* Ti    tebi    (240)
Grammar
The grammar includes the dimensionless unit 1, such as 1/s.
MetricDescriptor::getDescription() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    A detailed description of the metric, which can be used in documentation.
MetricDescriptor::getDisplayName() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    A concise name for the metric, which can be displayed in user interfaces.
MetricRule::getSelector() — Method in class MetricRule
                    Selects the methods to which this rule applies.
MetricRule::getMetricCosts() — Method in class MetricRule
                    Metrics to update when the selected methods are called, and the associated
cost applied to each metric.
MonitoredResource::getType() — Method in class MonitoredResource
                    Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match
the type field of a [MonitoredResourceDescriptor][google.api.MonitoredResourceDescriptor] object. For
example, the type of a Cloud SQL database is "cloudsql_database".
MonitoredResource::getLabels() — Method in class MonitoredResource
                    Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored
resource descriptor. For example, Cloud SQL databases use the labels
"database_id" and "zone".
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::getName() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    Optional. The resource name of the monitored resource descriptor:
"projects/{project_id}/monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}" where
{type} is the value of the type field in this object and
{project_id} is a project ID that provides API-specific context for
accessing the type.  APIs that do not use project information can use the
resource name format "monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}".
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::getType() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type
"cloudsql_database" represents databases in Google Cloud SQL.
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::getDisplayName() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    Optional. A concise name for the monitored resource type that might be
displayed in user interfaces. It should be a Title Cased Noun Phrase,
without any article or other determiners. For example,
"Google Cloud SQL Database".
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::getDescription() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    Optional. A detailed description of the monitored resource type that might
be used in documentation.
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::getLabels() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    Required. A set of labels used to describe instances of this monitored
resource type. For example, an individual Google Cloud SQL database is
identified by values for the labels "database_id" and "zone".
Monitoring::getProducerDestinations() — Method in class Monitoring
                    Monitoring configurations for sending metrics to the producer project.
Monitoring::getConsumerDestinations() — Method in class Monitoring
                    Monitoring configurations for sending metrics to the consumer project.
Monitoring_MonitoringDestination::getMonitoredResource() — Method in class Monitoring_MonitoringDestination
                    The monitored resource type. The type must be defined in
[Service.monitored_resources][google.api.Service.monitored_resources] section.
Monitoring_MonitoringDestination::getMetrics() — Method in class Monitoring_MonitoringDestination
                    Names of the metrics to report to this monitoring destination.
OAuthRequirements::getCanonicalScopes() — Method in class OAuthRequirements
                    The list of publicly documented OAuth scopes that are allowed access. An
OAuth token containing any of these scopes will be accepted.
Page::getName() — Method in class Page
                    The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to
generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation,
etc. The full page name (start from the root page name to this page
concatenated with .) can be used as reference to the page in your
documentation. For example:

pages:
- name: Tutorial
  content: (== include tutorial.md ==)
  subpages:
  - name: Java
    content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==)


You can reference Java page using Markdown reference link syntax:
[Java][Tutorial.Java].
Page::getContent() — Method in class Page
                    The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==)
to include content from a Markdown file.
Page::getSubpages() — Method in class Page
                    Subpages of this page. The order of subpages specified here will be
honored in the generated docset.
ProjectProperties::getProperties() — Method in class ProjectProperties
                    List of per consumer project-specific properties.
Property::getName() — Method in class Property
                    The name of the property (a.k.a key).
Property::getType() — Method in class Property
                    The type of this property.
Property::getDescription() — Method in class Property
                    The description of the property
Quota::getLimits() — Method in class Quota
                    List of QuotaLimit definitions for the service.
Quota::getMetricRules() — Method in class Quota
                    List of MetricRule definitions, each one mapping a selected method to one
or more metrics.
QuotaLimit::getName() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Name of the quota limit. The name is used to refer to the limit when
overriding the default limit on per-consumer basis.
QuotaLimit::getDescription() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Optional. User-visible, extended description for this quota limit.
QuotaLimit::getDefaultLimit() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Default number of tokens that can be consumed during the specified
duration. This is the number of tokens assigned when a client
application developer activates the service for his/her project.
QuotaLimit::getMaxLimit() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Maximum number of tokens that can be consumed during the specified
duration. Client application developers can override the default limit up
to this maximum. If specified, this value cannot be set to a value less
than the default limit. If not specified, it is set to the default limit.
QuotaLimit::getFreeTier() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Free tier value displayed in the Developers Console for this limit.
QuotaLimit::getDuration() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Duration of this limit in textual notation. Example: "100s", "24h", "1d".
QuotaLimit::getMetric() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    The name of the metric this quota limit applies to. The quota limits with
the same metric will be checked together during runtime. The metric must be
defined within the service config.
QuotaLimit::getUnit() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as
[Metric.unit][]. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota
backend system.
QuotaLimit::getValues() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Tiered limit values. Also allows for regional or zone overrides for these
values if "/{region}" or "/{zone}" is specified in the unit field.
QuotaLimit::getDisplayName() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    User-visible display name for this limit.
Service::getConfigVersion() — Method in class Service
                    The version of the service configuration. The config version may
influence interpretation of the configuration, for example, to
determine defaults. This is documented together with applicable
options. The current default for the config version itself is 3.
Service::getName() — Method in class Service
                    The DNS address at which this service is available,
e.g. calendar.googleapis.com.
Service::getId() — Method in class Service
                    A unique ID for a specific instance of this message, typically assigned
by the client for tracking purpose. If empty, the server may choose to
generate one instead.
Service::getTitle() — Method in class Service
                    The product title associated with this service.
Service::getProducerProjectId() — Method in class Service
                    The id of the Google developer project that owns the service.
Service::getApis() — Method in class Service
                    A list of API interfaces exported by this service. Only the name field
of the [google.protobuf.Api][google.protobuf.Api] needs to be provided by the configuration
author, as the remaining fields will be derived from the IDL during the
normalization process. It is an error to specify an API interface here
which cannot be resolved against the associated IDL files.
Service::getTypes() — Method in class Service
                    A list of all proto message types included in this API service.
Service::getEnums() — Method in class Service
                    A list of all enum types included in this API service.  Enums
referenced directly or indirectly by the apis are automatically
included.  Enums which are not referenced but shall be included
should be listed here by name. Example:
    enums:
    - name: google.someapi.v1.SomeEnum
Service::getDocumentation() — Method in class Service
                    Additional API documentation.
Service::getBackend() — Method in class Service
                    API backend configuration.
Service::getHttp() — Method in class Service
                    HTTP configuration.
Service::getQuota() — Method in class Service
                    Quota configuration.
Service::getAuthentication() — Method in class Service
                    Auth configuration.
Service::getContext() — Method in class Service
                    Context configuration.
Service::getUsage() — Method in class Service
                    Configuration controlling usage of this service.
Service::getEndpoints() — Method in class Service
                    Configuration for network endpoints.  If this is empty, then an endpoint
with the same name as the service is automatically generated to service all
defined APIs.
Service::getControl() — Method in class Service
                    Configuration for the service control plane.
Service::getLogs() — Method in class Service
                    Defines the logs used by this service.
Service::getMetrics() — Method in class Service
                    Defines the metrics used by this service.
Service::getMonitoredResources() — Method in class Service
                    Defines the monitored resources used by this service. This is required
by the [Service.monitoring][google.api.Service.monitoring] and [Service.logging][google.api.Service.logging] configurations.
Service::getLogging() — Method in class Service
                    Logging configuration.
Service::getMonitoring() — Method in class Service
                    Monitoring configuration.
Service::getSystemParameters() — Method in class Service
                    System parameter configuration.
Service::getSourceInfo() — Method in class Service
                    Output only. The source information for this configuration if available.
Service::getExperimental() — Method in class Service
                    Experimental configuration.
SourceInfo::getSourceFiles() — Method in class SourceInfo
                    All files used during config generation.
SystemParameter::getName() — Method in class SystemParameter
                    Define the name of the parameter, such as "api_key" . It is case sensitive.
SystemParameter::getHttpHeader() — Method in class SystemParameter
                    Define the HTTP header name to use for the parameter. It is case
insensitive.
SystemParameter::getUrlQueryParameter() — Method in class SystemParameter
                    Define the URL query parameter name to use for the parameter. It is case
sensitive.
SystemParameterRule::getSelector() — Method in class SystemParameterRule
                    Selects the methods to which this rule applies. Use '*' to indicate all
methods in all APIs.
SystemParameterRule::getParameters() — Method in class SystemParameterRule
                    Define parameters. Multiple names may be defined for a parameter.
SystemParameters::getRules() — Method in class SystemParameters
                    Define system parameters.
Usage::getRequirements() — Method in class Usage
                    Requirements that must be satisfied before a consumer project can use the
service. Each requirement is of the form <service.name>/;
for example 'serviceusage.googleapis.com/billing-enabled'.
Usage::getRules() — Method in class Usage
                    A list of usage rules that apply to individual API methods.
Usage::getProducerNotificationChannel() — Method in class Usage
                    The full resource name of a channel used for sending notifications to the
service producer.
UsageRule::getSelector() — Method in class UsageRule
                    Selects the methods to which this rule applies. Use '*' to indicate all
methods in all APIs.
UsageRule::getAllowUnregisteredCalls() — Method in class UsageRule
                    True, if the method allows unregistered calls; false otherwise.
UsageRule::getSkipServiceControl() — Method in class UsageRule
                    True, if the method should skip service control. If so, no control plane
feature (like quota and billing) will be enabled.
AuditLog::getServiceName() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The name of the API service performing the operation. For example,
"datastore.googleapis.com".
AuditLog::getMethodName() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The name of the service method or operation.
AuditLog::getResourceName() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The resource or collection that is the target of the operation.
AuditLog::getNumResponseItems() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The number of items returned from a List or Query API method,
if applicable.
AuditLog::getStatus() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The status of the overall operation.
AuditLog::getAuthenticationInfo() — Method in class AuditLog
                    Authentication information.
AuditLog::getAuthorizationInfo() — Method in class AuditLog
                    Authorization information. If there are multiple
resources or permissions involved, then there is
one AuthorizationInfo element for each {resource, permission} tuple.
AuditLog::getRequestMetadata() — Method in class AuditLog
                    Metadata about the operation.
AuditLog::getRequest() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The operation request. This may not include all request parameters,
such as those that are too large, privacy-sensitive, or duplicated
elsewhere in the log record.
AuditLog::getResponse() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The operation response. This may not include all response elements,
such as those that are too large, privacy-sensitive, or duplicated
elsewhere in the log record.
AuditLog::getServiceData() — Method in class AuditLog
                    Other service-specific data about the request, response, and other
activities.
AuthenticationInfo::getPrincipalEmail() — Method in class AuthenticationInfo
                    The email address of the authenticated user making the request.
AuthorizationInfo::getResource() — Method in class AuthorizationInfo
                    The resource being accessed, as a REST-style string. For example:
    bigquery.googlapis.com/projects/PROJECTID/datasets/DATASETID
AuthorizationInfo::getPermission() — Method in class AuthorizationInfo
                    The required IAM permission.
AuthorizationInfo::getGranted() — Method in class AuthorizationInfo
                    Whether or not authorization for resource and permission
was granted.
RequestMetadata::getCallerIp() — Method in class RequestMetadata
                    The IP address of the caller.
RequestMetadata::getCallerSuppliedUserAgent() — Method in class RequestMetadata
                    The user agent of the caller.
AnalyzeEntitiesRequest::getDocument() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitiesRequest
                    Input document.
AnalyzeEntitiesRequest::getEncodingType() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitiesRequest
                    The encoding type used by the API to calculate offsets.
AnalyzeEntitiesResponse::getEntities() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitiesResponse
                    The recognized entities in the input document.
AnalyzeEntitiesResponse::getLanguage() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitiesResponse
                    The language of the text, which will be the same as the language specified
in the request or, if not specified, the automatically-detected language.
AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest::getDocument() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest
                    Input document.
AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest::getEncodingType() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest
                    The encoding type used by the API to calculate offsets.
AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse::getEntities() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse
                    The recognized entities in the input document with associated sentiments.
AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse::getLanguage() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse
                    The language of the text, which will be the same as the language specified
in the request or, if not specified, the automatically-detected language.
AnalyzeSentimentRequest::getDocument() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentRequest
                    Input document.
AnalyzeSentimentRequest::getEncodingType() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentRequest
                    The encoding type used by the API to calculate sentence offsets for the
sentence sentiment.
AnalyzeSentimentResponse::getDocumentSentiment() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentResponse
                    The overall sentiment of the input document.
AnalyzeSentimentResponse::getLanguage() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentResponse
                    The language of the text, which will be the same as the language specified
in the request or, if not specified, the automatically-detected language.
AnalyzeSentimentResponse::getSentences() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentResponse
                    The sentiment for all the sentences in the document.
AnalyzeSyntaxRequest::getDocument() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxRequest
                    Input document.
AnalyzeSyntaxRequest::getEncodingType() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxRequest
                    The encoding type used by the API to calculate offsets.
AnalyzeSyntaxResponse::getSentences() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxResponse
                    Sentences in the input document.
AnalyzeSyntaxResponse::getTokens() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxResponse
                    Tokens, along with their syntactic information, in the input document.
AnalyzeSyntaxResponse::getLanguage() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxResponse
                    The language of the text, which will be the same as the language specified
in the request or, if not specified, the automatically-detected language.
AnnotateTextRequest::getDocument() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest
                    Input document.
AnnotateTextRequest::getFeatures() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest
                    The enabled features.
AnnotateTextRequest::getEncodingType() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest
                    The encoding type used by the API to calculate offsets.
AnnotateTextRequest_Features::getExtractSyntax() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest_Features
                    Extract syntax information.
AnnotateTextRequest_Features::getExtractEntities() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest_Features
                    Extract entities.
AnnotateTextRequest_Features::getExtractDocumentSentiment() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest_Features
                    Extract document-level sentiment.
AnnotateTextRequest_Features::getExtractEntitySentiment() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest_Features
                    Extract entities and their associated sentiment.
AnnotateTextResponse::getSentences() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    Sentences in the input document. Populated if the user enables
[AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_syntax][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_syntax].
AnnotateTextResponse::getTokens() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    Tokens, along with their syntactic information, in the input document.
AnnotateTextResponse::getEntities() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    Entities, along with their semantic information, in the input document.
AnnotateTextResponse::getDocumentSentiment() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    The overall sentiment for the document. Populated if the user enables
[AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_document_sentiment][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_document_sentiment].
AnnotateTextResponse::getLanguage() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    The language of the text, which will be the same as the language specified
in the request or, if not specified, the automatically-detected language.
DependencyEdge::getHeadTokenIndex() — Method in class DependencyEdge
                    Represents the head of this token in the dependency tree.
DependencyEdge::getLabel() — Method in class DependencyEdge
                    The parse label for the token.
Document::getType() — Method in class Document
                    Required. If the type is not set or is TYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
returns an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
Document::getContent() — Method in class Document
                    The content of the input in string format.
Document::getGcsContentUri() — Method in class Document
                    The Google Cloud Storage URI where the file content is located.
Document::getLanguage() — Method in class Document
                    The language of the document (if not specified, the language is
automatically detected). Both ISO and BCP-47 language codes are
accepted.

Language Support
lists currently supported languages for each API method.
Document::getSource() — Method in class Document
                    
Entity::getName() — Method in class Entity
                    The representative name for the entity.
Entity::getType() — Method in class Entity
                    The entity type.
Entity::getMetadata() — Method in class Entity
                    Metadata associated with the entity.
Entity::getSalience() — Method in class Entity
                    The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range.
Entity::getMentions() — Method in class Entity
                    The mentions of this entity in the input document. The API currently
supports proper noun mentions.
Entity::getSentiment() — Method in class Entity
                    For calls to [AnalyzeEntitySentiment][] or if
[AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_entity_sentiment][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_entity_sentiment] is set to
true, this field will contain the aggregate sentiment expressed for this
entity in the provided document.
EntityMention::getText() — Method in class EntityMention
                    The mention text.
EntityMention::getType() — Method in class EntityMention
                    The type of the entity mention.
EntityMention::getSentiment() — Method in class EntityMention
                    For calls to [AnalyzeEntitySentiment][] or if
[AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_entity_sentiment][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_entity_sentiment] is set to
true, this field will contain the sentiment expressed for this mention of
the entity in the provided document.
PartOfSpeech::getTag() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The part of speech tag.
PartOfSpeech::getAspect() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical aspect.
PartOfSpeech::getCase() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical case.
PartOfSpeech::getForm() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical form.
PartOfSpeech::getGender() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical gender.
PartOfSpeech::getMood() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical mood.
PartOfSpeech::getNumber() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical number.
PartOfSpeech::getPerson() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical person.
PartOfSpeech::getProper() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical properness.
PartOfSpeech::getReciprocity() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical reciprocity.
PartOfSpeech::getTense() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical tense.
PartOfSpeech::getVoice() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical voice.
Sentence::getText() — Method in class Sentence
                    The sentence text.
Sentence::getSentiment() — Method in class Sentence
                    For calls to [AnalyzeSentiment][] or if
[AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_document_sentiment][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_document_sentiment] is set to
true, this field will contain the sentiment for the sentence.
Sentiment::getMagnitude() — Method in class Sentiment
                    A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents
the absolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score (positive or
negative).
Sentiment::getScore() — Method in class Sentiment
                    Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0
(positive sentiment).
TextSpan::getContent() — Method in class TextSpan
                    The content of the output text.
TextSpan::getBeginOffset() — Method in class TextSpan
                    The API calculates the beginning offset of the content in the original
document according to the [EncodingType][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.EncodingType] specified in the API request.
Token::getText() — Method in class Token
                    The token text.
Token::getPartOfSpeech() — Method in class Token
                    Parts of speech tag for this token.
Token::getDependencyEdge() — Method in class Token
                    Dependency tree parse for this token.
Token::getLemma() — Method in class Token
                    Lemma of the token.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::getProgressPercent() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    Approximate percentage of audio processed thus far. Guaranteed to be 100
when the audio is fully processed and the results are available.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::getStartTime() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    Time when the request was received.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::getLastUpdateTime() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    Time of the most recent processing update.
LongRunningRecognizeRequest::getConfig() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeRequest
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
LongRunningRecognizeRequest::getAudio() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeRequest
                    Required The audio data to be recognized.
LongRunningRecognizeResponse::getResults() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Sequential list of transcription results corresponding to
sequential portions of audio.
RecognitionAudio::getContent() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    The audio data bytes encoded as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Note: as with all bytes fields, protobuffers use a
pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64.
RecognitionAudio::getUri() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    URI that points to a file that contains audio data bytes as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Currently, only Google Cloud Storage URIs are
supported, which must be specified in the following format:
gs://bucket_name/object_name (other URI formats return
[google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT][]). For more information, see
Request URIs.
RecognitionAudio::getAudioSource() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    
RecognitionConfig::getEncoding() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required Encoding of audio data sent in all RecognitionAudio messages.
RecognitionConfig::getSampleRateHertz() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required Sample rate in Hertz of the audio data sent in all
RecognitionAudio messages. Valid values are: 8000-48000.
RecognitionConfig::getLanguageCode() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required The language of the supplied audio as a
BCP-47 language tag.
RecognitionConfig::getMaxAlternatives() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional Maximum number of recognition hypotheses to be returned.
RecognitionConfig::getProfanityFilter() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional If set to true, the server will attempt to filter out
profanities, replacing all but the initial character in each filtered word
with asterisks, e.g. "f***". If set to false or omitted, profanities
won't be filtered out.
RecognitionConfig::getSpeechContexts() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional A means to provide context to assist the speech recognition.
RecognizeRequest::getConfig() — Method in class RecognizeRequest
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
RecognizeRequest::getAudio() — Method in class RecognizeRequest
                    Required The audio data to be recognized.
RecognizeResponse::getResults() — Method in class RecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Sequential list of transcription results corresponding to
sequential portions of audio.
SpeechContext::getPhrases() — Method in class SpeechContext
                    Optional A list of strings containing words and phrases "hints" so that
the speech recognition is more likely to recognize them. This can be used
to improve the accuracy for specific words and phrases, for example, if
specific commands are typically spoken by the user. This can also be used
to add additional words to the vocabulary of the recognizer. See
usage limits.
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::getTranscript() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output-only Transcript text representing the words that the user spoke.
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::getConfidence() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output-only The confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0. A higher number
indicates an estimated greater likelihood that the recognized words are
correct. This field is typically provided only for the top hypothesis, and
only for is_final=true results. Clients should not rely on the
confidence field as it is not guaranteed to be accurate, or even set, in
any of the results.
SpeechRecognitionResult::getAlternatives() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionResult
                    Output-only May contain one or more recognition hypotheses (up to the
maximum specified in max_alternatives).
StreamingRecognitionConfig::getConfig() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::getSingleUtterance() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Optional If false or omitted, the recognizer will perform continuous
recognition (continuing to wait for and process audio even if the user
pauses speaking) until the client closes the input stream (gRPC API) or
until the maximum time limit has been reached. May return multiple
StreamingRecognitionResults with the is_final flag set to true.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::getInterimResults() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Optional If true, interim results (tentative hypotheses) may be
returned as they become available (these interim results are indicated with
the is_final=false flag).
StreamingRecognitionResult::getAlternatives() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only May contain one or more recognition hypotheses (up to the
maximum specified in max_alternatives).
StreamingRecognitionResult::getIsFinal() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only If false, this StreamingRecognitionResult represents an
interim result that may change. If true, this is the final time the
speech service will return this particular StreamingRecognitionResult,
the recognizer will not return any further hypotheses for this portion of
the transcript and corresponding audio.
StreamingRecognitionResult::getStability() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only An estimate of the likelihood that the recognizer will not
change its guess about this interim result. Values range from 0.0
(completely unstable) to 1.0 (completely stable).
StreamingRecognizeRequest::getStreamingConfig() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to process the
request. The first StreamingRecognizeRequest message must contain a
streaming_config  message.
StreamingRecognizeRequest::getAudioContent() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    The audio data to be recognized. Sequential chunks of audio data are sent
in sequential StreamingRecognizeRequest messages. The first
StreamingRecognizeRequest message must not contain audio_content data
and all subsequent StreamingRecognizeRequest messages must contain
audio_content data. The audio bytes must be encoded as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Note: as with all bytes fields, protobuffers use a
pure binary representation (not base64). See
audio limits.
StreamingRecognizeRequest::getStreamingRequest() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    
StreamingRecognizeResponse::getError() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only If set, returns a [google.rpc.Status][] message that
specifies the error for the operation.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::getResults() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only This repeated list contains zero or more results that
correspond to consecutive portions of the audio currently being processed.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::getSpeechEventType() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Indicates the type of speech event.
AsyncRecognizeMetadata::getProgressPercent() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeMetadata
                    Approximate percentage of audio processed thus far. Guaranteed to be 100
when the audio is fully processed and the results are available.
AsyncRecognizeMetadata::getStartTime() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeMetadata
                    Time when the request was received.
AsyncRecognizeMetadata::getLastUpdateTime() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeMetadata
                    Time of the most recent processing update.
AsyncRecognizeRequest::getConfig() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeRequest
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
AsyncRecognizeRequest::getAudio() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeRequest
                    Required The audio data to be recognized.
AsyncRecognizeResponse::getResults() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Sequential list of transcription results corresponding to
sequential portions of audio.
RecognitionAudio::getContent() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    The audio data bytes encoded as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Note: as with all bytes fields, protobuffers use a
pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64.
RecognitionAudio::getUri() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    URI that points to a file that contains audio data bytes as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Currently, only Google Cloud Storage URIs are
supported, which must be specified in the following format:
gs://bucket_name/object_name (other URI formats return
[google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT][google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT]). For more information, see
Request URIs.
RecognitionAudio::getAudioSource() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    
RecognitionConfig::getEncoding() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required Encoding of audio data sent in all RecognitionAudio messages.
RecognitionConfig::getSampleRate() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required Sample rate in Hertz of the audio data sent in all
RecognitionAudio messages. Valid values are: 8000-48000.
RecognitionConfig::getLanguageCode() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional The language of the supplied audio as a BCP-47 language tag.
RecognitionConfig::getMaxAlternatives() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional Maximum number of recognition hypotheses to be returned.
RecognitionConfig::getProfanityFilter() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional If set to true, the server will attempt to filter out
profanities, replacing all but the initial character in each filtered word
with asterisks, e.g. "f***". If set to false or omitted, profanities
won't be filtered out.
RecognitionConfig::getSpeechContext() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional A means to provide context to assist the speech recognition.
SpeechContext::getPhrases() — Method in class SpeechContext
                    Optional A list of strings containing words and phrases "hints" so that
the speech recognition is more likely to recognize them. This can be used
to improve the accuracy for specific words and phrases, for example, if
specific commands are typically spoken by the user. This can also be used
to add additional words to the vocabulary of the recognizer. See
usage limits.
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::getTranscript() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output-only Transcript text representing the words that the user spoke.
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::getConfidence() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output-only The confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0. A higher number
indicates an estimated greater likelihood that the recognized words are
correct. This field is typically provided only for the top hypothesis, and
only for is_final=true results. Clients should not rely on the
confidence field as it is not guaranteed to be accurate, or even set, in
any of the results.
SpeechRecognitionResult::getAlternatives() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionResult
                    Output-only May contain one or more recognition hypotheses (up to the
maximum specified in max_alternatives).
StreamingRecognitionConfig::getConfig() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::getSingleUtterance() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Optional If false or omitted, the recognizer will perform continuous
recognition (continuing to wait for and process audio even if the user
pauses speaking) until the client closes the input stream (gRPC API) or
until the maximum time limit has been reached. May return multiple
StreamingRecognitionResults with the is_final flag set to true.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::getInterimResults() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Optional If true, interim results (tentative hypotheses) may be
returned as they become available (these interim results are indicated with
the is_final=false flag).
StreamingRecognitionResult::getAlternatives() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only May contain one or more recognition hypotheses (up to the
maximum specified in max_alternatives).
StreamingRecognitionResult::getIsFinal() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only If false, this StreamingRecognitionResult represents an
interim result that may change. If true, this is the final time the
speech service will return this particular StreamingRecognitionResult,
the recognizer will not return any further hypotheses for this portion of
the transcript and corresponding audio.
StreamingRecognitionResult::getStability() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only An estimate of the likelihood that the recognizer will not
change its guess about this interim result. Values range from 0.0
(completely unstable) to 1.0 (completely stable).
StreamingRecognizeRequest::getStreamingConfig() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to process the
request. The first StreamingRecognizeRequest message must contain a
streaming_config  message.
StreamingRecognizeRequest::getAudioContent() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    The audio data to be recognized. Sequential chunks of audio data are sent
in sequential StreamingRecognizeRequest messages. The first
StreamingRecognizeRequest message must not contain audio_content data
and all subsequent StreamingRecognizeRequest messages must contain
audio_content data. The audio bytes must be encoded as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Note: as with all bytes fields, protobuffers use a
pure binary representation (not base64). See
audio limits.
StreamingRecognizeRequest::getStreamingRequest() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    
StreamingRecognizeResponse::getError() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only If set, returns a [google.rpc.Status][google.rpc.Status] message that
specifies the error for the operation.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::getResults() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only This repeated list contains zero or more results that
correspond to consecutive portions of the audio currently being processed.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::getResultIndex() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Indicates the lowest index in the results array that has
changed. The repeated StreamingRecognitionResult results overwrite past
results at this index and higher.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::getEndpointerType() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Indicates the type of endpointer event.
SyncRecognizeRequest::getConfig() — Method in class SyncRecognizeRequest
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
SyncRecognizeRequest::getAudio() — Method in class SyncRecognizeRequest
                    Required The audio data to be recognized.
SyncRecognizeResponse::getResults() — Method in class SyncRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Sequential list of transcription results corresponding to
sequential portions of audio.
AnnotateVideoProgress::getAnnotationProgress() — Method in class AnnotateVideoProgress
                    Progress metadata for all videos specified in AnnotateVideoRequest.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getInputUri() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Input video location. Currently, only
Google Cloud Storage URIs are
supported, which must be specified in the following format:
gs://bucket-id/object-id (other URI formats return
[google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT][google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT]). For more information, see
Request URIs.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getInputContent() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    The video data bytes. Encoding: base64. If unset, the input video(s)
should be specified via input_uri. If set, input_uri should be unset.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getFeatures() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Requested video annotation features.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getVideoContext() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Additional video context and/or feature-specific parameters.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getOutputUri() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Optional location where the output (in JSON format) should be stored.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getLocationId() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Optional cloud region where annotation should take place. Supported cloud
regions: us-east1, us-west1, europe-west1, asia-east1. If no region
is specified, a region will be determined based on video file location.
AnnotateVideoResponse::getAnnotationResults() — Method in class AnnotateVideoResponse
                    Annotation results for all videos specified in AnnotateVideoRequest.
BoundingBox::getLeft() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Left X coordinate.
BoundingBox::getRight() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Right X coordinate.
BoundingBox::getBottom() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Bottom Y coordinate.
BoundingBox::getTop() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Top Y coordinate.
FaceAnnotation::getThumbnail() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Thumbnail of a representative face view (in JPEG format). Encoding: base64.
FaceAnnotation::getSegments() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    All locations where a face was detected.
FaceAnnotation::getLocations() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Face locations at one frame per second.
FaceLocation::getBoundingBox() — Method in class FaceLocation
                    Bounding box in a frame.
FaceLocation::getTimeOffset() — Method in class FaceLocation
                    Video time offset in microseconds.
LabelAnnotation::getDescription() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    Textual description, e.g. Fixed-gear bicycle.
LabelAnnotation::getLanguageCode() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    Language code for description in BCP-47 format.
LabelAnnotation::getLocations() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    Where the label was detected and with what confidence.
LabelLocation::getSegment() — Method in class LabelLocation
                    Video segment. Set to [-1, -1] for video-level labels.
LabelLocation::getConfidence() — Method in class LabelLocation
                    Confidence that the label is accurate. Range: [0, 1].
LabelLocation::getLevel() — Method in class LabelLocation
                    Label level.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getAdult() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood of adult content.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getSpoof() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood that an obvious modification was made to the original
version to make it appear funny or offensive.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getMedical() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood of medical content.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getViolent() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood of violent content.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getRacy() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood of racy content.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getTimeOffset() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Video time offset in microseconds.
VideoAnnotationProgress::getInputUri() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Video file location in
Google Cloud Storage.
VideoAnnotationProgress::getProgressPercent() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Approximate percentage processed thus far.
VideoAnnotationProgress::getStartTime() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Time when the request was received.
VideoAnnotationProgress::getUpdateTime() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Time of the most recent update.
VideoAnnotationResults::getInputUri() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Video file location in
Google Cloud Storage.
VideoAnnotationResults::getLabelAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Label annotations. There is exactly one element for each unique label.
VideoAnnotationResults::getFaceAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Face annotations. There is exactly one element for each unique face.
VideoAnnotationResults::getShotAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Shot annotations. Each shot is represented as a video segment.
VideoAnnotationResults::getSafeSearchAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Safe search annotations.
VideoAnnotationResults::getError() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    If set, indicates an error. Note that for a single AnnotateVideoRequest
some videos may succeed and some may fail.
VideoContext::getSegments() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Video segments to annotate. The segments may overlap and are not required
to be contiguous or span the whole video. If unspecified, each video
is treated as a single segment.
VideoContext::getLabelDetectionMode() — Method in class VideoContext
                    If label detection has been requested, what labels should be detected
in addition to video-level labels or segment-level labels. If unspecified,
defaults to SHOT_MODE.
VideoContext::getStationaryCamera() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Whether the video has been shot from a stationary (i.e. non-moving) camera.
VideoContext::getLabelDetectionModel() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Model to use for label detection.
VideoContext::getFaceDetectionModel() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Model to use for face detection.
VideoContext::getShotChangeDetectionModel() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Model to use for shot change detection.
VideoContext::getSafeSearchDetectionModel() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Model to use for safe search detection.
VideoSegment::getStartTimeOffset() — Method in class VideoSegment
                    Start offset in microseconds (inclusive). Unset means 0.
VideoSegment::getEndTimeOffset() — Method in class VideoSegment
                    End offset in microseconds (inclusive). Unset means 0.
AnnotateImageRequest::getImage() — Method in class AnnotateImageRequest
                    The image to be processed.
AnnotateImageRequest::getFeatures() — Method in class AnnotateImageRequest
                    Requested features.
AnnotateImageRequest::getImageContext() — Method in class AnnotateImageRequest
                    Additional context that may accompany the image.
AnnotateImageResponse::getFaceAnnotations() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, face detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::getLandmarkAnnotations() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, landmark detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::getLogoAnnotations() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, logo detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::getLabelAnnotations() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, label detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::getTextAnnotations() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, text (OCR) detection or document (OCR) text detection has
completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::getFullTextAnnotation() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, text (OCR) detection or document (OCR) text detection has
completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::getSafeSearchAnnotation() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, safe-search annotation has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::getImagePropertiesAnnotation() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, image properties were extracted successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::getCropHintsAnnotation() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, crop hints have completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::getWebDetection() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, web detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::getError() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If set, represents the error message for the operation.
BatchAnnotateImagesRequest::getRequests() — Method in class BatchAnnotateImagesRequest
                    Individual image annotation requests for this batch.
BatchAnnotateImagesResponse::getResponses() — Method in class BatchAnnotateImagesResponse
                    Individual responses to image annotation requests within the batch.
Block::getProperty() — Method in class Block
                    Additional information detected for the block.
Block::getBoundingBox() — Method in class Block
                    The bounding box for the block.
Block::getParagraphs() — Method in class Block
                    List of paragraphs in this block (if this blocks is of type text).
Block::getBlockType() — Method in class Block
                    Detected block type (text, image etc) for this block.
BoundingPoly::getVertices() — Method in class BoundingPoly
                    The bounding polygon vertices.
ColorInfo::getColor() — Method in class ColorInfo
                    RGB components of the color.
ColorInfo::getScore() — Method in class ColorInfo
                    Image-specific score for this color. Value in range [0, 1].
ColorInfo::getPixelFraction() — Method in class ColorInfo
                    The fraction of pixels the color occupies in the image.
CropHint::getBoundingPoly() — Method in class CropHint
                    The bounding polygon for the crop region. The coordinates of the bounding
box are in the original image's scale, as returned in ImageParams.
CropHint::getConfidence() — Method in class CropHint
                    Confidence of this being a salient region.  Range [0, 1].
CropHint::getImportanceFraction() — Method in class CropHint
                    Fraction of importance of this salient region with respect to the original
image.
CropHintsAnnotation::getCropHints() — Method in class CropHintsAnnotation
                    Generated from protobuf field repeated .google.cloud.vision.v1.CropHint crop_hints = 1;
CropHintsParams::getAspectRatios() — Method in class CropHintsParams
                    Aspect ratios in floats, representing the ratio of the width to the height
of the image. For example, if the desired aspect ratio is 4/3, the
corresponding float value should be 1.33333.  If not specified, the
best possible crop is returned. The number of provided aspect ratios is
limited to a maximum of 16; any aspect ratios provided after the 16th are
ignored.
DominantColorsAnnotation::getColors() — Method in class DominantColorsAnnotation
                    RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
EntityAnnotation::getMid() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Opaque entity ID. Some IDs may be available in
Google Knowledge Graph Search API.
EntityAnnotation::getLocale() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    The language code for the locale in which the entity textual
description is expressed.
EntityAnnotation::getDescription() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Entity textual description, expressed in its locale language.
EntityAnnotation::getScore() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Overall score of the result. Range [0, 1].
EntityAnnotation::getConfidence() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    The accuracy of the entity detection in an image.
EntityAnnotation::getTopicality() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    The relevancy of the ICA (Image Content Annotation) label to the
image. For example, the relevancy of "tower" is likely higher to an image
containing the detected "Eiffel Tower" than to an image containing a
detected distant towering building, even though the confidence that
there is a tower in each image may be the same. Range [0, 1].
EntityAnnotation::getBoundingPoly() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Image region to which this entity belongs. Currently not produced
for LABEL_DETECTION features. For TEXT_DETECTION (OCR), boundingPolys
are produced for the entire text detected in an image region, followed by
boundingPolys for each word within the detected text.
EntityAnnotation::getLocations() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    The location information for the detected entity. Multiple
LocationInfo elements can be present because one location may
indicate the location of the scene in the image, and another location
may indicate the location of the place where the image was taken.
EntityAnnotation::getProperties() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Some entities may have optional user-supplied Property (name/value)
fields, such a score or string that qualifies the entity.
FaceAnnotation::getBoundingPoly() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    The bounding polygon around the face. The coordinates of the bounding box
are in the original image's scale, as returned in ImageParams.
FaceAnnotation::getFdBoundingPoly() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    The fd_bounding_poly bounding polygon is tighter than the
boundingPoly, and encloses only the skin part of the face. Typically, it
is used to eliminate the face from any image analysis that detects the
"amount of skin" visible in an image. It is not based on the
landmarker results, only on the initial face detection, hence
the fd (face detection) prefix.
FaceAnnotation::getLandmarks() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Detected face landmarks.
FaceAnnotation::getRollAngle() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Roll angle, which indicates the amount of clockwise/anti-clockwise rotation
of the face relative to the image vertical about the axis perpendicular to
the face. Range [-180,180].
FaceAnnotation::getPanAngle() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Yaw angle, which indicates the leftward/rightward angle that the face is
pointing relative to the vertical plane perpendicular to the image. Range
[-180,180].
FaceAnnotation::getTiltAngle() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Pitch angle, which indicates the upwards/downwards angle that the face is
pointing relative to the image's horizontal plane. Range [-180,180].
FaceAnnotation::getDetectionConfidence() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Detection confidence. Range [0, 1].
FaceAnnotation::getLandmarkingConfidence() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Face landmarking confidence. Range [0, 1].
FaceAnnotation::getJoyLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Joy likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::getSorrowLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Sorrow likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::getAngerLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Anger likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::getSurpriseLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Surprise likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::getUnderExposedLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Under-exposed likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::getBlurredLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Blurred likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::getHeadwearLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Headwear likelihood.
FaceAnnotation_Landmark::getType() — Method in class FaceAnnotation_Landmark
                    Face landmark type.
FaceAnnotation_Landmark::getPosition() — Method in class FaceAnnotation_Landmark
                    Face landmark position.
Feature::getType() — Method in class Feature
                    The feature type.
Feature::getMaxResults() — Method in class Feature
                    Maximum number of results of this type.
Image::getContent() — Method in class Image
                    Image content, represented as a stream of bytes.
Image::getSource() — Method in class Image
                    Google Cloud Storage image location. If both content and source
are provided for an image, content takes precedence and is
used to perform the image annotation request.
ImageContext::getLatLongRect() — Method in class ImageContext
                    lat/long rectangle that specifies the location of the image.
ImageContext::getLanguageHints() — Method in class ImageContext
                    List of languages to use for TEXT_DETECTION. In most cases, an empty value
yields the best results since it enables automatic language detection. For
languages based on the Latin alphabet, setting language_hints is not
needed. In rare cases, when the language of the text in the image is known,
setting a hint will help get better results (although it will be a
significant hindrance if the hint is wrong). Text detection returns an
error if one or more of the specified languages is not one of the
supported languages.
ImageContext::getCropHintsParams() — Method in class ImageContext
                    Parameters for crop hints annotation request.
ImageProperties::getDominantColors() — Method in class ImageProperties
                    If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
ImageSource::getGcsImageUri() — Method in class ImageSource
                    NOTE: For new code image_uri below is preferred.
ImageSource::getImageUri() — Method in class ImageSource
                    Image URI which supports:
1) Google Cloud Storage image URI, which must be in the following form:
gs://bucket_name/object_name (for details, see
Google Cloud Storage Request
URIs).
LatLongRect::getMinLatLng() — Method in class LatLongRect
                    Min lat/long pair.
LatLongRect::getMaxLatLng() — Method in class LatLongRect
                    Max lat/long pair.
LocationInfo::getLatLng() — Method in class LocationInfo
                    lat/long location coordinates.
Page::getProperty() — Method in class Page
                    Additional information detected on the page.
Page::getWidth() — Method in class Page
                    Page width in pixels.
Page::getHeight() — Method in class Page
                    Page height in pixels.
Page::getBlocks() — Method in class Page
                    List of blocks of text, images etc on this page.
Paragraph::getProperty() — Method in class Paragraph
                    Additional information detected for the paragraph.
Paragraph::getBoundingBox() — Method in class Paragraph
                    The bounding box for the paragraph.
Paragraph::getWords() — Method in class Paragraph
                    List of words in this paragraph.
Position::getX() — Method in class Position
                    X coordinate.
Position::getY() — Method in class Position
                    Y coordinate.
Position::getZ() — Method in class Position
                    Z coordinate (or depth).
Property::getName() — Method in class Property
                    Name of the property.
Property::getValue() — Method in class Property
                    Value of the property.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getAdult() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Represents the adult content likelihood for the image.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getSpoof() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Spoof likelihood. The likelihood that an modification
was made to the image's canonical version to make it appear
funny or offensive.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getMedical() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood that this is a medical image.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getViolence() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Violence likelihood.
Symbol::getProperty() — Method in class Symbol
                    Additional information detected for the symbol.
Symbol::getBoundingBox() — Method in class Symbol
                    The bounding box for the symbol.
Symbol::getText() — Method in class Symbol
                    The actual UTF-8 representation of the symbol.
TextAnnotation::getPages() — Method in class TextAnnotation
                    List of pages detected by OCR.
TextAnnotation::getText() — Method in class TextAnnotation
                    UTF-8 text detected on the pages.
TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak::getType() — Method in class TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.cloud.vision.v1.TextAnnotation.DetectedBreak.BreakType type = 1;
TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak::getIsPrefix() — Method in class TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak
                    True if break prepends the element.
TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage::getLanguageCode() — Method in class TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage
                    The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more
information, see
http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage::getConfidence() — Method in class TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage
                    Confidence of detected language. Range [0, 1].
TextAnnotation_TextProperty::getDetectedLanguages() — Method in class TextAnnotation_TextProperty
                    A list of detected languages together with confidence.
TextAnnotation_TextProperty::getDetectedBreak() — Method in class TextAnnotation_TextProperty
                    Detected start or end of a text segment.
Vertex::getX() — Method in class Vertex
                    X coordinate.
Vertex::getY() — Method in class Vertex
                    Y coordinate.
WebDetection::getWebEntities() — Method in class WebDetection
                    Deduced entities from similar images on the Internet.
WebDetection::getFullMatchingImages() — Method in class WebDetection
                    Fully matching images from the Internet.
WebDetection::getPartialMatchingImages() — Method in class WebDetection
                    Partial matching images from the Internet.
WebDetection::getPagesWithMatchingImages() — Method in class WebDetection
                    Web pages containing the matching images from the Internet.
WebDetection_WebEntity::getEntityId() — Method in class WebDetection_WebEntity
                    Opaque entity ID.
WebDetection_WebEntity::getScore() — Method in class WebDetection_WebEntity
                    Overall relevancy score for the entity.
WebDetection_WebEntity::getDescription() — Method in class WebDetection_WebEntity
                    Canonical description of the entity, in English.
WebDetection_WebImage::getUrl() — Method in class WebDetection_WebImage
                    The result image URL.
WebDetection_WebImage::getScore() — Method in class WebDetection_WebImage
                    Overall relevancy score for the image.
WebDetection_WebPage::getUrl() — Method in class WebDetection_WebPage
                    The result web page URL.
WebDetection_WebPage::getScore() — Method in class WebDetection_WebPage
                    Overall relevancy score for the web page.
Word::getProperty() — Method in class Word
                    Additional information detected for the word.
Word::getBoundingBox() — Method in class Word
                    The bounding box for the word.
Word::getSymbols() — Method in class Word
                    List of symbols in the word.
DeleteEventsRequest::getProjectName() — Method in class DeleteEventsRequest
                    [Required] The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written
as projects/ plus the
Google Cloud Platform project
ID.
ErrorContext::getHttpRequest() — Method in class ErrorContext
                    The HTTP request which was processed when the error was
triggered.
ErrorContext::getUser() — Method in class ErrorContext
                    The user who caused or was affected by the crash.
ErrorContext::getReportLocation() — Method in class ErrorContext
                    The location in the source code where the decision was made to
report the error, usually the place where it was logged.
ErrorEvent::getEventTime() — Method in class ErrorEvent
                    Time when the event occurred as provided in the error report.
ErrorEvent::getServiceContext() — Method in class ErrorEvent
                    The ServiceContext for which this error was reported.
ErrorEvent::getMessage() — Method in class ErrorEvent
                    The stack trace that was reported or logged by the service.
ErrorEvent::getContext() — Method in class ErrorEvent
                    Data about the context in which the error occurred.
ErrorGroup::getName() — Method in class ErrorGroup
                    The group resource name.
ErrorGroup::getGroupId() — Method in class ErrorGroup
                    Group IDs are unique for a given project. If the same kind of error
occurs in different service contexts, it will receive the same group ID.
ErrorGroup::getTrackingIssues() — Method in class ErrorGroup
                    Associated tracking issues.
ErrorGroupServiceGrpcClient::GetGroup() — Method in class ErrorGroupServiceGrpcClient
                    Get the specified group.
ErrorGroupStats::getGroup() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Group data that is independent of the filter criteria.
ErrorGroupStats::getCount() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Approximate total number of events in the given group that match
the filter criteria.
ErrorGroupStats::getAffectedUsersCount() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Approximate number of affected users in the given group that
match the filter criteria.
ErrorGroupStats::getTimedCounts() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Approximate number of occurrences over time.
ErrorGroupStats::getFirstSeenTime() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Approximate first occurrence that was ever seen for this group
and which matches the given filter criteria, ignoring the
time_range that was specified in the request.
ErrorGroupStats::getLastSeenTime() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Approximate last occurrence that was ever seen for this group and
which matches the given filter criteria, ignoring the time_range
that was specified in the request.
ErrorGroupStats::getAffectedServices() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Service contexts with a non-zero error count for the given filter
criteria. This list can be truncated if multiple services are affected.
ErrorGroupStats::getNumAffectedServices() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    The total number of services with a non-zero error count for the given
filter criteria.
ErrorGroupStats::getRepresentative() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    An arbitrary event that is chosen as representative for the whole group.
GetGroupRequest — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1
                    A request to return an individual group.
GetGroupRequest::getGroupName() — Method in class GetGroupRequest
                    [Required] The group resource name. Written as
projects/projectID/groups/group_name.
HttpRequestContext::getMethod() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The type of HTTP request, such as GET, POST, etc.
HttpRequestContext::getUrl() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The URL of the request.
HttpRequestContext::getUserAgent() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The user agent information that is provided with the request.
HttpRequestContext::getReferrer() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The referrer information that is provided with the request.
HttpRequestContext::getResponseStatusCode() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The HTTP response status code for the request.
HttpRequestContext::getRemoteIp() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The IP address from which the request originated.
ListEventsRequest::getProjectName() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Required] The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written
as projects/ plus the
Google Cloud Platform project
ID.
ListEventsRequest::getGroupId() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Required] The group for which events shall be returned.
ListEventsRequest::getServiceFilter() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Optional] List only ErrorGroups which belong to a service context that
matches the filter.
ListEventsRequest::getTimeRange() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Optional] List only data for the given time range.
ListEventsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Optional] The maximum number of results to return per response.
ListEventsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Optional] A next_page_token provided by a previous response.
ListEventsResponse::getErrorEvents() — Method in class ListEventsResponse
                    The error events which match the given request.
ListEventsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListEventsResponse
                    If non-empty, more results are available.
ListEventsResponse::getTimeRangeBegin() — Method in class ListEventsResponse
                    The timestamp specifies the start time to which the request was restricted.
ListGroupStatsRequest::getProjectName() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Required] The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written
as projects/ plus the
Google Cloud
Platform project ID.
ListGroupStatsRequest::getGroupId() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] List all ErrorGroupStats with these IDs.
ListGroupStatsRequest::getServiceFilter() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] List only ErrorGroupStats which belong to a service
context that matches the filter.
ListGroupStatsRequest::getTimeRange() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] List data for the given time range.
ListGroupStatsRequest::getTimedCountDuration() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] The preferred duration for a single returned TimedCount.
ListGroupStatsRequest::getAlignment() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] The alignment of the timed counts to be returned.
ListGroupStatsRequest::getAlignmentTime() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] Time where the timed counts shall be aligned if rounded
alignment is chosen. Default is 00:00 UTC.
ListGroupStatsRequest::getOrder() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] The sort order in which the results are returned.
ListGroupStatsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] The maximum number of results to return per response.
ListGroupStatsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] A next_page_token provided by a previous response. To view
additional results, pass this token along with the identical query
parameters as the first request.
ListGroupStatsResponse::getErrorGroupStats() — Method in class ListGroupStatsResponse
                    The error group stats which match the given request.
ListGroupStatsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupStatsResponse
                    If non-empty, more results are available.
ListGroupStatsResponse::getTimeRangeBegin() — Method in class ListGroupStatsResponse
                    The timestamp specifies the start time to which the request was restricted.
QueryTimeRange::getPeriod() — Method in class QueryTimeRange
                    Restricts the query to the specified time range.
ReportErrorEventRequest::getProjectName() — Method in class ReportErrorEventRequest
                    [Required] The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written
as projects/ plus the
Google Cloud Platform project ID.
ReportErrorEventRequest::getEvent() — Method in class ReportErrorEventRequest
                    [Required] The error event to be reported.
ReportedErrorEvent::getEventTime() — Method in class ReportedErrorEvent
                    [Optional] Time when the event occurred.
ReportedErrorEvent::getServiceContext() — Method in class ReportedErrorEvent
                    [Required] The service context in which this error has occurred.
ReportedErrorEvent::getMessage() — Method in class ReportedErrorEvent
                    [Required] A message describing the error. The message can contain an
exception stack in one of the supported programming languages and formats.
ReportedErrorEvent::getContext() — Method in class ReportedErrorEvent
                    [Optional] A description of the context in which the error occurred.
ServiceContext::getService() — Method in class ServiceContext
                    An identifier of the service, such as the name of the
executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected
to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as
opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.
ServiceContext::getVersion() — Method in class ServiceContext
                    Represents the source code version that the developer provided,
which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example.
ServiceContext::getResourceType() — Method in class ServiceContext
                    Type of the MonitoredResource. List of possible values:
https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources
Value is set automatically for incoming errors and must not be set when
reporting errors.
ServiceContextFilter::getService() — Method in class ServiceContextFilter
                    [Optional] The exact value to match against
ServiceContext.service.
ServiceContextFilter::getVersion() — Method in class ServiceContextFilter
                    [Optional] The exact value to match against
ServiceContext.version.
ServiceContextFilter::getResourceType() — Method in class ServiceContextFilter
                    [Optional] The exact value to match against
ServiceContext.resource_type.
SourceLocation::getFilePath() — Method in class SourceLocation
                    The source code filename, which can include a truncated relative
path, or a full path from a production machine.
SourceLocation::getLineNumber() — Method in class SourceLocation
                    1-based. 0 indicates that the line number is unknown.
SourceLocation::getFunctionName() — Method in class SourceLocation
                    Human-readable name of a function or method.
TimedCount::getCount() — Method in class TimedCount
                    Approximate number of occurrences in the given time period.
TimedCount::getStartTime() — Method in class TimedCount
                    Start of the time period to which count refers (included).
TimedCount::getEndTime() — Method in class TimedCount
                    End of the time period to which count refers (excluded).
TrackingIssue::getUrl() — Method in class TrackingIssue
                    A URL pointing to a related entry in an issue tracking system.
UpdateGroupRequest::getGroup() — Method in class UpdateGroupRequest
                    [Required] The group which replaces the resource on the server.
GetTraceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Cloudtrace\V1
                    The request message for the GetTrace method.
GetTraceRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class GetTraceRequest
                    ID of the Cloud project where the trace data is stored.
GetTraceRequest::getTraceId() — Method in class GetTraceRequest
                    ID of the trace to return.
ListTracesRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class ListTracesRequest
                    ID of the Cloud project where the trace data is stored.
ListTracesRequest::getView() — Method in class ListTracesRequest
                    Type of data returned for traces in the list. Optional. Default is
MINIMAL.
ListTracesRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListTracesRequest
                    Maximum number of traces to return. If not specified or <= 0, the
implementation selects a reasonable value.  The implementation may
return fewer traces than the requested page size. Optional.
ListTracesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListTracesRequest
                    Token identifying the page of results to return. If provided, use the
value of the next_page_token field from a previous request. Optional.
ListTracesRequest::getStartTime() — Method in class ListTracesRequest
                    End of the time interval (inclusive) during which the trace data was
collected from the application.
ListTracesRequest::getEndTime() — Method in class ListTracesRequest
                    Start of the time interval (inclusive) during which the trace data was
collected from the application.
ListTracesRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListTracesRequest
                    An optional filter for the request.
ListTracesRequest::getOrderBy() — Method in class ListTracesRequest
                    Field used to sort the returned traces. Optional.
ListTracesResponse::getTraces() — Method in class ListTracesResponse
                    List of trace records returned.
ListTracesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTracesResponse
                    If defined, indicates that there are more traces that match the request
and that this value should be passed to the next request to continue
retrieving additional traces.
PatchTracesRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class PatchTracesRequest
                    ID of the Cloud project where the trace data is stored.
PatchTracesRequest::getTraces() — Method in class PatchTracesRequest
                    The body of the message.
Trace::getProjectId() — Method in class Trace
                    Project ID of the Cloud project where the trace data is stored.
Trace::getTraceId() — Method in class Trace
                    Globally unique identifier for the trace. This identifier is a 128-bit
numeric value formatted as a 32-byte hex string.
Trace::getSpans() — Method in class Trace
                    Collection of spans in the trace.
TraceServiceGrpcClient::GetTrace() — Method in class TraceServiceGrpcClient
                    Gets a single trace by its ID.
TraceSpan::getSpanId() — Method in class TraceSpan
                    Identifier for the span. Must be a 64-bit integer other than 0 and
unique within a trace.
TraceSpan::getKind() — Method in class TraceSpan
                    Distinguishes between spans generated in a particular context. For example,
two spans with the same name may be distinguished using RPC_CLIENT
and RPC_SERVER to identify queueing latency associated with the span.
TraceSpan::getName() — Method in class TraceSpan
                    Name of the trace. The trace name is sanitized and displayed in the
Stackdriver Trace tool in the Google Developers Console.
TraceSpan::getStartTime() — Method in class TraceSpan
                    Start time of the span in nanoseconds from the UNIX epoch.
TraceSpan::getEndTime() — Method in class TraceSpan
                    End time of the span in nanoseconds from the UNIX epoch.
TraceSpan::getParentSpanId() — Method in class TraceSpan
                    ID of the parent span, if any. Optional.
TraceSpan::getLabels() — Method in class TraceSpan
                    Collection of labels associated with the span.
Traces::getTraces() — Method in class Traces
                    List of traces.
AgentHeaderDescriptor::getHeader() — Method in class AgentHeaderDescriptor
                    Returns an associative array that contains GAPIC header metadata.
AgentHeaderDescriptor::getGaxVersion() — Method in class AgentHeaderDescriptor
                    Returns the version string for GAX.
ApiException::getBasicMessage() — Method in class ApiException
                    
ApiException::getMetadata() — Method in class ApiException
                    
BackoffSettings::getInitialRetryDelayMillis() — Method in class BackoffSettings
                    
BackoffSettings::getRetryDelayMultiplier() — Method in class BackoffSettings
                    
BackoffSettings::getMaxRetryDelayMillis() — Method in class BackoffSettings
                    
BackoffSettings::getInitialRpcTimeoutMillis() — Method in class BackoffSettings
                    
BackoffSettings::getRpcTimeoutMultiplier() — Method in class BackoffSettings
                    
BackoffSettings::getMaxRpcTimeoutMillis() — Method in class BackoffSettings
                    
BackoffSettings::getTotalTimeoutMillis() — Method in class BackoffSettings
                    
BidiStream::getBidiStreamingCall() — Method in class BidiStream
                    Return the underlying gRPC call object
CallSettings::getTimeoutMillis() — Method in class CallSettings
                    
CallSettings::getRetrySettings() — Method in class CallSettings
                    
CallSettings::getUserHeaders() — Method in class CallSettings
                    
ClientStream::getClientStreamingCall() — Method in class ClientStream
                    Return the underlying gRPC call object
FixedSizeCollection::getCollectionSize() — Method in class FixedSizeCollection
                    Returns the number of elements in the collection. This will be
equal to the collectionSize parameter used at construction
unless there are no elements remaining to be retrieved.
FixedSizeCollection::getNextPageToken() — Method in class FixedSizeCollection
                    Returns a page token that can be passed into the API list
method to retrieve additional elements.
FixedSizeCollection::getNextCollection() — Method in class FixedSizeCollection
                    Retrieves the next FixedSizeCollection using one or more API calls.
FixedSizeCollection::getIterator() — Method in class FixedSizeCollection
                    Returns an iterator over the elements of the collection.
GrpcConstants — Class in namespace Google\GAX
                    Holds constants necessary for interacting with gRPC.
GrpcConstants::getStatusCodeNames() — Method in class GrpcConstants
                    Provides an array that maps from status code name to an object
representing that status code.
GrpcConstants::getStatusCodesToNamesMap() — Method in class GrpcConstants
                    Provides an array that maps from status codes to status names.
GrpcConstants::getCodeFromStatusName() — Method in class GrpcConstants
                    
GrpcConstants::getStatusNameFromCode() — Method in class GrpcConstants
                    
GrpcCredentialsHelper — Class in namespace Google\GAX
                    A class that manages credentials for an API object using the Google Auth library
GrpcCredentialsHelper::getADCCredentials() — Method in class GrpcCredentialsHelper
                    Gets credentials from ADC. This exists to allow overriding in unit tests.
Segment::getBindingCount() — Method in class Segment
                    
Segment::getSegmentCount() — Method in class Segment
                    
OperationsClient::getOperation() — Method in class OperationsClient
                    Gets the latest state of a long-running operation.  Clients can use this
method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API
service.
OperationResponse::getName() — Method in class OperationResponse
                    Get the formatted name of the operation
OperationResponse::getResult() — Method in class OperationResponse
                    Return the result of the operation. If operationSucceeded() is false, return null.
OperationResponse::getError() — Method in class OperationResponse
                    If the operation failed, return the status. If operationFailed() is false, return null.
OperationResponse::getReturnTypeOptions() — Method in class OperationResponse
                    Get an array containing the values of 'operationReturnType' and 'metadataReturnType' (which
may be null). The array can be passed as the $options argument to the constructor when
creating another OperationResponse object.
OperationResponse::getLastProtoResponse() — Method in class OperationResponse
                    
OperationResponse::getOperationsClient() — Method in class OperationResponse
                    
OperationResponse::getMetadata() — Method in class OperationResponse
                    Get the metadata returned with the last proto response. If a metadata type was provided, then
the return value will be of that type - otherwise, the return value will be of type Any. If
no metadata object is available, returns null.
Page::getNextPageToken() — Method in class Page
                    Returns the next page token from the response.
Page::getNextPage() — Method in class Page
                    Retrieves the next Page object using the next page token.
Page::getPageElementCount() — Method in class Page
                    Return the number of elements in the response.
Page::getIterator() — Method in class Page
                    Return an iterator over the elements in the response.
Page::getRequestObject() — Method in class Page
                    Gets the request object used to generate the Page.
Page::getResponseObject() — Method in class Page
                    Gets the API response object.
PageStreamingDescriptor::getRequestPageTokenGetMethod() — Method in class PageStreamingDescriptor
                    
PageStreamingDescriptor::getRequestPageSizeGetMethod() — Method in class PageStreamingDescriptor
                    
PageStreamingDescriptor::getResponsePageTokenGetMethod() — Method in class PageStreamingDescriptor
                    
PageStreamingDescriptor::getResourcesGetMethod() — Method in class PageStreamingDescriptor
                    
PageStreamingDescriptor::getRequestPageTokenSetMethod() — Method in class PageStreamingDescriptor
                    
PageStreamingDescriptor::getRequestPageSizeSetMethod() — Method in class PageStreamingDescriptor
                    
PagedListResponse::getPage() — Method in class PagedListResponse
                    Return the current page of results. If the page has not
previously been accessed, it will be retrieved with a call to
the underlying API.
Parser::getSegmentCount() — Method in class Parser
                    
RetrySettings::getRetryableCodes() — Method in class RetrySettings
                    
RetrySettings::getBackoffSettings() — Method in class RetrySettings
                    
ServerStream::getServerStreamingCall() — Method in class ServerStream
                    Return the underlying gRPC call object
GeneratedTest — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Testing
                    
MockBidiStreamingCall::getStatus() — Method in class MockBidiStreamingCall
                    
MockServerStreamingCall::getStatus() — Method in class MockServerStreamingCall
                    
MockStubTrait::getReceivedCallCount() — Method in class MockStubTrait
                    
ReceivedRequest::getArray() — Method in class ReceivedRequest
                    
ReceivedRequest::getFuncCall() — Method in class ReceivedRequest
                    
ReceivedRequest::getRequestObject() — Method in class ReceivedRequest
                    
ReceivedRequest::getMetadata() — Method in class ReceivedRequest
                    
ReceivedRequest::getOptions() — Method in class ReceivedRequest
                    
Binding::getRole() — Method in class Binding
                    Role that is assigned to members.
Binding::getMembers() — Method in class Binding
                    Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource.
BindingDelta::getAction() — Method in class BindingDelta
                    The action that was performed on a Binding.
BindingDelta::getRole() — Method in class BindingDelta
                    Role that is assigned to members.
BindingDelta::getMember() — Method in class BindingDelta
                    A single identity requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource.
GetIamPolicyRequest — Class in namespace Google\Iam\V1
                    Request message for GetIamPolicy method.
GetIamPolicyRequest::getResource() — Method in class GetIamPolicyRequest
                    REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested.
IAMPolicyGrpcClient::GetIamPolicy() — Method in class IAMPolicyGrpcClient
                    Gets the access control policy for a resource.
Policy::getVersion() — Method in class Policy
                    Version of the Policy. The default version is 0.
Policy::getBindings() — Method in class Policy
                    Associates a list of members to a role.
Policy::getEtag() — Method in class Policy
                    etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
PolicyDelta::getBindingDeltas() — Method in class PolicyDelta
                    The delta for Bindings between two policies.
SetIamPolicyRequest::getResource() — Method in class SetIamPolicyRequest
                    REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified.
SetIamPolicyRequest::getPolicy() — Method in class SetIamPolicyRequest
                    REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of
the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a
valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects)
might reject them.
TestIamPermissionsRequest::getResource() — Method in class TestIamPermissionsRequest
                    REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested.
TestIamPermissionsRequest::getPermissions() — Method in class TestIamPermissionsRequest
                    The set of permissions to check for the resource. Permissions with
wildcards (such as '' or 'storage.') are not allowed. For more
information see
IAM Overview.
TestIamPermissionsResponse::getPermissions() — Method in class TestIamPermissionsResponse
                    A subset of TestPermissionsRequest.permissions that the caller is
allowed.
HttpRequest::getRequestMethod() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The request method. Examples: "GET", "HEAD", "PUT", "POST".
HttpRequest::getRequestUrl() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The scheme (http, https), the host name, the path and the query
portion of the URL that was requested.
HttpRequest::getRequestSize() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The size of the HTTP request message in bytes, including the request
headers and the request body.
HttpRequest::getStatus() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The response code indicating the status of response.
HttpRequest::getResponseSize() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The size of the HTTP response message sent back to the client, in bytes,
including the response headers and the response body.
HttpRequest::getUserAgent() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The user agent sent by the client. Example:
"Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows 98; Q312461; .NET CLR 1.0.3705)".
HttpRequest::getRemoteIp() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the client that issued the HTTP
request. Examples: "192.168.1.1", "FE80::0202:B3FF:FE1E:8329".
HttpRequest::getServerIp() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the origin server that the request was
sent to.
HttpRequest::getReferer() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The referer URL of the request, as defined in
HTTP/1.1 Header Field Definitions.
HttpRequest::getLatency() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The request processing latency on the server, from the time the request was
received until the response was sent.
HttpRequest::getCacheLookup() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    Whether or not a cache lookup was attempted.
HttpRequest::getCacheHit() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    Whether or not an entity was served from cache
(with or without validation).
HttpRequest::getCacheValidatedWithOriginServer() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    Whether or not the response was validated with the origin server before
being served from cache. This field is only meaningful if cache_hit is
True.
HttpRequest::getCacheFillBytes() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The number of HTTP response bytes inserted into cache. Set only when a
cache fill was attempted.
ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient::GetSink() — Method in class ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Gets a sink.
CreateLogMetricRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateLogMetricRequest
                    The resource name of the project in which to create the metric:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
The new metric must be provided in the request.
CreateLogMetricRequest::getMetric() — Method in class CreateLogMetricRequest
                    The new logs-based metric, which must not have an identifier that
already exists.
CreateSinkRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateSinkRequest
                    Required. The resource in which to create the sink:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"
Examples: "projects/my-logging-project", "organizations/123456789".
CreateSinkRequest::getSink() — Method in class CreateSinkRequest
                    Required. The new sink, whose name parameter is a sink identifier that
is not already in use.
CreateSinkRequest::getUniqueWriterIdentity() — Method in class CreateSinkRequest
                    Optional. Determines the kind of IAM identity returned as writer_identity
in the new sink.  If this value is omitted or set to false, and if the
sink's parent is a project, then the value returned as writer_identity is
the same group or service account used by Stackdriver Logging before the
addition of writer identities to this API. The sink's destination must be
in the same project as the sink itself.
DeleteLogMetricRequest::getMetricName() — Method in class DeleteLogMetricRequest
                    The resource name of the metric to delete:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/metrics/[METRIC_ID]"
DeleteLogRequest::getLogName() — Method in class DeleteLogRequest
                    Required. The resource name of the log to delete:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
[LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example,
"projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog",
"organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity".
DeleteSinkRequest::getSinkName() — Method in class DeleteSinkRequest
                    Required. The full resource name of the sink to delete, including the
parent resource and the sink identifier:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
Example: "projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id".
GetLogMetricRequest — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to GetLogMetric.
GetLogMetricRequest::getMetricName() — Method in class GetLogMetricRequest
                    The resource name of the desired metric:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/metrics/[METRIC_ID]"
GetSinkRequest — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to GetSink.
GetSinkRequest::getSinkName() — Method in class GetSinkRequest
                    Required. The resource name of the sink:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
Example: "projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id".
ListLogEntriesRequest::getProjectIds() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Deprecated. Use resource_names instead.  One or more project identifiers
or project numbers from which to retrieve log entries.  Example:
"my-project-1A". If present, these project identifiers are converted to
resource name format and added to the list of resources in
resource_names.
ListLogEntriesRequest::getResourceNames() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Required. Names of one or more parent resources from which to
retrieve log entries:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"
Projects listed in the project_ids field are added to this list.
ListLogEntriesRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. A filter that chooses which log entries to return.  See Advanced
Logs Filters.  Only log entries that
match the filter are returned.  An empty filter matches all log entries in
the resources listed in resource_names. Referencing a parent resource
that is not listed in resource_names will cause the filter to return no
results.
ListLogEntriesRequest::getOrderBy() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. How the results should be sorted.  Presently, the only permitted
values are "timestamp asc" (default) and "timestamp desc". The first
option returns entries in order of increasing values of
LogEntry.timestamp (oldest first), and the second option returns entries
in order of decreasing timestamps (newest first).  Entries with equal
timestamps are returned in order of their insert_id values.
ListLogEntriesRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListLogEntriesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  page_token must be the value of
next_page_token from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListLogEntriesResponse::getEntries() — Method in class ListLogEntriesResponse
                    A list of log entries.
ListLogEntriesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListLogEntriesResponse
                    If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call this
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
ListLogMetricsRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListLogMetricsRequest
                    Required. The name of the project containing the metrics:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
ListLogMetricsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListLogMetricsRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  pageToken must be the value of
nextPageToken from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListLogMetricsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListLogMetricsRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListLogMetricsResponse::getMetrics() — Method in class ListLogMetricsResponse
                    A list of logs-based metrics.
ListLogMetricsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListLogMetricsResponse
                    If there might be more results than appear in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call this
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
ListLogsRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListLogsRequest
                    Required. The resource name that owns the logs:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"
ListLogsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListLogsRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListLogsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListLogsRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  pageToken must be the value of
nextPageToken from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListLogsResponse::getLogNames() — Method in class ListLogsResponse
                    A list of log names. For example,
"projects/my-project/syslog" or
"organizations/123/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity".
ListLogsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListLogsResponse
                    If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call this
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  pageToken must be the value of
nextPageToken from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse::getResourceDescriptors() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse
                    A list of resource descriptors.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse
                    If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call this
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
ListSinksRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListSinksRequest
                    Required. The parent resource whose sinks are to be listed:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"
ListSinksRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListSinksRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  pageToken must be the value of
nextPageToken from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListSinksRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListSinksRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListSinksResponse::getSinks() — Method in class ListSinksResponse
                    A list of sinks.
ListSinksResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListSinksResponse
                    If there might be more results than appear in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call the same
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
LogEntry::getLogName() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Required. The resource name of the log to which this log entry belongs:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
[LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded within log_name. Example:
"organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity".
LogEntry::getResource() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Required. The monitored resource associated with this log entry.
LogEntry::getProtoPayload() — Method in class LogEntry
                    The log entry payload, represented as a protocol buffer.  Some
Google Cloud Platform services use this field for their log
entry payloads.
LogEntry::getTextPayload() — Method in class LogEntry
                    The log entry payload, represented as a Unicode string (UTF-8).
LogEntry::getJsonPayload() — Method in class LogEntry
                    The log entry payload, represented as a structure that is
expressed as a JSON object.
LogEntry::getTimestamp() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. The time the event described by the log entry occurred.  If
omitted in a new log entry, Stackdriver Logging will insert the time the
log entry is received.  Stackdriver Logging might reject log entries whose
time stamps are more than a couple of hours in the future. Log entries
with time stamps in the past are accepted.
LogEntry::getReceiveTimestamp() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Output only. The time the log entry was received by Stackdriver Logging.
LogEntry::getSeverity() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. The severity of the log entry. The default value is
LogSeverity.DEFAULT.
LogEntry::getInsertId() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. A unique identifier for the log entry. If you provide a value,
then Stackdriver Logging considers other log entries in the same project,
with the same timestamp, and with the same insert_id to be duplicates
which can be removed.  If omitted in new log entries, then Stackdriver
Logging will insert its own unique identifier. The insert_id is used
to order log entries that have the same timestamp value.
LogEntry::getHttpRequest() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. Information about the HTTP request associated with this
log entry, if applicable.
LogEntry::getLabels() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. A set of user-defined (key, value) data that provides additional
information about the log entry.
LogEntry::getOperation() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. Information about an operation associated with the log entry, if
applicable.
LogEntry::getTrace() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. Resource name of the trace associated with the log entry, if any.
LogEntry::getSourceLocation() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. Source code location information associated with the log entry,
if any.
LogEntry::getPayload() — Method in class LogEntry
                    
LogEntryOperation::getId() — Method in class LogEntryOperation
                    Optional. An arbitrary operation identifier. Log entries with the
same identifier are assumed to be part of the same operation.
LogEntryOperation::getProducer() — Method in class LogEntryOperation
                    Optional. An arbitrary producer identifier. The combination of
id and producer must be globally unique.  Examples for producer:
"MyDivision.MyBigCompany.com", "github.com/MyProject/MyApplication".
LogEntryOperation::getFirst() — Method in class LogEntryOperation
                    Optional. Set this to True if this is the first log entry in the operation.
LogEntryOperation::getLast() — Method in class LogEntryOperation
                    Optional. Set this to True if this is the last log entry in the operation.
LogEntrySourceLocation::getFile() — Method in class LogEntrySourceLocation
                    Optional. Source file name. Depending on the runtime environment, this
might be a simple name or a fully-qualified name.
LogEntrySourceLocation::getLine() — Method in class LogEntrySourceLocation
                    Optional. Line within the source file. 1-based; 0 indicates no line number
available.
LogEntrySourceLocation::getFunction() — Method in class LogEntrySourceLocation
                    Optional. Human-readable name of the function or method being invoked, with
optional context such as the class or package name. This information may be
used in contexts such as the logs viewer, where a file and line number are
less meaningful. The format can vary by language. For example:
qual.if.ied.Class.method (Java), dir/package.func (Go), function
(Python).
LogMetric::getName() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Required. The client-assigned metric identifier.
LogMetric::getDescription() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Optional. A description of this metric, which is used in documentation.
LogMetric::getFilter() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Required. An advanced logs filter
which is used to match log entries.
LogMetric::getVersion() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Output only. The API version that created or updated this metric.
LogSink::getName() — Method in class LogSink
                    Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the
project. Example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".  Sink identifiers are
limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters:
upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and
periods.
LogSink::getDestination() — Method in class LogSink
                    Required. The export destination:
    "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]"
    "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]"
    "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]"
The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must
have permission to write to the destination or else the log
entries are not exported.  For more information, see
Exporting Logs With Sinks.
LogSink::getFilter() — Method in class LogSink
                    Optional.
LogSink::getOutputVersionFormat() — Method in class LogSink
                    Optional. The log entry format to use for this sink's exported log
entries.  The v2 format is used by default.
LogSink::getWriterIdentity() — Method in class LogSink
                    Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under
which Stackdriver Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's
destination.  This field is set by
sinks.create
and
sinks.update,
based on the setting of unique_writer_identity in those methods.
LogSink::getIncludeChildren() — Method in class LogSink
                    Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and
folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the
sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then
logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the
sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular
log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter
expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter
resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance
log entries from all projects in the sink's parent. To only export entries
from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:
    logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND
    resource.type=gce_instance
LogSink::getStartTime() — Method in class LogSink
                    Optional. The time at which this sink will begin exporting log entries.
LogSink::getEndTime() — Method in class LogSink
                    Optional. The time at which this sink will stop exporting log entries.  Log
entries are exported only if their timestamp is earlier than the end time.
MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient::GetLogMetric() — Method in class MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Gets a logs-based metric.
UpdateLogMetricRequest::getMetricName() — Method in class UpdateLogMetricRequest
                    The resource name of the metric to update:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/metrics/[METRIC_ID]"
The updated metric must be provided in the request and it's
name field must be the same as [METRIC_ID] If the metric
does not exist in [PROJECT_ID], then a new metric is created.
UpdateLogMetricRequest::getMetric() — Method in class UpdateLogMetricRequest
                    The updated metric.
UpdateSinkRequest::getSinkName() — Method in class UpdateSinkRequest
                    Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the
parent resource and the sink identifier:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
Example: "projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id".
UpdateSinkRequest::getSink() — Method in class UpdateSinkRequest
                    Required. The updated sink, whose name is the same identifier that appears
as part of sink_name.  If sink_name does not exist, then
this method creates a new sink.
UpdateSinkRequest::getUniqueWriterIdentity() — Method in class UpdateSinkRequest
                    Optional. See
sinks.create
for a description of this field.  When updating a sink, the effect of this
field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both
the old and new values of this field:
+   If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true,
    then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity.
WriteLogEntriesPartialErrors::getLogEntryErrors() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesPartialErrors
                    When WriteLogEntriesRequest.partial_success is true, records the error
status for entries that were not written due to a permanent error, keyed
by the entry's zero-based index in WriteLogEntriesRequest.entries.
WriteLogEntriesRequest::getLogName() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. A default log resource name that is assigned to all log entries
in entries that do not specify a value for log_name:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
[LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example,
"projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog" or
"organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity".
WriteLogEntriesRequest::getResource() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. A default monitored resource object that is assigned to all log
entries in entries that do not specify a value for resource. Example:
    { "type": "gce_instance",
      "labels": {
        "zone": "us-central1-a", "instance_id": "00000000000000000000" }}
See [LogEntry][google.logging.v2.LogEntry].
WriteLogEntriesRequest::getLabels() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. Default labels that are added to the labels field of all log
entries in entries. If a log entry already has a label with the same key
as a label in this parameter, then the log entry's label is not changed.
WriteLogEntriesRequest::getEntries() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    Required.  The log entries to write. Values supplied for the fields
log_name, resource, and labels in this entries.write request are
inserted into those log entries in this list that do not provide their own
values.
WriteLogEntriesRequest::getPartialSuccess() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. Whether valid entries should be written even if some other
entries fail due to INVALID_ARGUMENT or PERMISSION_DENIED errors. If any
entry is not written, then the response status is the error associated
with one of the failed entries and the response includes error details
keyed by the entries' zero-based index in the entries.write method.
CancelOperationRequest::getName() — Method in class CancelOperationRequest
                    The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.
DeleteOperationRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteOperationRequest
                    The name of the operation resource to be deleted.
GetOperationRequest — Class in namespace Google\Longrunning
                    The request message for [Operations.GetOperation][google.longrunning.Operations.GetOperation].
GetOperationRequest::getName() — Method in class GetOperationRequest
                    The name of the operation resource.
ListOperationsRequest::getName() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    The name of the operation collection.
ListOperationsRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    The standard list filter.
ListOperationsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    The standard list page size.
ListOperationsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    The standard list page token.
ListOperationsResponse::getOperations() — Method in class ListOperationsResponse
                    A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
ListOperationsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListOperationsResponse
                    The standard List next-page token.
Operation::getName() — Method in class Operation
                    The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that
originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the
name should have the format of operations/some/unique/name.
Operation::getMetadata() — Method in class Operation
                    Service-specific metadata associated with the operation.  It typically
contains progress information and common metadata such as create time.
Operation::getDone() — Method in class Operation
                    If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress.
Operation::getError() — Method in class Operation
                    The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
Operation::getResponse() — Method in class Operation
                    The normal response of the operation in case of success.  If the original
method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is
google.protobuf.Empty.  If the original method is standard
Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource.  For other
methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx
is the original method name.  For example, if the original method name
is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is
TakeSnapshotResponse.
Operation::getResult() — Method in class Operation
                    
OperationsGrpcClient::GetOperation() — Method in class OperationsGrpcClient
                    Gets the latest state of a long-running operation.  Clients can use this
method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API
service.
Aggregation::getAlignmentPeriod() — Method in class Aggregation
                    The alignment period for per-[time series][google.monitoring.v3.TimeSeries]
alignment. If present, alignmentPeriod must be at least 60
seconds.  After per-time series alignment, each time series will
contain data points only on the period boundaries. If
perSeriesAligner is not specified or equals ALIGN_NONE, then
this field is ignored. If perSeriesAligner is specified and
does not equal ALIGN_NONE, then this field must be defined;
otherwise an error is returned.
Aggregation::getPerSeriesAligner() — Method in class Aggregation
                    The approach to be used to align individual time series. Not all
alignment functions may be applied to all time series, depending
on the metric type and value type of the original time
series. Alignment may change the metric type or the value type of
the time series.
Aggregation::getCrossSeriesReducer() — Method in class Aggregation
                    The approach to be used to combine time series. Not all reducer
functions may be applied to all time series, depending on the
metric type and the value type of the original time
series. Reduction may change the metric type of value type of the
time series.
Aggregation::getGroupByFields() — Method in class Aggregation
                    The set of fields to preserve when crossSeriesReducer is
specified. The groupByFields determine how the time series are
partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation
function. Each subset contains time series that have the same
value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time
series is a member of exactly one subset. The
crossSeriesReducer is applied to each subset of time series.
CreateGroupRequest::getName() — Method in class CreateGroupRequest
                    The project in which to create the group. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
CreateGroupRequest::getGroup() — Method in class CreateGroupRequest
                    A group definition. It is an error to define the name field because
the system assigns the name.
CreateGroupRequest::getValidateOnly() — Method in class CreateGroupRequest
                    If true, validate this request but do not create the group.
CreateMetricDescriptorRequest::getName() — Method in class CreateMetricDescriptorRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
CreateMetricDescriptorRequest::getMetricDescriptor() — Method in class CreateMetricDescriptorRequest
                    The new custom metric
descriptor.
CreateTimeSeriesError::getTimeSeries() — Method in class CreateTimeSeriesError
                    The time series, including the Metric, MonitoredResource,
and Points (including timestamp and value) that resulted
in the error. This field provides all of the context that
would be needed to retry the operation.
CreateTimeSeriesError::getStatus() — Method in class CreateTimeSeriesError
                    The status of the requested write operation.
CreateTimeSeriesRequest::getName() — Method in class CreateTimeSeriesRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
CreateTimeSeriesRequest::getTimeSeries() — Method in class CreateTimeSeriesRequest
                    The new data to be added to a list of time series.
DeleteGroupRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteGroupRequest
                    The group to delete. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
DeleteMetricDescriptorRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteMetricDescriptorRequest
                    The metric descriptor on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/metricDescriptors/{metric_id}".
GetGroupRequest — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    The GetGroup request.
GetGroupRequest::getName() — Method in class GetGroupRequest
                    The group to retrieve. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
GetMetricDescriptorRequest — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    The GetMetricDescriptor request.
GetMetricDescriptorRequest::getName() — Method in class GetMetricDescriptorRequest
                    The metric descriptor on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/metricDescriptors/{metric_id}".
GetMonitoredResourceDescriptorRequest — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    The GetMonitoredResourceDescriptor request.
GetMonitoredResourceDescriptorRequest::getName() — Method in class GetMonitoredResourceDescriptorRequest
                    The monitored resource descriptor to get.  The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/monitoredResourceDescriptors/{resource_type}".
Group — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    The description of a dynamic collection of monitored resources. Each group
has a filter that is matched against monitored resources and their associated
metadata. If a group's filter matches an available monitored resource, then
that resource is a member of that group.  Groups can contain any number of
monitored resources, and each monitored resource can be a member of any
number of groups.
Group::getName() — Method in class Group
                    Output only. The name of this group. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
Group::getDisplayName() — Method in class Group
                    A user-assigned name for this group, used only for display purposes.
Group::getParentName() — Method in class Group
                    The name of the group's parent, if it has one.
Group::getFilter() — Method in class Group
                    The filter used to determine which monitored resources belong to this group.
Group::getIsCluster() — Method in class Group
                    If true, the members of this group are considered to be a cluster.
GroupServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    The Group API lets you inspect and manage your
groups.
GroupServiceGrpcClient::GetGroup() — Method in class GroupServiceGrpcClient
                    Gets a single group.
ListGroupMembersRequest::getName() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    The group whose members are listed. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
ListGroupMembersRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return.
ListGroupMembersRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return additional results from the previous method call.
ListGroupMembersRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    An optional list filter describing
the members to be returned.  The filter may reference the type, labels, and
metadata of monitored resources that comprise the group.
ListGroupMembersRequest::getInterval() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    An optional time interval for which results should be returned. Only
members that were part of the group during the specified interval are
included in the response.  If no interval is provided then the group
membership over the last minute is returned.
ListGroupMembersResponse::getMembers() — Method in class ListGroupMembersResponse
                    A set of monitored resources in the group.
ListGroupMembersResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupMembersResponse
                    If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is
set to a non-empty value.  To see the additional results, use that value as
pageToken in the next call to this method.
ListGroupMembersResponse::getTotalSize() — Method in class ListGroupMembersResponse
                    The total number of elements matching this request.
ListGroupsRequest::getName() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    The project whose groups are to be listed. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
ListGroupsRequest::getChildrenOfGroup() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    A group name: "projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
ListGroupsRequest::getAncestorsOfGroup() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    A group name: "projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
ListGroupsRequest::getDescendantsOfGroup() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    A group name: "projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
ListGroupsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return.
ListGroupsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return additional results from the previous method call.
ListGroupsRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    
ListGroupsResponse::getGroup() — Method in class ListGroupsResponse
                    The groups that match the specified filters.
ListGroupsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupsResponse
                    If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is set
to a non-empty value.  To see the additional results,
use that value as pageToken in the next call to this method.
ListMetricDescriptorsRequest::getName() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
ListMetricDescriptorsRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsRequest
                    If this field is empty, all custom and
system-defined metric descriptors are returned.
ListMetricDescriptorsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsRequest
                    A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return.
ListMetricDescriptorsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return additional results from the previous method call.
ListMetricDescriptorsResponse::getMetricDescriptors() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsResponse
                    The metric descriptors that are available to the project
and that match the value of filter, if present.
ListMetricDescriptorsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsResponse
                    If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is set
to a non-empty value.  To see the additional results,
use that value as pageToken in the next call to this method.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::getName() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    An optional filter describing
the descriptors to be returned.  The filter can reference
the descriptor's type and labels. For example, the
following filter returns only Google Compute Engine descriptors
that have an id label:
    resource.type = starts_with("gce_") AND resource.label:id
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return additional results from the previous method call.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse::getResourceDescriptors() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse
                    The monitored resource descriptors that are available to this project
and that match filter, if present.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse
                    If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is set
to a non-empty value.  To see the additional results,
use that value as pageToken in the next call to this method.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::getName() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
ListTimeSeriesRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    A monitoring filter that specifies which time
series should be returned.  The filter must specify a single metric type,
and can additionally specify metric labels and other information. For
example:
    metric.type = "compute.googleapis.com/instance/cpu/usage_time" AND
        metric.label.instance_name = "my-instance-name"
ListTimeSeriesRequest::getInterval() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    The time interval for which results should be returned. Only time series
that contain data points in the specified interval are included
in the response.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::getAggregation() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    By default, the raw time series data is returned.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::getOrderBy() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    Specifies the order in which the points of the time series should
be returned.  By default, results are not ordered.  Currently,
this field must be left blank.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::getView() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    Specifies which information is returned about the time series.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return additional results from the previous method call.
ListTimeSeriesResponse::getTimeSeries() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesResponse
                    One or more time series that match the filter included in the request.
ListTimeSeriesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesResponse
                    If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is set
to a non-empty value.  To see the additional results,
use that value as pageToken in the next call to this method.
MetricServiceGrpcClient::GetMonitoredResourceDescriptor() — Method in class MetricServiceGrpcClient
                    Gets a single monitored resource descriptor. This method does not require a Stackdriver account.
MetricServiceGrpcClient::GetMetricDescriptor() — Method in class MetricServiceGrpcClient
                    Gets a single metric descriptor. This method does not require a Stackdriver account.
Point::getInterval() — Method in class Point
                    The time interval to which the data point applies.  For GAUGE metrics, only
the end time of the interval is used.  For DELTA metrics, the start and end
time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying
contiguous and non-overlapping intervals.  For CUMULATIVE metrics, the
start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent
points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an
event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the
following points.
Point::getValue() — Method in class Point
                    The value of the data point.
TimeInterval::getEndTime() — Method in class TimeInterval
                    Required. The end of the time interval.
TimeInterval::getStartTime() — Method in class TimeInterval
                    Optional. The beginning of the time interval.  The default value
for the start time is the end time. The start time must not be
later than the end time.
TimeSeries::getMetric() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    The associated metric. A fully-specified metric used to identify the time
series.
TimeSeries::getResource() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    The associated resource. A fully-specified monitored resource used to
identify the time series.
TimeSeries::getMetricKind() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    The metric kind of the time series. When listing time series, this metric
kind might be different from the metric kind of the associated metric if
this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.
TimeSeries::getValueType() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    The value type of the time series. When listing time series, this value
type might be different from the value type of the associated metric if
this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.
TimeSeries::getPoints() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    The data points of this time series. When listing time series, the order of
the points is specified by the list method.
TypedValue::getBoolValue() — Method in class TypedValue
                    A Boolean value: true or false.
TypedValue::getInt64Value() — Method in class TypedValue
                    A 64-bit integer. Its range is approximately ±9.2x10¹⁸.
TypedValue::getDoubleValue() — Method in class TypedValue
                    A 64-bit double-precision floating-point number. Its magnitude
is approximately ±10^±300 and it has 16
significant digits of precision.
TypedValue::getStringValue() — Method in class TypedValue
                    A variable-length string value.
TypedValue::getDistributionValue() — Method in class TypedValue
                    A distribution value.
TypedValue::getValue() — Method in class TypedValue
                    
UpdateGroupRequest::getGroup() — Method in class UpdateGroupRequest
                    The new definition of the group.  All fields of the existing group,
excepting name, are replaced with the corresponding fields of this group.
UpdateGroupRequest::getValidateOnly() — Method in class UpdateGroupRequest
                    If true, validate this request but do not update the existing group.
Any::getTypeUrl() — Method in class Any
                    A URL/resource name whose content describes the type of the
serialized protocol buffer message.
Any::getValue() — Method in class Any
                    Must be a valid serialized protocol buffer of the above specified type.
Api::getName() — Method in class Api
                    The fully qualified name of this api, including package name
followed by the api's simple name.
Api::getMethods() — Method in class Api
                    The methods of this api, in unspecified order.
Api::getOptions() — Method in class Api
                    Any metadata attached to the API.
Api::getVersion() — Method in class Api
                    A version string for this api. If specified, must have the form
major-version.minor-version, as in 1.10. If the minor version
is omitted, it defaults to zero. If the entire version field is
empty, the major version is derived from the package name, as
outlined below. If the field is not empty, the version in the
package name will be verified to be consistent with what is
provided here.
Api::getSourceContext() — Method in class Api
                    Source context for the protocol buffer service represented by this
message.
Api::getMixins() — Method in class Api
                    Included APIs. See [Mixin][].
Api::getSyntax() — Method in class Api
                    The source syntax of the service.
BoolValue::getValue() — Method in class BoolValue
                    The bool value.
BytesValue::getValue() — Method in class BytesValue
                    The bytes value.
DoubleValue::getValue() — Method in class DoubleValue
                    The double value.
Duration::getSeconds() — Method in class Duration
                    Signed seconds of the span of time. Must be from -315,576,000,000
to +315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from:
60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
Duration::getNanos() — Method in class Duration
                    Signed fractions of a second at nanosecond resolution of the span
of time. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0
seconds field and a positive or negative nanos field. For durations
of one second or more, a non-zero value for the nanos field must be
of the same sign as the seconds field. Must be from -999,999,999
to +999,999,999 inclusive.
Enum::getName() — Method in class Enum
                    Enum type name.
Enum::getEnumvalue() — Method in class Enum
                    Enum value definitions.
Enum::getOptions() — Method in class Enum
                    Protocol buffer options.
Enum::getSourceContext() — Method in class Enum
                    The source context.
Enum::getSyntax() — Method in class Enum
                    The source syntax.
EnumValue::getName() — Method in class EnumValue
                    Enum value name.
EnumValue::getNumber() — Method in class EnumValue
                    Enum value number.
EnumValue::getOptions() — Method in class EnumValue
                    Protocol buffer options.
Field::getKind() — Method in class Field
                    The field type.
Field::getCardinality() — Method in class Field
                    The field cardinality.
Field::getNumber() — Method in class Field
                    The field number.
Field::getName() — Method in class Field
                    The field name.
Field::getTypeUrl() — Method in class Field
                    The field type URL, without the scheme, for message or enumeration
types. Example: "type.googleapis.com/google.protobuf.Timestamp".
Field::getOneofIndex() — Method in class Field
                    The index of the field type in Type.oneofs, for message or enumeration
types. The first type has index 1; zero means the type is not in the list.
Field::getPacked() — Method in class Field
                    Whether to use alternative packed wire representation.
Field::getOptions() — Method in class Field
                    The protocol buffer options.
Field::getJsonName() — Method in class Field
                    The field JSON name.
Field::getDefaultValue() — Method in class Field
                    The string value of the default value of this field. Proto2 syntax only.
FieldMask::getPaths() — Method in class FieldMask
                    The set of field mask paths.
FloatValue::getValue() — Method in class FloatValue
                    The float value.
GPBEmpty — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf
                    A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated
empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request
or the response type of an API method. For instance:
    service Foo {
      rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty);
    }
The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}.
Int32Value::getValue() — Method in class Int32Value
                    The int32 value.
Int64Value::getValue() — Method in class Int64Value
                    The int64 value.
ListValue::getValues() — Method in class ListValue
                    Repeated field of dynamically typed values.
Method::getName() — Method in class Method
                    The simple name of this method.
Method::getRequestTypeUrl() — Method in class Method
                    A URL of the input message type.
Method::getRequestStreaming() — Method in class Method
                    If true, the request is streamed.
Method::getResponseTypeUrl() — Method in class Method
                    The URL of the output message type.
Method::getResponseStreaming() — Method in class Method
                    If true, the response is streamed.
Method::getOptions() — Method in class Method
                    Any metadata attached to the method.
Method::getSyntax() — Method in class Method
                    The source syntax of this method.
Mixin::getName() — Method in class Mixin
                    The fully qualified name of the API which is included.
Mixin::getRoot() — Method in class Mixin
                    If non-empty specifies a path under which inherited HTTP paths
are rooted.
Option::getName() — Method in class Option
                    The option's name. For protobuf built-in options (options defined in
descriptor.proto), this is the short name. For example, "map_entry".
Option::getValue() — Method in class Option
                    The option's value packed in an Any message. If the value is a primitive,
the corresponding wrapper type defined in google/protobuf/wrappers.proto
should be used. If the value is an enum, it should be stored as an int32
value using the google.protobuf.Int32Value type.
SourceContext::getFileName() — Method in class SourceContext
                    The path-qualified name of the .proto file that contained the associated
protobuf element.  For example: "google/protobuf/source_context.proto".
StringValue::getValue() — Method in class StringValue
                    The string value.
Struct::getFields() — Method in class Struct
                    Unordered map of dynamically typed values.
Timestamp::getSeconds() — Method in class Timestamp
                    Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch
1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to
9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive.
Timestamp::getNanos() — Method in class Timestamp
                    Non-negative fractions of a second at nanosecond resolution. Negative
second values with fractions must still have non-negative nanos values
that count forward in time. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999
inclusive.
Type::getName() — Method in class Type
                    The fully qualified message name.
Type::getFields() — Method in class Type
                    The list of fields.
Type::getOneofs() — Method in class Type
                    The list of types appearing in oneof definitions in this type.
Type::getOptions() — Method in class Type
                    The protocol buffer options.
Type::getSourceContext() — Method in class Type
                    The source context.
Type::getSyntax() — Method in class Type
                    The source syntax.
UInt32Value::getValue() — Method in class UInt32Value
                    The uint32 value.
UInt64Value::getValue() — Method in class UInt64Value
                    The uint64 value.
Value::getNullValue() — Method in class Value
                    Represents a null value.
Value::getNumberValue() — Method in class Value
                    Represents a double value.
Value::getStringValue() — Method in class Value
                    Represents a string value.
Value::getBoolValue() — Method in class Value
                    Represents a boolean value.
Value::getStructValue() — Method in class Value
                    Represents a structured value.
Value::getListValue() — Method in class Value
                    Represents a repeated Value.
Value::getKind() — Method in class Value
                    
AcknowledgeRequest::getSubscription() — Method in class AcknowledgeRequest
                    The subscription whose message is being acknowledged.
AcknowledgeRequest::getAckIds() — Method in class AcknowledgeRequest
                    The acknowledgment ID for the messages being acknowledged that was returned
by the Pub/Sub system in the Pull response. Must not be empty.
CreateSnapshotRequest::getName() — Method in class CreateSnapshotRequest
                    Optional user-provided name for this snapshot.
CreateSnapshotRequest::getSubscription() — Method in class CreateSnapshotRequest
                    The subscription whose backlog the snapshot retains.
DeleteSnapshotRequest::getSnapshot() — Method in class DeleteSnapshotRequest
                    The name of the snapshot to delete.
DeleteSubscriptionRequest::getSubscription() — Method in class DeleteSubscriptionRequest
                    The subscription to delete.
DeleteTopicRequest::getTopic() — Method in class DeleteTopicRequest
                    Name of the topic to delete.
GetSubscriptionRequest — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Request for the GetSubscription method.
GetSubscriptionRequest::getSubscription() — Method in class GetSubscriptionRequest
                    The name of the subscription to get.
GetTopicRequest — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Request for the GetTopic method.
GetTopicRequest::getTopic() — Method in class GetTopicRequest
                    The name of the topic to get.
ListSnapshotsRequest::getProject() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    The name of the cloud project that snapshots belong to.
ListSnapshotsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    Maximum number of snapshots to return.
ListSnapshotsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    The value returned by the last ListSnapshotsResponse; indicates that this
is a continuation of a prior ListSnapshots call, and that the system
should return the next page of data.
ListSnapshotsResponse::getSnapshots() — Method in class ListSnapshotsResponse
                    The resulting snapshots.
ListSnapshotsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListSnapshotsResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more snapshot that match the
request; this value should be passed in a new ListSnapshotsRequest.
ListSubscriptionsRequest::getProject() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsRequest
                    The name of the cloud project that subscriptions belong to.
ListSubscriptionsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsRequest
                    Maximum number of subscriptions to return.
ListSubscriptionsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsRequest
                    The value returned by the last ListSubscriptionsResponse; indicates that
this is a continuation of a prior ListSubscriptions call, and that the
system should return the next page of data.
ListSubscriptionsResponse::getSubscriptions() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsResponse
                    The subscriptions that match the request.
ListSubscriptionsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more subscriptions that match
the request; this value should be passed in a new
ListSubscriptionsRequest to get more subscriptions.
ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest::getTopic() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest
                    The name of the topic that subscriptions are attached to.
ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest
                    Maximum number of subscription names to return.
ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest
                    The value returned by the last ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse; indicates
that this is a continuation of a prior ListTopicSubscriptions call, and
that the system should return the next page of data.
ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse::getSubscriptions() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse
                    The names of the subscriptions that match the request.
ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more subscriptions that match
the request; this value should be passed in a new
ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest to get more subscriptions.
ListTopicsRequest::getProject() — Method in class ListTopicsRequest
                    The name of the cloud project that topics belong to.
ListTopicsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListTopicsRequest
                    Maximum number of topics to return.
ListTopicsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListTopicsRequest
                    The value returned by the last ListTopicsResponse; indicates that this is
a continuation of a prior ListTopics call, and that the system should
return the next page of data.
ListTopicsResponse::getTopics() — Method in class ListTopicsResponse
                    The resulting topics.
ListTopicsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTopicsResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more topics that match the
request; this value should be passed in a new ListTopicsRequest.
ModifyAckDeadlineRequest::getSubscription() — Method in class ModifyAckDeadlineRequest
                    The name of the subscription.
ModifyAckDeadlineRequest::getAckIds() — Method in class ModifyAckDeadlineRequest
                    List of acknowledgment IDs.
ModifyAckDeadlineRequest::getAckDeadlineSeconds() — Method in class ModifyAckDeadlineRequest
                    The new ack deadline with respect to the time this request was sent to
the Pub/Sub system. For example, if the value is 10, the new
ack deadline will expire 10 seconds after the ModifyAckDeadline call
was made. Specifying zero may immediately make the message available for
another pull request.
ModifyPushConfigRequest::getSubscription() — Method in class ModifyPushConfigRequest
                    The name of the subscription.
ModifyPushConfigRequest::getPushConfig() — Method in class ModifyPushConfigRequest
                    The push configuration for future deliveries.
PublishRequest::getTopic() — Method in class PublishRequest
                    The messages in the request will be published on this topic.
PublishRequest::getMessages() — Method in class PublishRequest
                    The messages to publish.
PublishResponse::getMessageIds() — Method in class PublishResponse
                    The server-assigned ID of each published message, in the same order as
the messages in the request. IDs are guaranteed to be unique within
the topic.
PublisherGrpcClient::GetTopic() — Method in class PublisherGrpcClient
                    Gets the configuration of a topic.
PubsubMessage::getData() — Method in class PubsubMessage
                    The message payload.
PubsubMessage::getAttributes() — Method in class PubsubMessage
                    Optional attributes for this message.
PubsubMessage::getMessageId() — Method in class PubsubMessage
                    ID of this message, assigned by the server when the message is published.
PubsubMessage::getPublishTime() — Method in class PubsubMessage
                    The time at which the message was published, populated by the server when
it receives the Publish call. It must not be populated by the
publisher in a Publish call.
PullRequest::getSubscription() — Method in class PullRequest
                    The subscription from which messages should be pulled.
PullRequest::getReturnImmediately() — Method in class PullRequest
                    If this field set to true, the system will respond immediately even if
it there are no messages available to return in the Pull response.
PullRequest::getMaxMessages() — Method in class PullRequest
                    The maximum number of messages returned for this request. The Pub/Sub
system may return fewer than the number specified.
PullResponse::getReceivedMessages() — Method in class PullResponse
                    Received Pub/Sub messages. The Pub/Sub system will return zero messages if
there are no more available in the backlog. The Pub/Sub system may return
fewer than the maxMessages requested even if there are more messages
available in the backlog.
PushConfig::getPushEndpoint() — Method in class PushConfig
                    A URL locating the endpoint to which messages should be pushed.
PushConfig::getAttributes() — Method in class PushConfig
                    Endpoint configuration attributes.
ReceivedMessage::getAckId() — Method in class ReceivedMessage
                    This ID can be used to acknowledge the received message.
ReceivedMessage::getMessage() — Method in class ReceivedMessage
                    The message.
SeekRequest::getSubscription() — Method in class SeekRequest
                    The subscription to affect.
SeekRequest::getTime() — Method in class SeekRequest
                    The time to seek to.
SeekRequest::getSnapshot() — Method in class SeekRequest
                    The snapshot to seek to. The snapshot's topic must be the same as that of
the provided subscription.
SeekRequest::getTarget() — Method in class SeekRequest
                    
Snapshot::getName() — Method in class Snapshot
                    The name of the snapshot.
Snapshot::getTopic() — Method in class Snapshot
                    The name of the topic from which this snapshot is retaining messages.
Snapshot::getExpireTime() — Method in class Snapshot
                    The snapshot is guaranteed to exist up until this time.
StreamingPullRequest::getSubscription() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    The subscription for which to initialize the new stream. This must be
provided in the first request on the stream, and must not be set in
subsequent requests from client to server.
StreamingPullRequest::getAckIds() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    List of acknowledgement IDs for acknowledging previously received messages
(received on this stream or a different stream). If an ack ID has expired,
the corresponding message may be redelivered later. Acknowledging a message
more than once will not result in an error. If the acknowledgement ID is
malformed, the stream will be aborted with status INVALID_ARGUMENT.
StreamingPullRequest::getModifyDeadlineSeconds() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    The list of new ack deadlines for the IDs listed in
modify_deadline_ack_ids. The size of this list must be the same as the
size of modify_deadline_ack_ids. If it differs the stream will be aborted
with INVALID_ARGUMENT. Each element in this list is applied to the
element in the same position in modify_deadline_ack_ids. The new ack
deadline is with respect to the time this request was sent to the Pub/Sub
system. Must be >= 0. For example, if the value is 10, the new ack deadline
will expire 10 seconds after this request is received. If the value is 0,
the message is immediately made available for another streaming or
non-streaming pull request. If the value is < 0 (an error), the stream will
be aborted with status INVALID_ARGUMENT.
StreamingPullRequest::getModifyDeadlineAckIds() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    List of acknowledgement IDs whose deadline will be modified based on the
corresponding element in modify_deadline_seconds. This field can be used
to indicate that more time is needed to process a message by the
subscriber, or to make the message available for redelivery if the
processing was interrupted.
StreamingPullRequest::getStreamAckDeadlineSeconds() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    The ack deadline to use for the stream. This must be provided in the
first request on the stream, but it can also be updated on subsequent
requests from client to server. The minimum deadline you can specify is 10
seconds. The maximum deadline you can specify is 600 seconds (10 minutes).
StreamingPullResponse::getReceivedMessages() — Method in class StreamingPullResponse
                    Received Pub/Sub messages. This will not be empty.
SubscriberGrpcClient::GetSubscription() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    Gets the configuration details of a subscription.
Subscription::getName() — Method in class Subscription
                    The name of the subscription. It must have the format
"projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}". {subscription} must
start with a letter, and contain only letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers
([0-9]), dashes (-), underscores (_), periods (.), tildes (~),
plus (+) or percent signs (%). It must be between 3 and 255 characters
in length, and it must not start with "goog".
Subscription::getTopic() — Method in class Subscription
                    The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages.
Subscription::getPushConfig() — Method in class Subscription
                    If push delivery is used with this subscription, this field is
used to configure it. An empty pushConfig signifies that the subscriber
will pull and ack messages using API methods.
Subscription::getAckDeadlineSeconds() — Method in class Subscription
                    This value is the maximum time after a subscriber receives a message
before the subscriber should acknowledge the message. After message
delivery but before the ack deadline expires and before the message is
acknowledged, it is an outstanding message and will not be delivered
again during that time (on a best-effort basis).
Subscription::getRetainAckedMessages() — Method in class Subscription
                    Indicates whether to retain acknowledged messages. If true, then
messages are not expunged from the subscription's backlog, even if they are
acknowledged, until they fall out of the message_retention_duration
window.
Subscription::getMessageRetentionDuration() — Method in class Subscription
                    How long to retain unacknowledged messages in the subscription's backlog,
from the moment a message is published.
Topic::getName() — Method in class Topic
                    The name of the topic. It must have the format
"projects/{project}/topics/{topic}". {topic} must start with a letter,
and contain only letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), dashes (-),
underscores (_), periods (.), tildes (~), plus (+) or percent
signs (%). It must be between 3 and 255 characters in length, and it
must not start with "goog".
UpdateSubscriptionRequest::getSubscription() — Method in class UpdateSubscriptionRequest
                    The updated subscription object.
UpdateSubscriptionRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateSubscriptionRequest
                    Indicates which fields in the provided subscription to update.
BadRequest::getFieldViolations() — Method in class BadRequest
                    Describes all violations in a client request.
BadRequest_FieldViolation::getField() — Method in class BadRequest_FieldViolation
                    A path leading to a field in the request body. The value will be a
sequence of dot-separated identifiers that identify a protocol buffer
field. E.g., "field_violations.field" would identify this field.
BadRequest_FieldViolation::getDescription() — Method in class BadRequest_FieldViolation
                    A description of why the request element is bad.
DebugInfo::getStackEntries() — Method in class DebugInfo
                    The stack trace entries indicating where the error occurred.
DebugInfo::getDetail() — Method in class DebugInfo
                    Additional debugging information provided by the server.
Help::getLinks() — Method in class Help
                    URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
Help_Link::getDescription() — Method in class Help_Link
                    Describes what the link offers.
Help_Link::getUrl() — Method in class Help_Link
                    The URL of the link.
LocalizedMessage::getLocale() — Method in class LocalizedMessage
                    The locale used following the specification defined at
http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
LocalizedMessage::getMessage() — Method in class LocalizedMessage
                    The localized error message in the above locale.
QuotaFailure::getViolations() — Method in class QuotaFailure
                    Describes all quota violations.
QuotaFailure_Violation::getSubject() — Method in class QuotaFailure_Violation
                    The subject on which the quota check failed.
QuotaFailure_Violation::getDescription() — Method in class QuotaFailure_Violation
                    A description of how the quota check failed. Clients can use this
description to find more about the quota configuration in the service's
public documentation, or find the relevant quota limit to adjust through
developer console.
RequestInfo::getRequestId() — Method in class RequestInfo
                    An opaque string that should only be interpreted by the service generating
it. For example, it can be used to identify requests in the service's logs.
RequestInfo::getServingData() — Method in class RequestInfo
                    Any data that was used to serve this request. For example, an encrypted
stack trace that can be sent back to the service provider for debugging.
ResourceInfo::getResourceType() — Method in class ResourceInfo
                    A name for the type of resource being accessed, e.g. "sql table",
"cloud storage bucket", "file", "Google calendar"; or the type URL
of the resource: e.g. "type.googleapis.com/google.pubsub.v1.Topic".
ResourceInfo::getResourceName() — Method in class ResourceInfo
                    The name of the resource being accessed.  For example, a shared calendar
name: "example.com_4fghdhgsrgh@group.calendar.google.com", if the current
error is [google.rpc.Code.PERMISSION_DENIED][google.rpc.Code.PERMISSION_DENIED].
ResourceInfo::getOwner() — Method in class ResourceInfo
                    The owner of the resource (optional).
ResourceInfo::getDescription() — Method in class ResourceInfo
                    Describes what error is encountered when accessing this resource.
RetryInfo::getRetryDelay() — Method in class RetryInfo
                    Clients should wait at least this long between retrying the same request.
Status::getCode() — Method in class Status
                    The status code, which should be an enum value of [google.rpc.Code][google.rpc.Code].
Status::getMessage() — Method in class Status
                    A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
[google.rpc.Status.details][google.rpc.Status.details] field, or localized by the client.
Status::getDetails() — Method in class Status
                    A list of messages that carry the error details.  There will be a
common set of message types for APIs to use.
CreateDatabaseMetadata::getDatabase() — Method in class CreateDatabaseMetadata
                    The database being created.
CreateDatabaseRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateDatabaseRequest
                    Required. The name of the instance that will serve the new database.
CreateDatabaseRequest::getCreateStatement() — Method in class CreateDatabaseRequest
                    Required. A CREATE DATABASE statement, which specifies the ID of the
new database.  The database ID must conform to the regular expression
[a-z][a-z0-9_\-]*[a-z0-9] and be between 2 and 30 characters in length.
CreateDatabaseRequest::getExtraStatements() — Method in class CreateDatabaseRequest
                    An optional list of DDL statements to run inside the newly created
database. Statements can create tables, indexes, etc. These
statements execute atomically with the creation of the database:
if there is an error in any statement, the database is not created.
Database::getName() — Method in class Database
                    Required. The name of the database. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/databases/<database>,
where <database> is as specified in the CREATE DATABASE
statement. This name can be passed to other API methods to
identify the database.
Database::getState() — Method in class Database
                    Output only. The current database state.
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient::GetDatabase() — Method in class DatabaseAdminGrpcClient
                    Gets the state of a Cloud Spanner database.
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient::GetDatabaseDdl() — Method in class DatabaseAdminGrpcClient
                    Returns the schema of a Cloud Spanner database as a list of formatted
DDL statements. This method does not show pending schema updates, those may
be queried using the [Operations][google.longrunning.Operations] API.
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient::GetIamPolicy() — Method in class DatabaseAdminGrpcClient
                    Gets the access control policy for a database resource. Returns an empty
policy if a database exists but does not have a policy set.
DropDatabaseRequest::getDatabase() — Method in class DropDatabaseRequest
                    Required. The database to be dropped.
GetDatabaseDdlRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1
                    The request for [GetDatabaseDdl][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.GetDatabaseDdl].
GetDatabaseDdlRequest::getDatabase() — Method in class GetDatabaseDdlRequest
                    Required. The database whose schema we wish to get.
GetDatabaseDdlResponse — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1
                    The response for [GetDatabaseDdl][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.GetDatabaseDdl].
GetDatabaseDdlResponse::getStatements() — Method in class GetDatabaseDdlResponse
                    A list of formatted DDL statements defining the schema of the database
specified in the request.
GetDatabaseRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1
                    The request for [GetDatabase][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.GetDatabase].
GetDatabaseRequest::getName() — Method in class GetDatabaseRequest
                    Required. The name of the requested database. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/databases/<database>.
ListDatabasesRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListDatabasesRequest
                    Required. The instance whose databases should be listed.
ListDatabasesRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListDatabasesRequest
                    Number of databases to be returned in the response. If 0 or less,
defaults to the server's maximum allowed page size.
ListDatabasesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListDatabasesRequest
                    If non-empty, page_token should contain a
[next_page_token][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.ListDatabasesResponse.next_page_token] from a
previous [ListDatabasesResponse][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.ListDatabasesResponse].
ListDatabasesResponse::getDatabases() — Method in class ListDatabasesResponse
                    Databases that matched the request.
ListDatabasesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListDatabasesResponse
                    next_page_token can be sent in a subsequent
[ListDatabases][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.ListDatabases] call to fetch more
of the matching databases.
UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata::getDatabase() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata
                    The database being modified.
UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata::getStatements() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata
                    For an update this list contains all the statements. For an
individual statement, this list contains only that statement.
UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata::getCommitTimestamps() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata
                    Reports the commit timestamps of all statements that have
succeeded so far, where commit_timestamps[i] is the commit
timestamp for the statement statements[i].
UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest::getDatabase() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest
                    Required. The database to update.
UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest::getStatements() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest
                    DDL statements to be applied to the database.
UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest::getOperationId() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest
                    If empty, the new update request is assigned an
automatically-generated operation ID. Otherwise, operation_id
is used to construct the name of the resulting
[Operation][google.longrunning.Operation].
CreateInstanceMetadata::getInstance() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The instance being created.
CreateInstanceMetadata::getStartTime() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which the
[CreateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.CreateInstance] request was
received.
CreateInstanceMetadata::getCancelTime() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which this operation was cancelled. If set, this operation is
in the process of undoing itself (which is guaranteed to succeed) and
cannot be cancelled again.
CreateInstanceMetadata::getEndTime() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which this operation failed or was completed successfully.
CreateInstanceRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    Required. The name of the project in which to create the instance. Values
are of the form projects/<project>.
CreateInstanceRequest::getInstanceId() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    Required. The ID of the instance to create.  Valid identifiers are of the
form [a-z][-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9] and must be between 6 and 30 characters in
length.
CreateInstanceRequest::getInstance() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    Required. The instance to create.  The name may be omitted, but if
specified must be <parent>/instances/<instance_id>.
DeleteInstanceRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteInstanceRequest
                    Required. The name of the instance to be deleted. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>
GetInstanceConfigRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    The request for
[GetInstanceConfigRequest][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.GetInstanceConfig].
GetInstanceConfigRequest::getName() — Method in class GetInstanceConfigRequest
                    Required. The name of the requested instance configuration. Values are of
the form projects/<project>/instanceConfigs/<config>.
GetInstanceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    The request for [GetInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.GetInstance].
GetInstanceRequest::getName() — Method in class GetInstanceRequest
                    Required. The name of the requested instance. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>.
Instance::getName() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. A unique identifier for the instance, which cannot be changed
after the instance is created. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/[a-z][-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9]. The final
segment of the name must be between 6 and 30 characters in length.
Instance::getConfig() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. The name of the instance's configuration. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instanceConfigs/<configuration>. See
also [InstanceConfig][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceConfig] and
[ListInstanceConfigs][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.ListInstanceConfigs].
Instance::getDisplayName() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. The descriptive name for this instance as it appears in UIs.
Instance::getNodeCount() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. The number of nodes allocated to this instance.
Instance::getState() — Method in class Instance
                    Output only. The current instance state. For
[CreateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.CreateInstance], the state must be
either omitted or set to CREATING. For
[UpdateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.UpdateInstance], the state must be
either omitted or set to READY.
Instance::getLabels() — Method in class Instance
                    Cloud Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud
resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and
deployment strategies. Cloud Labels can be used to filter collections of
resources. They can be used to control how resource metrics are aggregated.
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::GetInstanceConfig() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Gets information about a particular instance configuration.
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::GetInstance() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Gets information about a particular instance.
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::GetIamPolicy() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Gets the access control policy for an instance resource. Returns an empty
policy if an instance exists but does not have a policy set.
InstanceConfig::getName() — Method in class InstanceConfig
                    A unique identifier for the instance configuration.  Values
are of the form
projects/<project>/instanceConfigs/[a-z][-a-z0-9]*
InstanceConfig::getDisplayName() — Method in class InstanceConfig
                    The name of this instance configuration as it appears in UIs.
ListInstanceConfigsRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsRequest
                    Required. The name of the project for which a list of supported instance
configurations is requested. Values are of the form
projects/<project>.
ListInstanceConfigsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsRequest
                    Number of instance configurations to be returned in the response. If 0 or
less, defaults to the server's maximum allowed page size.
ListInstanceConfigsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsRequest
                    If non-empty, page_token should contain a
[next_page_token][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.ListInstanceConfigsResponse.next_page_token]
from a previous [ListInstanceConfigsResponse][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.ListInstanceConfigsResponse].
ListInstanceConfigsResponse::getInstanceConfigs() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsResponse
                    The list of requested instance configurations.
ListInstanceConfigsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsResponse
                    next_page_token can be sent in a subsequent
[ListInstanceConfigs][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.ListInstanceConfigs] call to
fetch more of the matching instance configurations.
ListInstancesRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    Required. The name of the project for which a list of instances is
requested. Values are of the form projects/<project>.
ListInstancesRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    Number of instances to be returned in the response. If 0 or less, defaults
to the server's maximum allowed page size.
ListInstancesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    If non-empty, page_token should contain a
[next_page_token][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.ListInstancesResponse.next_page_token] from a
previous [ListInstancesResponse][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.ListInstancesResponse].
ListInstancesRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    An expression for filtering the results of the request. Filter rules are
case insensitive. The fields eligible for filtering are:
  * name
  * display_name
  * labels.key where key is the name of a label
Some examples of using filters are:
  * name:* --> The instance has a name.
ListInstancesResponse::getInstances() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    The list of requested instances.
ListInstancesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    next_page_token can be sent in a subsequent
[ListInstances][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.ListInstances] call to fetch more
of the matching instances.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::getInstance() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The desired end state of the update.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::getStartTime() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which [UpdateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.UpdateInstance]
request was received.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::getCancelTime() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which this operation was cancelled. If set, this operation is
in the process of undoing itself (which is guaranteed to succeed) and
cannot be cancelled again.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::getEndTime() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which this operation failed or was completed successfully.
UpdateInstanceRequest::getInstance() — Method in class UpdateInstanceRequest
                    Required. The instance to update, which must always include the instance
name.  Otherwise, only fields mentioned in [][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.UpdateInstanceRequest.field_mask] need be included.
UpdateInstanceRequest::getFieldMask() — Method in class UpdateInstanceRequest
                    Required. A mask specifying which fields in [][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.UpdateInstanceRequest.instance] should be updated.
BeginTransactionRequest::getSession() — Method in class BeginTransactionRequest
                    Required. The session in which the transaction runs.
BeginTransactionRequest::getOptions() — Method in class BeginTransactionRequest
                    Required. Options for the new transaction.
CommitRequest::getSession() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    Required. The session in which the transaction to be committed is running.
CommitRequest::getTransactionId() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    Commit a previously-started transaction.
CommitRequest::getSingleUseTransaction() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    Execute mutations in a temporary transaction. Note that unlike
commit of a previously-started transaction, commit with a
temporary transaction is non-idempotent. That is, if the
CommitRequest is sent to Cloud Spanner more than once (for
instance, due to retries in the application, or in the
transport library), it is possible that the mutations are
executed more than once. If this is undesirable, use
[BeginTransaction][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.BeginTransaction] and
[Commit][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Commit] instead.
CommitRequest::getMutations() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    The mutations to be executed when this transaction commits. All
mutations are applied atomically, in the order they appear in
this list.
CommitRequest::getTransaction() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    
CommitResponse::getCommitTimestamp() — Method in class CommitResponse
                    The Cloud Spanner timestamp at which the transaction committed.
CreateSessionRequest::getDatabase() — Method in class CreateSessionRequest
                    Required. The database in which the new session is created.
DeleteSessionRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteSessionRequest
                    Required. The name of the session to delete.
ExecuteSqlRequest::getSession() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    Required. The session in which the SQL query should be performed.
ExecuteSqlRequest::getTransaction() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    The transaction to use. If none is provided, the default is a
temporary read-only transaction with strong concurrency.
ExecuteSqlRequest::getSql() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    Required. The SQL query string.
ExecuteSqlRequest::getParams() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    The SQL query string can contain parameter placeholders. A parameter
placeholder consists of '&#64;' followed by the parameter
name. Parameter names consist of any combination of letters,
numbers, and underscores.
ExecuteSqlRequest::getParamTypes() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    It is not always possible for Cloud Spanner to infer the right SQL type
from a JSON value.  For example, values of type BYTES and values
of type STRING both appear in [params][google.spanner.v1.ExecuteSqlRequest.params] as JSON strings.
ExecuteSqlRequest::getResumeToken() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    If this request is resuming a previously interrupted SQL query
execution, resume_token should be copied from the last
[PartialResultSet][google.spanner.v1.PartialResultSet] yielded before the interruption. Doing this
enables the new SQL query execution to resume where the last one left
off. The rest of the request parameters must exactly match the
request that yielded this token.
ExecuteSqlRequest::getQueryMode() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    Used to control the amount of debugging information returned in
[ResultSetStats][google.spanner.v1.ResultSetStats].
GetSessionRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    The request for [GetSession][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.GetSession].
GetSessionRequest::getName() — Method in class GetSessionRequest
                    Required. The name of the session to retrieve.
KeyRange::getStartClosed() — Method in class KeyRange
                    If the start is closed, then the range includes all rows whose
first len(start_closed) key columns exactly match start_closed.
KeyRange::getStartOpen() — Method in class KeyRange
                    If the start is open, then the range excludes rows whose first
len(start_open) key columns exactly match start_open.
KeyRange::getEndClosed() — Method in class KeyRange
                    If the end is closed, then the range includes all rows whose
first len(end_closed) key columns exactly match end_closed.
KeyRange::getEndOpen() — Method in class KeyRange
                    If the end is open, then the range excludes rows whose first
len(end_open) key columns exactly match end_open.
KeyRange::getStartKeyType() — Method in class KeyRange
                    
KeyRange::getEndKeyType() — Method in class KeyRange
                    
KeySet::getKeys() — Method in class KeySet
                    A list of specific keys. Entries in keys should have exactly as
many elements as there are columns in the primary or index key
with which this KeySet is used.  Individual key values are
encoded as described [here][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode].
KeySet::getRanges() — Method in class KeySet
                    A list of key ranges. See [KeyRange][google.spanner.v1.KeyRange] for more information about
key range specifications.
KeySet::getAll() — Method in class KeySet
                    For convenience all can be set to true to indicate that this
KeySet matches all keys in the table or index. Note that any keys
specified in keys or ranges are only yielded once.
Mutation::getInsert() — Method in class Mutation
                    Insert new rows in a table. If any of the rows already exist,
the write or transaction fails with error ALREADY_EXISTS.
Mutation::getUpdate() — Method in class Mutation
                    Update existing rows in a table. If any of the rows does not
already exist, the transaction fails with error NOT_FOUND.
Mutation::getInsertOrUpdate() — Method in class Mutation
                    Like [insert][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.insert], except that if the row already exists, then
its column values are overwritten with the ones provided. Any
column values not explicitly written are preserved.
Mutation::getReplace() — Method in class Mutation
                    Like [insert][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.insert], except that if the row already exists, it is
deleted, and the column values provided are inserted
instead. Unlike [insert_or_update][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.insert_or_update], this means any values not
explicitly written become NULL.
Mutation::getDelete() — Method in class Mutation
                    Delete rows from a table. Succeeds whether or not the named
rows were present.
Mutation::getOperation() — Method in class Mutation
                    
Mutation_Delete::getTable() — Method in class Mutation_Delete
                    Required. The table whose rows will be deleted.
Mutation_Delete::getKeySet() — Method in class Mutation_Delete
                    Required. The primary keys of the rows within [table][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.Delete.table] to delete.
Mutation_Write::getTable() — Method in class Mutation_Write
                    Required. The table whose rows will be written.
Mutation_Write::getColumns() — Method in class Mutation_Write
                    The names of the columns in [table][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.Write.table] to be written.
Mutation_Write::getValues() — Method in class Mutation_Write
                    The values to be written. values can contain more than one
list of values. If it does, then multiple rows are written, one
for each entry in values. Each list in values must have
exactly as many entries as there are entries in [columns][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.Write.columns]
above. Sending multiple lists is equivalent to sending multiple
Mutations, each containing one values entry and repeating
[table][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.Write.table] and [columns][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.Write.columns]. Individual values in each list are
encoded as described [here][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode].
PartialResultSet::getMetadata() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    Metadata about the result set, such as row type information.
PartialResultSet::getValues() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    A streamed result set consists of a stream of values, which might
be split into many PartialResultSet messages to accommodate
large rows and/or large values. Every N complete values defines a
row, where N is equal to the number of entries in
[metadata.row_type.fields][google.spanner.v1.StructType.fields].
PartialResultSet::getChunkedValue() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    If true, then the final value in [values][google.spanner.v1.PartialResultSet.values] is chunked, and must
be combined with more values from subsequent PartialResultSets
to obtain a complete field value.
PartialResultSet::getResumeToken() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    Streaming calls might be interrupted for a variety of reasons, such
as TCP connection loss. If this occurs, the stream of results can
be resumed by re-sending the original request and including
resume_token. Note that executing any other transaction in the
same session invalidates the token.
PartialResultSet::getStats() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    Query plan and execution statistics for the query that produced this
streaming result set. These can be requested by setting
[ExecuteSqlRequest.query_mode][google.spanner.v1.ExecuteSqlRequest.query_mode] and are sent
only once with the last response in the stream.
PlanNode::getIndex() — Method in class PlanNode
                    The PlanNode's index in [node list][google.spanner.v1.QueryPlan.plan_nodes].
PlanNode::getKind() — Method in class PlanNode
                    Used to determine the type of node. May be needed for visualizing
different kinds of nodes differently. For example, If the node is a
[SCALAR][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode.Kind.SCALAR] node, it will have a condensed representation
which can be used to directly embed a description of the node in its
parent.
PlanNode::getDisplayName() — Method in class PlanNode
                    The display name for the node.
PlanNode::getChildLinks() — Method in class PlanNode
                    List of child node indexes and their relationship to this parent.
PlanNode::getShortRepresentation() — Method in class PlanNode
                    Condensed representation for [SCALAR][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode.Kind.SCALAR] nodes.
PlanNode::getMetadata() — Method in class PlanNode
                    Attributes relevant to the node contained in a group of key-value pairs.
PlanNode::getExecutionStats() — Method in class PlanNode
                    The execution statistics associated with the node, contained in a group of
key-value pairs. Only present if the plan was returned as a result of a
profile query. For example, number of executions, number of rows/time per
execution etc.
PlanNode_ChildLink::getChildIndex() — Method in class PlanNode_ChildLink
                    The node to which the link points.
PlanNode_ChildLink::getType() — Method in class PlanNode_ChildLink
                    The type of the link. For example, in Hash Joins this could be used to
distinguish between the build child and the probe child, or in the case
of the child being an output variable, to represent the tag associated
with the output variable.
PlanNode_ChildLink::getVariable() — Method in class PlanNode_ChildLink
                    Only present if the child node is [SCALAR][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode.Kind.SCALAR] and corresponds
to an output variable of the parent node. The field carries the name of
the output variable.
PlanNode_ShortRepresentation::getDescription() — Method in class PlanNode_ShortRepresentation
                    A string representation of the expression subtree rooted at this node.
PlanNode_ShortRepresentation::getSubqueries() — Method in class PlanNode_ShortRepresentation
                    A mapping of (subquery variable name) -> (subquery node id) for cases
where the description string of this node references a SCALAR
subquery contained in the expression subtree rooted at this node. The
referenced SCALAR subquery may not necessarily be a direct child of
this node.
QueryPlan::getPlanNodes() — Method in class QueryPlan
                    The nodes in the query plan. Plan nodes are returned in pre-order starting
with the plan root. Each [PlanNode][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode]'s id corresponds to its index in
plan_nodes.
ReadRequest::getSession() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    Required. The session in which the read should be performed.
ReadRequest::getTransaction() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    The transaction to use. If none is provided, the default is a
temporary read-only transaction with strong concurrency.
ReadRequest::getTable() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    Required. The name of the table in the database to be read.
ReadRequest::getIndex() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    If non-empty, the name of an index on [table][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.table]. This index is
used instead of the table primary key when interpreting [key_set][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.key_set]
and sorting result rows. See [key_set][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.key_set] for further information.
ReadRequest::getColumns() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    The columns of [table][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.table] to be returned for each row matching
this request.
ReadRequest::getKeySet() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    Required. key_set identifies the rows to be yielded. key_set names the
primary keys of the rows in [table][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.table] to be yielded, unless [index][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.index]
is present. If [index][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.index] is present, then [key_set][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.key_set] instead names
index keys in [index][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.index].
ReadRequest::getLimit() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    If greater than zero, only the first limit rows are yielded. If limit
is zero, the default is no limit.
ReadRequest::getResumeToken() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    If this request is resuming a previously interrupted read,
resume_token should be copied from the last
[PartialResultSet][google.spanner.v1.PartialResultSet] yielded before the interruption. Doing this
enables the new read to resume where the last read left off. The
rest of the request parameters must exactly match the request
that yielded this token.
ResultSet::getMetadata() — Method in class ResultSet
                    Metadata about the result set, such as row type information.
ResultSet::getRows() — Method in class ResultSet
                    Each element in rows is a row whose format is defined by
[metadata.row_type][google.spanner.v1.ResultSetMetadata.row_type]. The ith element
in each row matches the ith field in
[metadata.row_type][google.spanner.v1.ResultSetMetadata.row_type]. Elements are
encoded based on type as described
[here][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode].
ResultSet::getStats() — Method in class ResultSet
                    Query plan and execution statistics for the query that produced this
result set. These can be requested by setting
[ExecuteSqlRequest.query_mode][google.spanner.v1.ExecuteSqlRequest.query_mode].
ResultSetMetadata::getRowType() — Method in class ResultSetMetadata
                    Indicates the field names and types for the rows in the result
set.  For example, a SQL query like "SELECT UserId, UserName FROM
Users" could return a row_type value like:
    "fields": [
      { "name": "UserId", "type": { "code": "INT64" } },
      { "name": "UserName", "type": { "code": "STRING" } },
    ]
ResultSetMetadata::getTransaction() — Method in class ResultSetMetadata
                    If the read or SQL query began a transaction as a side-effect, the
information about the new transaction is yielded here.
ResultSetStats::getQueryPlan() — Method in class ResultSetStats
                    [QueryPlan][google.spanner.v1.QueryPlan] for the query associated with this result.
ResultSetStats::getQueryStats() — Method in class ResultSetStats
                    Aggregated statistics from the execution of the query. Only present when
the query is profiled. For example, a query could return the statistics as
follows:
    {
      "rows_returned": "3",
      "elapsed_time": "1.22 secs",
      "cpu_time": "1.19 secs"
    }
RollbackRequest::getSession() — Method in class RollbackRequest
                    Required. The session in which the transaction to roll back is running.
RollbackRequest::getTransactionId() — Method in class RollbackRequest
                    Required. The transaction to roll back.
Session::getName() — Method in class Session
                    Required. The name of the session.
SpannerGrpcClient::GetSession() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient
                    Gets a session. Returns NOT_FOUND if the session does not exist.
StructType::getFields() — Method in class StructType
                    The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is
significant, because values of this struct type are represented as
lists, where the order of field values matches the order of
fields in the [StructType][google.spanner.v1.StructType]. In turn, the order of fields
matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of
fields in the SELECT clause of a query.
StructType_Field::getName() — Method in class StructType_Field
                    The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For
SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., "Word" in the
query "SELECT 'hello' AS Word"), or the column name (e.g.,
"ColName" in the query "SELECT ColName FROM Table"). Some
columns might have an empty name (e.g., !"SELECT
UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain
multiple fields with the same name.
StructType_Field::getType() — Method in class StructType_Field
                    The type of the field.
Transaction::getId() — Method in class Transaction
                    id may be used to identify the transaction in subsequent
[Read][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Read],
[ExecuteSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteSql],
[Commit][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Commit], or
[Rollback][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Rollback] calls.
Transaction::getReadTimestamp() — Method in class Transaction
                    For snapshot read-only transactions, the read timestamp chosen
for the transaction. Not returned by default: see
[TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.return_read_timestamp][google.spanner.v1.TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.return_read_timestamp].
TransactionOptions::getReadWrite() — Method in class TransactionOptions
                    Transaction may write.
TransactionOptions::getReadOnly() — Method in class TransactionOptions
                    Transaction will not write.
TransactionOptions::getMode() — Method in class TransactionOptions
                    
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::getStrong() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Read at a timestamp where all previously committed transactions
are visible.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::getMinReadTimestamp() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Executes all reads at a timestamp >= min_read_timestamp.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::getMaxStaleness() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Read data at a timestamp >= NOW - max_staleness
seconds. Guarantees that all writes that have committed more
than the specified number of seconds ago are visible. Because
Cloud Spanner chooses the exact timestamp, this mode works even if
the client's local clock is substantially skewed from Cloud Spanner
commit timestamps.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::getReadTimestamp() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Executes all reads at the given timestamp. Unlike other modes,
reads at a specific timestamp are repeatable; the same read at
the same timestamp always returns the same data. If the
timestamp is in the future, the read will block until the
specified timestamp, modulo the read's deadline.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::getExactStaleness() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Executes all reads at a timestamp that is exact_staleness
old. The timestamp is chosen soon after the read is started.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::getReturnReadTimestamp() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    If true, the Cloud Spanner-selected read timestamp is included in
the [Transaction][google.spanner.v1.Transaction] message that describes the transaction.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::getTimestampBound() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    
TransactionSelector::getSingleUse() — Method in class TransactionSelector
                    Execute the read or SQL query in a temporary transaction.
TransactionSelector::getId() — Method in class TransactionSelector
                    Execute the read or SQL query in a previously-started transaction.
TransactionSelector::getBegin() — Method in class TransactionSelector
                    Begin a new transaction and execute this read or SQL query in
it. The transaction ID of the new transaction is returned in
[ResultSetMetadata.transaction][google.spanner.v1.ResultSetMetadata.transaction], which is a [Transaction][google.spanner.v1.Transaction].
TransactionSelector::getSelector() — Method in class TransactionSelector
                    
Type::getCode() — Method in class Type
                    Required. The [TypeCode][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode] for this type.
Type::getArrayElementType() — Method in class Type
                    If [code][google.spanner.v1.Type.code] == [ARRAY][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode.ARRAY], then array_element_type
is the type of the array elements.
Type::getStructType() — Method in class Type
                    If [code][google.spanner.v1.Type.code] == [STRUCT][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode.STRUCT], then struct_type
provides type information for the struct's fields.
Color::getRed() — Method in class Color
                    The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
Color::getGreen() — Method in class Color
                    The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
Color::getBlue() — Method in class Color
                    The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
Color::getAlpha() — Method in class Color
                    The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is,
the final pixel color is defined by the equation:
  pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)
This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas
a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This
uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is
possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset.
Date::getYear() — Method in class Date
                    Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a date without
a year.
Date::getMonth() — Method in class Date
                    Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12.
Date::getDay() — Method in class Date
                    Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0
if specifying a year/month where the day is not significant.
LatLng::getLatitude() — Method in class LatLng
                    The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
LatLng::getLongitude() — Method in class LatLng
                    The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
Money::getCurrencyCode() — Method in class Money
                    The 3-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
Money::getUnits() — Method in class Money
                    The whole units of the amount.
Money::getNanos() — Method in class Money
                    Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount.
PostalAddress::getRevision() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    The schema revision of the PostalAddress.
PostalAddress::getRegionCode() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This
is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is
correct. See http://cldr.unicode.org/ and
http://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html
for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
PostalAddress::getLanguageCode() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if
known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected
to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their
transliterated equivalents.
PostalAddress::getPostalCode() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require
postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger
additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip
validation in the U.S.A.).
PostalAddress::getSortingCode() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used
in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like
"CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number
alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator"
(Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
PostalAddress::getAdministrativeArea() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal
addresses of a country or region.
PostalAddress::getLocality() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address.
PostalAddress::getSublocality() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. Sublocality of the address.
PostalAddress::getAddressLines() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address.
PostalAddress::getRecipients() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. The recipient at the address.
PostalAddress::getOrganization() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
TimeOfDay::getHours() — Method in class TimeOfDay
                    Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose
to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
TimeOfDay::getMinutes() — Method in class TimeOfDay
                    Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
TimeOfDay::getSeconds() — Method in class TimeOfDay
                    Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may
allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
TimeOfDay::getNanos() — Method in class TimeOfDay
                    Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.

`H`


        Http — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Defines the HTTP configuration for a service. It contains a list of
[HttpRule][google.api.HttpRule], each specifying the mapping of an RPC method
to one or more HTTP REST API methods.
HttpBody — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for
payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or
an HTML page.
HttpRule — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    HttpRule defines the mapping of an RPC method to one or more HTTP
REST APIs.  The mapping determines what portions of the request
message are populated from the path, query parameters, or body of
the HTTP request.  The mapping is typically specified as an
google.api.http annotation, see "google/api/annotations.proto"
for details.
HttpRequestContext — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1
                    HTTP request data that is related to a reported error.
FixedSizeCollection::hasNextCollection() — Method in class FixedSizeCollection
                    Returns true if there are more elements that can be retrieved
from the API.
Page::hasNextPage() — Method in class Page
                    Returns true if there are more pages that can be retrieved from the
API.
HttpRequest — Class in namespace Google\Logging\Type
                    A common proto for logging HTTP requests. Only contains semantics
defined by the HTTP specification. Product-specific logging
information MUST be defined in a separate message.
Help — Class in namespace Google\Rpc
                    Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
Help_Link — Class in namespace Google\Rpc
                    Describes a URL link.
        
I
        Image — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Client image to perform Google Cloud Vision API tasks over.
ImageAnnotatorGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Service that performs Google Cloud Vision API detection tasks over client
images, such as face, landmark, logo, label, and text detection. The
ImageAnnotator service returns detected entities from the images.
ImageContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Image context and/or feature-specific parameters.
ImageProperties — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Stores image properties, such as dominant colors.
ImageSource — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    External image source (Google Cloud Storage image location).
FixedSizeCollection::iterateCollections() — Method in class FixedSizeCollection
                    Returns an iterator over FixedSizeCollections, starting with this
and making API calls as required until all of the elements have
been retrieved.
$LexerConditions — Property in class LexerConditions
                    
$Parser — Property in class Parser
                    
Parser::input() — Method in class Parser
                    
$ParserState — Property in class ParserState
                    
$ParserSymbol — Property in class ParserSymbol
                    
Segment::incrementBindingCount() — Method in class Segment
                    
Segment::incrementSegmentCount() — Method in class Segment
                    
OperationResponse::isDone() — Method in class OperationResponse
                    Check whether the operation has completed.
Page::iteratePages() — Method in class Page
                    Return an iterator over Page objects, beginning with this object.
PagedListResponse::iterateAllElements() — Method in class PagedListResponse
                    Returns an iterator over the full list of elements. Elements
of the list are retrieved lazily using the underlying API.
PagedListResponse::iteratePages() — Method in class PagedListResponse
                    Returns an iterator over pages of results. The pages are
retrieved lazily from the underlying API.
PagedListResponse::iterateFixedSizeCollections() — Method in class PagedListResponse
                    Returns an iterator over fixed size collections of results.
RetrySettings::inherit() — Method in class RetrySettings
                    Create a special instance that indicates that the retry settings should
be inherited from defaults.
MockStubTrait::isExhausted() — Method in class MockStubTrait
                    
IAMPolicyGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Iam\V1
                    API Overview
Int32Value — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf
                    Wrapper message for int32.
Int64Value — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf
                    Wrapper message for int64.
Instance — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    An isolated set of Cloud Spanner resources on which databases can be hosted.
InstanceAdminGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    Cloud Spanner Instance Admin API
InstanceConfig — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    A possible configuration for a Cloud Spanner instance. Configurations
define the geographic placement of nodes and their replication.
Instance_State — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    Indicates the current state of the instance.
        
K
        $Segment — Property in class Segment
                    
$Value — Property in class Value
                    
KeyRange — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    KeyRange represents a range of rows in a table or index.
KeySet — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    KeySet defines a collection of Cloud Spanner keys and/or key ranges. All
the keys are expected to be in the same table or index. The keys need
not be sorted in any particular way.
        
L
        LabelDescriptor — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    A description of a label.
LabelDescriptor_ValueType — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Value types that can be used as label values.
LogDescriptor — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    A description of a log type. Example in YAML format:
    - name: library.googleapis.com/activity_history
      description: The history of borrowing and returning library items.
Logging — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Logging configuration of the service.
Logging_LoggingDestination — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Configuration of a specific logging destination (the producer project
or the consumer project).
LanguageServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Provides text analysis operations such as sentiment analysis and entity
recognition.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    Describes the progress of a long-running LongRunningRecognize call. It is
included in the metadata field of the Operation returned by the
GetOperation call of the google::longrunning::Operations service.
LongRunningRecognizeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    The top-level message sent by the client for the LongRunningRecognize
method.
LongRunningRecognizeResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    The only message returned to the client by the LongRunningRecognize method.
SpeechGrpcClient::LongRunningRecognize() — Method in class SpeechGrpcClient
                    Performs asynchronous speech recognition: receive results via the
google.longrunning.Operations interface. Returns either an
Operation.error or an Operation.response which contains
a LongRunningRecognizeResponse message.
LabelAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Videointelligence\V1beta1
                    Label annotation.
LabelDetectionMode — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Videointelligence\V1beta1
                    Label detection mode.
LabelLevel — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Videointelligence\V1beta1
                    Label level (scope).
LabelLocation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Videointelligence\V1beta1
                    Label location.
Likelihood — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Videointelligence\V1beta1
                    Bucketized representation of likelihood.
LatLongRect — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Rectangle determined by min and max LatLng pairs.
Likelihood — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    A bucketized representation of likelihood, which is intended to give clients
highly stable results across model upgrades.
LocationInfo — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Detected entity location information.
ErrorStatsServiceGrpcClient::ListGroupStats() — Method in class ErrorStatsServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists the specified groups.
ErrorStatsServiceGrpcClient::ListEvents() — Method in class ErrorStatsServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists the specified events.
ListEventsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1
                    Specifies a set of error events to return.
ListEventsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1
                    Contains a set of requested error events.
ListGroupStatsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1
                    Specifies a set of ErrorGroupStats to return.
ListGroupStatsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1
                    Contains a set of requested error group stats.
ListTracesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Cloudtrace\V1
                    The request message for the ListTraces method. All fields are required
unless specified.
ListTracesRequest_ViewType — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Cloudtrace\V1
                    Type of data returned for traces in the list.
ListTracesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Cloudtrace\V1
                    The response message for the ListTraces method.
TraceServiceGrpcClient::ListTraces() — Method in class TraceServiceGrpcClient
                    Returns of a list of traces that match the specified filter conditions.
CallSettings::load() — Method in class CallSettings
                    Constructs an array mapping method names to CallSettings.
LexerConditions — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Jison
                    
LexerError — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Jison
                    
$LexerError — Property in class LexerError
                    
$Parser — Property in class Parser
                    
Parser::lexerError() — Method in class Parser
                    
Parser::lexerLex() — Method in class Parser
                    
Parser::LexerPerformAction() — Method in class Parser
                    
$ParserError — Property in class ParserError
                    
$ParserError — Property in class ParserError
                    
$ParserLocation — Property in class ParserLocation
                    
$ParserLocation — Property in class ParserLocation
                    
$ParserProduction — Property in class ParserProduction
                    
$ParserValue — Property in class ParserValue
                    
$ParserValue — Property in class ParserValue
                    
$ParserValue — Property in class ParserValue
                    
$Segment — Property in class Segment
                    
OperationsClient::listOperations() — Method in class OperationsClient
                    Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the
server doesn't support this method, it returns UNIMPLEMENTED.
LogSeverity — Class in namespace Google\Logging\Type
                    The severity of the event described in a log entry, expressed as one of the
standard severity levels listed below.  For your reference, the levels are
assigned the listed numeric values. The effect of using numeric values other
than those listed is undefined.
ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient::ListSinks() — Method in class ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Lists sinks.
ListLogEntriesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to ListLogEntries.
ListLogEntriesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    Result returned from ListLogEntries.
ListLogMetricsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to ListLogMetrics.
ListLogMetricsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    Result returned from ListLogMetrics.
ListLogsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to ListLogs.
ListLogsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    Result returned from ListLogs.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to ListMonitoredResourceDescriptors
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    Result returned from ListMonitoredResourceDescriptors.
ListSinksRequest — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to ListSinks.
ListSinksResponse — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    Result returned from ListSinks.
LogEntry — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    An individual entry in a log.
LogEntryOperation — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    Additional information about a potentially long-running operation with which
a log entry is associated.
LogEntrySourceLocation — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    Additional information about the source code location that produced the log
entry.
LogMetric — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    Describes a logs-based metric.  The value of the metric is the
number of log entries that match a logs filter in a given time interval.
LogMetric_ApiVersion — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    Stackdriver Logging API version.
LogSink — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following
destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, or a
Cloud Pub/Sub topic.  A logs filter controls which log entries are
exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing
account, or folder.
LogSink_VersionFormat — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    Available log entry formats. Log entries can be written to Stackdriver
Logging in either format and can be exported in either format.
LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    Service for ingesting and querying logs.
LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient::ListLogEntries() — Method in class LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Lists log entries.  Use this method to retrieve log entries from
Stackdriver Logging.  For ways to export log entries, see
Exporting Logs.
LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient::ListMonitoredResourceDescriptors() — Method in class LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Lists the descriptors for monitored resource types used by Stackdriver
Logging.
LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient::ListLogs() — Method in class LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Lists the logs in projects, organizations, folders, or billing accounts.
MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient::ListLogMetrics() — Method in class MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Lists logs-based metrics.
ListOperationsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Longrunning
                    The request message for [Operations.ListOperations][google.longrunning.Operations.ListOperations].
ListOperationsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Longrunning
                    The response message for [Operations.ListOperations][google.longrunning.Operations.ListOperations].
OperationsGrpcClient::ListOperations() — Method in class OperationsGrpcClient
                    Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the
server doesn't support this method, it returns UNIMPLEMENTED.
GroupServiceGrpcClient::ListGroups() — Method in class GroupServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists the existing groups.
GroupServiceGrpcClient::ListGroupMembers() — Method in class GroupServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists the monitored resources that are members of a group.
ListGroupMembersRequest — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListGroupMembers request.
ListGroupMembersResponse — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListGroupMembers response.
ListGroupsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListGroup request.
ListGroupsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListGroups response.
ListMetricDescriptorsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListMetricDescriptors request.
ListMetricDescriptorsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListMetricDescriptors response.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListMonitoredResourceDescriptors request.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListMonitoredResourcDescriptors response.
ListTimeSeriesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListTimeSeries request.
ListTimeSeriesRequest_TimeSeriesView — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    Controls which fields are returned by ListTimeSeries.
ListTimeSeriesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListTimeSeries response.
MetricServiceGrpcClient::ListMonitoredResourceDescriptors() — Method in class MetricServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists monitored resource descriptors that match a filter. This method does not require a Stackdriver account.
MetricServiceGrpcClient::ListMetricDescriptors() — Method in class MetricServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists metric descriptors that match a filter. This method does not require a Stackdriver account.
MetricServiceGrpcClient::ListTimeSeries() — Method in class MetricServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists time series that match a filter. This method does not require a Stackdriver account.
ListValue — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf
                    ListValue is a wrapper around a repeated field of values.
ListSnapshotsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Request for the ListSnapshots method.
ListSnapshotsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Response for the ListSnapshots method.
ListSubscriptionsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Request for the ListSubscriptions method.
ListSubscriptionsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Response for the ListSubscriptions method.
ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Request for the ListTopicSubscriptions method.
ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Response for the ListTopicSubscriptions method.
ListTopicsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Request for the ListTopics method.
ListTopicsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Response for the ListTopics method.
PublisherGrpcClient::ListTopics() — Method in class PublisherGrpcClient
                    Lists matching topics.
PublisherGrpcClient::ListTopicSubscriptions() — Method in class PublisherGrpcClient
                    Lists the name of the subscriptions for this topic.
SubscriberGrpcClient::ListSubscriptions() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    Lists matching subscriptions.
SubscriberGrpcClient::ListSnapshots() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    Lists the existing snapshots.
LocalizedMessage — Class in namespace Google\Rpc
                    Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
which can be attached to an RPC error.
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient::ListDatabases() — Method in class DatabaseAdminGrpcClient
                    Lists Cloud Spanner databases.
ListDatabasesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1
                    The request for [ListDatabases][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.ListDatabases].
ListDatabasesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1
                    The response for [ListDatabases][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.ListDatabases].
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::ListInstanceConfigs() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Lists the supported instance configurations for a given project.
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::ListInstances() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Lists all instances in the given project.
ListInstanceConfigsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    The request for [ListInstanceConfigs][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.ListInstanceConfigs].
ListInstanceConfigsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    The response for [ListInstanceConfigs][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.ListInstanceConfigs].
ListInstancesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    The request for [ListInstances][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.ListInstances].
ListInstancesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    The response for [ListInstances][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.ListInstances].
LatLng — Class in namespace Google\Type
                    An object representing a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair
of doubles representing degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless
specified otherwise, this must conform to the
WGS84
standard. Values must be within normalized ranges.
        
M
        Metric — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    A specific metric, identified by specifying values for all of the
labels of a [MetricDescriptor][google.api.MetricDescriptor].
MetricDescriptor — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Defines a metric type and its schema. Once a metric descriptor is created,
deleting or altering it stops data collection and makes the metric type's
existing data unusable.
MetricDescriptor_MetricKind — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    The kind of measurement. It describes how the data is reported.
MetricDescriptor_ValueType — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    The value type of a metric.
MetricRule — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Bind API methods to metrics. Binding a method to a metric causes that
metric's configured quota, billing, and monitoring behaviors to apply to the
method call.
MonitoredResource — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging,
billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances,
databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a
[MonitoredResourceDescriptor][google.api.MonitoredResourceDescriptor] object that describes the resource's
schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and
its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute
Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the
[MonitoredResourceDescriptor][google.api.MonitoredResourceDescriptor] for "gce_instance" has labels
"instance_id" and "zone":
    { "type": "gce_instance",
      "labels": { "instance_id": "12345678901234",
                  "zone": "us-central1-a" }}
MonitoredResourceDescriptor — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    An object that describes the schema of a [MonitoredResource][google.api.MonitoredResource] object using a
type name and a set of labels.  For example, the monitored resource
descriptor for Google Compute Engine VM instances has a type of
"gce_instance" and specifies the use of the labels "instance_id" and
"zone" to identify particular VM instances.
Monitoring — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Monitoring configuration of the service.
Monitoring_MonitoringDestination — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Configuration of a specific monitoring destination (the producer project
or the consumer project).
CallSettings::merge() — Method in class CallSettings
                    Returns a new CallSettings merged from this and another CallSettings object.
$Parser — Property in class Parser
                    
$Parser — Property in class Parser
                    
$Parser — Property in class Parser
                    
Parser::more() — Method in class Parser
                    
PathTemplate::match() — Method in class PathTemplate
                    Matches a fully qualified path template string.
MockOperationsImpl — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Testing\LongRunning
                    
MockBidiStreamingCall — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Testing
                    The MockBidiStreamingCall class is used to mock out the \Grpc\BidiStreamingCall class
(https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/src/php/lib/Grpc/BidiStreamingCall.php)
MockClientStreamingCall — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Testing
                    The MockClientStreamingCall class is used to mock out the \Grpc\ClientStreamingCall class
(https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/src/php/lib/Grpc/ClientStreamingCall.php)
MockServerStreamingCall — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Testing
                    The MockServerStreamingCall class is used to mock out the \Grpc\ServerStreamingCall class
(https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/src/php/lib/Grpc/ServerStreamingCall.php)
MockStatus — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Testing
                    
$MockStatus — Property in class MockStatus
                    
MockStubTrait — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Testing
                    The MockStubTrait is used by generated mock stub classes which extent \Grpc\BaseStub
(https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/src/php/lib/Grpc/BaseStub.php)
It provides functionality to add responses, get received calls, and overrides the _simpleRequest
method so that the elements of $responses are returned instead of making a call to the API.
MockUnaryCall — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Testing
                    The MockUnaryCall class is used to mock out the \Grpc\UnaryCall class
(https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/src/php/lib/Grpc/UnaryCall.php)
MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    Service for configuring logs-based metrics.
MetricServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    Manages metric descriptors, monitored resource descriptors, and
time series data.
Method — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf
                    Method represents a method of an api.
Mixin — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf
                    Declares an API to be included in this API. The including API must
redeclare all the methods from the included API, but documentation
and options are inherited as follows:
- If after comment and whitespace stripping, the documentation
  string of the redeclared method is empty, it will be inherited
  from the original method.
ModifyAckDeadlineRequest — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Request for the ModifyAckDeadline method.
ModifyPushConfigRequest — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Request for the ModifyPushConfig method.
SubscriberGrpcClient::ModifyAckDeadline() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    Modifies the ack deadline for a specific message. This method is useful
to indicate that more time is needed to process a message by the
subscriber, or to make the message available for redelivery if the
processing was interrupted. Note that this does not modify the
subscription-level ackDeadlineSeconds used for subsequent messages.
SubscriberGrpcClient::ModifyPushConfig() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    Modifies the PushConfig for a specified subscription.
Mutation — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    A modification to one or more Cloud Spanner rows.  Mutations can be
applied to a Cloud Spanner database by sending them in a
[Commit][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Commit] call.
Mutation_Delete — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    Arguments to [delete][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.delete] operations.
Mutation_Write — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    Arguments to [insert][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.insert], [update][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.update], [insert_or_update][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.insert_or_update], and
[replace][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.replace] operations.
$TransactionOptions — Property in class TransactionOptions
                    
Money — Class in namespace Google\Type
                    Represents an amount of money with its currency type.
        
N
        $Parser — Property in class Parser
                    
Parser::next() — Method in class Parser
                    
$ParserSymbol — Property in class ParserSymbol
                    
NullValue — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf
                    NullValue is a singleton enumeration to represent the null value for the
Value type union.
        
O
        $Distribution_BucketOptions — Property in class Distribution_BucketOptions
                    
OAuthRequirements — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    OAuth scopes are a way to define data and permissions on data. For example,
there are scopes defined for "Read-only access to Google Calendar" and
"Access to Cloud Platform". Users can consent to a scope for an application,
giving it permission to access that data on their behalf.
$Parser — Property in class Parser
                    
OperationsClient — Class in namespace Google\GAX\LongRunning
                    Service Description: Manages long-running operations with an API service.
OperationResponse — Class in namespace Google\GAX
                    Response object from a long running API method.
OperationResponse::operationSucceeded() — Method in class OperationResponse
                    Check whether the operation completed successfully. If the operation is not complete, or if the operation
failed, return false.
OperationResponse::operationFailed() — Method in class OperationResponse
                    Check whether the operation failed. If the operation is not complete, or if the operation
succeeded, return false.
Operation — Class in namespace Google\Longrunning
                    This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a
network API call.
OperationsGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Longrunning
                    Manages long-running operations with an API service.
Option — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf
                    A protocol buffer option, which can be attached to a message, field,
enumeration, etc.
$Mutation — Property in class Mutation
                    
        
P
        $HttpRule — Property in class HttpRule
                    
Page — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Represents a documentation page. A page can contain subpages to represent
nested documentation set structure.
ProjectProperties — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    A descriptor for defining project properties for a service. One service may
have many consumer projects, and the service may want to behave differently
depending on some properties on the project. For example, a project may be
associated with a school, or a business, or a government agency, a business
type property on the project may affect how a service responds to the client.
Property — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Defines project properties.
Property_PropertyType — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Supported data type of the property values
PartOfSpeech — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Represents part of speech information for a token.
PartOfSpeech_Aspect — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    The characteristic of a verb that expresses time flow during an event.
PartOfSpeech_Case — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    The grammatical function performed by a noun or pronoun in a phrase,
clause, or sentence. In some languages, other parts of speech, such as
adjective and determiner, take case inflection in agreement with the noun.
PartOfSpeech_Form — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Depending on the language, Form can be categorizing different forms of
verbs, adjectives, adverbs, etc. For example, categorizing inflected
endings of verbs and adjectives or distinguishing between short and long
forms of adjectives and participles
PartOfSpeech_Gender — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Gender classes of nouns reflected in the behaviour of associated words.
PartOfSpeech_Mood — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    The grammatical feature of verbs, used for showing modality and attitude.
PartOfSpeech_Number — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Count distinctions.
PartOfSpeech_Person — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    The distinction between the speaker, second person, third person, etc.
PartOfSpeech_Proper — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    This category shows if the token is part of a proper name.
PartOfSpeech_Reciprocity — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Reciprocal features of a pronoun.
PartOfSpeech_Tag — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    The part of speech tags enum.
PartOfSpeech_Tense — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Time reference.
PartOfSpeech_Voice — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    The relationship between the action that a verb expresses and the
participants identified by its arguments.
Page — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Detected page from OCR.
Paragraph — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Structural unit of text representing a number of words in certain order.
Position — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    A 3D position in the image, used primarily for Face detection landmarks.
Property — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    A Property consists of a user-supplied name/value pair.
PatchTracesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Cloudtrace\V1
                    The request message for the PatchTraces method.
TraceServiceGrpcClient::PatchTraces() — Method in class TraceServiceGrpcClient
                    Sends new traces to Stackdriver Trace or updates existing traces. If the ID
of a trace that you send matches that of an existing trace, any fields
in the existing trace and its spans are overwritten by the provided values,
and any new fields provided are merged with the existing trace data. If the
ID does not match, a new trace is created.
Parser — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Jison
                    
$Parser — Property in class Parser
                    
Parser::parserPerformAction() — Method in class Parser
                    
Parser::parserLex() — Method in class Parser
                    
Parser::parseError() — Method in class Parser
                    
Parser::parse() — Method in class Parser
                    
Parser::pastInput() — Method in class Parser
                    
Parser::popState() — Method in class Parser
                    
ParserAction — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Jison
                    
ParserCachedAction — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Jison
                    
ParserError — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Jison
                    
ParserLocation — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Jison
                    
ParserProduction — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Jison
                    
ParserRange — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Jison
                    
ParserState — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Jison
                    
ParserSymbol — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Jison
                    
ParserValue — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Jison
                    
OperationResponse::pollUntilComplete() — Method in class OperationResponse
                    Poll the server in a loop until the operation is complete.
Page — Class in namespace Google\GAX
                    A Page object wraps an API list method response and provides methods
to retrieve additional pages using the page token.
PageStreamingDescriptor — Class in namespace Google\GAX
                    Holds the description information used for page streaming.
PagedListResponse — Class in namespace Google\GAX
                    Response object for paged results from a list API method
Parser — Class in namespace Google\GAX
                    
Parser::parse() — Method in class Parser
                    Returns an array of path template segments parsed from data.
PathTemplate — Class in namespace Google\GAX
                    
MockBidiStreamingCall::popReceivedCalls() — Method in class MockBidiStreamingCall
                    Return a list of calls made to write(), and clear $receivedFuncCalls.
MockClientStreamingCall::popReceivedCalls() — Method in class MockClientStreamingCall
                    Return a list of calls made to write(), and clear $receivedFuncCalls.
MockStubTrait::popReceivedCalls() — Method in class MockStubTrait
                    Return a list of calls made to _simpleRequest, and clear $receivedFuncCalls.
MockStubTrait::popCallObjects() — Method in class MockStubTrait
                    
Policy — Class in namespace Google\Iam\V1
                    Defines an Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy. It is used to
specify access control policies for Cloud Platform resources.
PolicyDelta — Class in namespace Google\Iam\V1
                    The difference delta between two policies.
$LogEntry — Property in class LogEntry
                    
Point — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    A single data point in a time series.
PublishRequest — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Request for the Publish method.
PublishResponse — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Response for the Publish method.
PublisherGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    The service that an application uses to manipulate topics, and to send
messages to a topic.
PublisherGrpcClient::Publish() — Method in class PublisherGrpcClient
                    Adds one or more messages to the topic. Returns NOT_FOUND if the topic
does not exist. The message payload must not be empty; it must contain
 either a non-empty data field, or at least one attribute.
PubsubMessage — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    A message data and its attributes. The message payload must not be empty;
it must contain either a non-empty data field, or at least one attribute.
PullRequest — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Request for the Pull method.
PullResponse — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Response for the Pull method.
PushConfig — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Configuration for a push delivery endpoint.
SubscriberGrpcClient::Pull() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    Pulls messages from the server. Returns an empty list if there are no
messages available in the backlog. The server may return UNAVAILABLE if
there are too many concurrent pull requests pending for the given
subscription.
PartialResultSet — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    Partial results from a streaming read or SQL query. Streaming reads and
SQL queries better tolerate large result sets, large rows, and large
values, but are a little trickier to consume.
PlanNode — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    Node information for nodes appearing in a [QueryPlan.plan_nodes][google.spanner.v1.QueryPlan.plan_nodes].
PlanNode_ChildLink — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    Metadata associated with a parent-child relationship appearing in a
[PlanNode][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode].
PlanNode_Kind — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    The kind of [PlanNode][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode]. Distinguishes between the two different kinds of
nodes that can appear in a query plan.
PlanNode_ShortRepresentation — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    Condensed representation of a node and its subtree. Only present for
SCALAR [PlanNode(s)][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode].
PostalAddress — Class in namespace Google\Type
                    Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses.
        
Q
        Quota — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Quota configuration helps to achieve fairness and budgeting in service
usage.
QuotaLimit — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    QuotaLimit defines a specific limit that applies over a specified duration
for a limit type. There can be at most one limit for a duration and limit
type combination defined within a QuotaGroup.
QueryTimeRange — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1
                    Requests might be rejected or the resulting timed count durations might be
adjusted for lower durations.
QueryTimeRange_Period — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1
                    The supported time ranges.
QuotaFailure — Class in namespace Google\Rpc
                    Describes how a quota check failed.
QuotaFailure_Violation — Class in namespace Google\Rpc
                    A message type used to describe a single quota violation.  For example, a
daily quota or a custom quota that was exceeded.
QueryPlan — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    Contains an ordered list of nodes appearing in the query plan.
        
R
        RequestMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Audit
                    Metadata about the request.
RecognitionAudio — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    Contains audio data in the encoding specified in the RecognitionConfig.
RecognitionConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to process the
request.
RecognitionConfig_AudioEncoding — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    Audio encoding of the data sent in the audio message. All encodings support
only 1 channel (mono) audio. Only FLAC includes a header that describes
the bytes of audio that follow the header. The other encodings are raw
audio bytes with no header.
RecognizeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    The top-level message sent by the client for the Recognize method.
RecognizeResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    The only message returned to the client by the Recognize method. It
contains the result as zero or more sequential SpeechRecognitionResult
messages.
SpeechGrpcClient::Recognize() — Method in class SpeechGrpcClient
                    Performs synchronous speech recognition: receive results after all audio
has been sent and processed.
RecognitionAudio — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    Contains audio data in the encoding specified in the RecognitionConfig.
RecognitionConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to process the
request.
RecognitionConfig_AudioEncoding — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    Audio encoding of the data sent in the audio message. All encodings support
only 1 channel (mono) audio. Only FLAC includes a header that describes
the bytes of audio that follow the header. The other encodings are raw
audio bytes with no header.
ReportErrorEventRequest — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1
                    A request for reporting an individual error event.
ReportErrorEventResponse — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1
                    Response for reporting an individual error event.
ReportErrorsServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1
                    An API for reporting error events.
ReportErrorsServiceGrpcClient::ReportErrorEvent() — Method in class ReportErrorsServiceGrpcClient
                    Report an individual error event.
ReportedErrorEvent — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1
                    An error event which is reported to the Error Reporting system.
BidiStream::read() — Method in class BidiStream
                    Read the next response from the server. Returns null if the streaming call completed
successfully. Throws an ApiException if the streaming call failed.
ClientStream::readResponse() — Method in class ClientStream
                    Read the response from the server, completing the streaming call.
$LexerConditions — Property in class LexerConditions
                    
$Parser — Property in class Parser
                    
$Parser — Property in class Parser
                    
$Parser — Property in class Parser
                    
$ParserLocation — Property in class ParserLocation
                    
ParserLocation::Range() — Method in class ParserLocation
                    
Segment::resetBindingCount() — Method in class Segment
                    
Segment::resetSegmentCount() — Method in class Segment
                    
OperationResponse::reload() — Method in class OperationResponse
                    Reload the status of the operation with a request to the service.
PageStreamingDescriptor::requestHasPageSizeField() — Method in class PageStreamingDescriptor
                    
PathTemplate::render() — Method in class PathTemplate
                    Renders a path template using the provided bindings.
RetrySettings — Class in namespace Google\GAX
                    Holds the parameters for retry and timeout logic with exponential backoff. Actual
implementation of the logic is elsewhere.
ServerStream::readAll() — Method in class ServerStream
                    A generator which yields results from the server until the streaming call
completes. Throws an ApiException if the streaming call failed.
MockBidiStreamingCall::read() — Method in class MockBidiStreamingCall
                    
MockServerStreamingCall::responses() — Method in class MockServerStreamingCall
                    
ReceivedRequest — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Testing
                    Class ReceivedRequest used to hold the function name and request object of a call
make to a mock gRPC stub.
$Operation — Property in class Operation
                    
ReceivedMessage — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    A message and its corresponding acknowledgment ID.
RequestInfo — Class in namespace Google\Rpc
                    Contains metadata about the request that clients can attach when filing a bug
or providing other forms of feedback.
ResourceInfo — Class in namespace Google\Rpc
                    Describes the resource that is being accessed.
RetryInfo — Class in namespace Google\Rpc
                    Describes when the clients can retry a failed request. Clients could ignore
the recommendation here or retry when this information is missing from error
responses.
ReadRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    The request for [Read][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Read] and
[StreamingRead][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.StreamingRead].
ResultSet — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    Results from [Read][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Read] or
[ExecuteSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteSql].
ResultSetMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    Metadata about a [ResultSet][google.spanner.v1.ResultSet] or [PartialResultSet][google.spanner.v1.PartialResultSet].
ResultSetStats — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    Additional statistics about a [ResultSet][google.spanner.v1.ResultSet] or [PartialResultSet][google.spanner.v1.PartialResultSet].
RollbackRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    The request for [Rollback][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Rollback].
SpannerGrpcClient::Read() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient
                    Reads rows from the database using key lookups and scans, as a
simple key/value style alternative to
[ExecuteSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteSql].  This method cannot be used to
return a result set larger than 10 MiB; if the read matches more
data than that, the read fails with a FAILED_PRECONDITION
error.
SpannerGrpcClient::Rollback() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient
                    Rolls back a transaction, releasing any locks it holds. It is a good
idea to call this for any transaction that includes one or more
[Read][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Read] or [ExecuteSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteSql] requests and
ultimately decides not to commit.
        
S
        Advice::setDescription() — Method in class Advice
                    Useful description for why this advice was applied and what actions should
be taken to mitigate any implied risks.
AuthProvider::setId() — Method in class AuthProvider
                    The unique identifier of the auth provider. It will be referred to by
AuthRequirement.provider_id.
AuthProvider::setIssuer() — Method in class AuthProvider
                    Identifies the principal that issued the JWT. See
https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32#section-4.1.1
Usually a URL or an email address.
AuthProvider::setJwksUri() — Method in class AuthProvider
                    URL of the provider's public key set to validate signature of the JWT. See
OpenID Discovery.
AuthProvider::setAudiences() — Method in class AuthProvider
                    The list of JWT
audiences.
AuthRequirement::setProviderId() — Method in class AuthRequirement
                    [id][google.api.AuthProvider.id] from authentication provider.
AuthRequirement::setAudiences() — Method in class AuthRequirement
                    NOTE: This will be deprecated soon, once AuthProvider.audiences is
implemented and accepted in all the runtime components.
Authentication::setRules() — Method in class Authentication
                    A list of authentication rules that apply to individual API methods.
Authentication::setProviders() — Method in class Authentication
                    Defines a set of authentication providers that a service supports.
AuthenticationRule::setSelector() — Method in class AuthenticationRule
                    Selects the methods to which this rule applies.
AuthenticationRule::setOauth() — Method in class AuthenticationRule
                    The requirements for OAuth credentials.
AuthenticationRule::setAllowWithoutCredential() — Method in class AuthenticationRule
                    Whether to allow requests without a credential. The credential can be
an OAuth token, Google cookies (first-party auth) or EndUserCreds.
AuthenticationRule::setRequirements() — Method in class AuthenticationRule
                    Requirements for additional authentication providers.
AuthorizationConfig::setProvider() — Method in class AuthorizationConfig
                    The name of the authorization provider, such as
firebaserules.googleapis.com.
Backend::setRules() — Method in class Backend
                    A list of API backend rules that apply to individual API methods.
BackendRule::setSelector() — Method in class BackendRule
                    Selects the methods to which this rule applies.
BackendRule::setAddress() — Method in class BackendRule
                    The address of the API backend.
BackendRule::setDeadline() — Method in class BackendRule
                    The number of seconds to wait for a response from a request.  The
default depends on the deployment context.
Billing::setMetrics() — Method in class Billing
                    Names of the metrics to report to billing. Each name must
be defined in [Service.metrics][google.api.Service.metrics] section.
Billing::setRules() — Method in class Billing
                    A list of billing status rules for configuring billing status check.
BillingStatusRule::setSelector() — Method in class BillingStatusRule
                    Selects the operation names to which this rule applies.
BillingStatusRule::setAllowedStatuses() — Method in class BillingStatusRule
                    Allowed billing statuses. The billing status check passes if the actual
billing status matches any of the provided values here.
ConfigChange::setElement() — Method in class ConfigChange
                    Object hierarchy path to the change, with levels separated by a '.'
character. For repeated fields, an applicable unique identifier field is
used for the index (usually selector, name, or id). For maps, the term
'key' is used. If the field has no unique identifier, the numeric index
is used.
ConfigChange::setOldValue() — Method in class ConfigChange
                    Value of the changed object in the old Service configuration,
in JSON format. This field will not be populated if ChangeType == ADDED.
ConfigChange::setNewValue() — Method in class ConfigChange
                    Value of the changed object in the new Service configuration,
in JSON format. This field will not be populated if ChangeType == REMOVED.
ConfigChange::setChangeType() — Method in class ConfigChange
                    The type for this change, either ADDED, REMOVED, or MODIFIED.
ConfigChange::setAdvices() — Method in class ConfigChange
                    Collection of advice provided for this change, useful for determining the
possible impact of this change.
Context::setRules() — Method in class Context
                    A list of RPC context rules that apply to individual API methods.
ContextRule::setSelector() — Method in class ContextRule
                    Selects the methods to which this rule applies.
ContextRule::setRequested() — Method in class ContextRule
                    A list of full type names of requested contexts.
ContextRule::setProvided() — Method in class ContextRule
                    A list of full type names of provided contexts.
Control::setEnvironment() — Method in class Control
                    The service control environment to use. If empty, no control plane
feature (like quota and billing) will be enabled.
CustomHttpPattern::setKind() — Method in class CustomHttpPattern
                    The name of this custom HTTP verb.
CustomHttpPattern::setPath() — Method in class CustomHttpPattern
                    The path matched by this custom verb.
Distribution::setCount() — Method in class Distribution
                    The number of values in the population. Must be non-negative.
Distribution::setMean() — Method in class Distribution
                    The arithmetic mean of the values in the population. If count is zero
then this field must be zero.
Distribution::setSumOfSquaredDeviation() — Method in class Distribution
                    The sum of squared deviations from the mean of the values in the
population.  For values x_i this is:
    Sum[i=1.
Distribution::setRange() — Method in class Distribution
                    If specified, contains the range of the population values. The field
must not be present if the count is zero.
Distribution::setBucketOptions() — Method in class Distribution
                    Defines the histogram bucket boundaries.
Distribution::setBucketCounts() — Method in class Distribution
                    If bucket_options is given, then the sum of the values in bucket_counts
must equal the value in count.  If bucket_options is not given, no
bucket_counts fields may be given.
Distribution_BucketOptions::setLinearBuckets() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions
                    The linear bucket.
Distribution_BucketOptions::setExponentialBuckets() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions
                    The exponential buckets.
Distribution_BucketOptions::setExplicitBuckets() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions
                    The explicit buckets.
Distribution_BucketOptions_Explicit::setBounds() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Explicit
                    The values must be monotonically increasing.
Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential::setNumFiniteBuckets() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential
                    Must be greater than 0.
Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential::setGrowthFactor() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential
                    Must be greater than 1.
Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential::setScale() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential
                    Must be greater than 0.
Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear::setNumFiniteBuckets() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear
                    Must be greater than 0.
Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear::setWidth() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear
                    Must be greater than 0.
Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear::setOffset() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear
                    Lower bound of the first bucket.
Distribution_Range::setMin() — Method in class Distribution_Range
                    The minimum of the population values.
Distribution_Range::setMax() — Method in class Distribution_Range
                    The maximum of the population values.
Documentation::setSummary() — Method in class Documentation
                    A short summary of what the service does. Can only be provided by
plain text.
Documentation::setPages() — Method in class Documentation
                    The top level pages for the documentation set.
Documentation::setRules() — Method in class Documentation
                    A list of documentation rules that apply to individual API elements.
Documentation::setDocumentationRootUrl() — Method in class Documentation
                    The URL to the root of documentation.
Documentation::setOverview() — Method in class Documentation
                    Declares a single overview page. For example:

<

pre>documentation:
  summary: .
DocumentationRule::setSelector() — Method in class DocumentationRule

                    The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns. Each pattern is a
qualified name of the element which may end in "*", indicating a wildcard.
DocumentationRule::setDescription() — Method in class DocumentationRule
                    Description of the selected API(s).
DocumentationRule::setDeprecationDescription() — Method in class DocumentationRule
                    Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if an
element is marked as deprecated.
Endpoint::setName() — Method in class Endpoint
                    The canonical name of this endpoint.
Endpoint::setAliases() — Method in class Endpoint
                    DEPRECATED: This field is no longer supported. Instead of using aliases,
please specify multiple [google.api.Endpoint][google.api.Endpoint] for each of the intented
alias.
Endpoint::setApis() — Method in class Endpoint
                    The list of APIs served by this endpoint.
Endpoint::setFeatures() — Method in class Endpoint
                    The list of features enabled on this endpoint.
Endpoint::setTarget() — Method in class Endpoint
                    The specification of an Internet routable address of API frontend that will
handle requests to this API Endpoint.
Endpoint::setAllowCors() — Method in class Endpoint
                    Allowing
CORS, aka
cross-domain traffic, would allow the backends served from this endpoint to
receive and respond to HTTP OPTIONS requests. The response will be used by
the browser to determine whether the subsequent cross-origin request is
allowed to proceed.
Experimental::setAuthorization() — Method in class Experimental
                    Authorization configuration.
Http::setRules() — Method in class Http
                    A list of HTTP configuration rules that apply to individual API methods.
HttpBody::setContentType() — Method in class HttpBody
                    The HTTP Content-Type string representing the content type of the body.
HttpBody::setData() — Method in class HttpBody
                    HTTP body binary data.
HttpRule::setSelector() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Selects methods to which this rule applies.
HttpRule::setGet() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Used for listing and getting information about resources.
HttpRule::setPut() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Used for updating a resource.
HttpRule::setPost() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Used for creating a resource.
HttpRule::setDelete() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Used for deleting a resource.
HttpRule::setPatch() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Used for updating a resource.
HttpRule::setCustom() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Custom pattern is used for defining custom verbs.
HttpRule::setBody() — Method in class HttpRule
                    The name of the request field whose value is mapped to the HTTP body, or
* for mapping all fields not captured by the path pattern to the HTTP
body. NOTE: the referred field must not be a repeated field and must be
present at the top-level of request message type.
HttpRule::setAdditionalBindings() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Additional HTTP bindings for the selector. Nested bindings must
not contain an additional_bindings field themselves (that is,
the nesting may only be one level deep).
LabelDescriptor::setKey() — Method in class LabelDescriptor
                    The label key.
LabelDescriptor::setValueType() — Method in class LabelDescriptor
                    The type of data that can be assigned to the label.
LabelDescriptor::setDescription() — Method in class LabelDescriptor
                    A human-readable description for the label.
LogDescriptor::setName() — Method in class LogDescriptor
                    The name of the log. It must be less than 512 characters long and can
include the following characters: upper- and lower-case alphanumeric
characters [A-Za-z0-9], and punctuation characters including
slash, underscore, hyphen, period [/_-.].
LogDescriptor::setLabels() — Method in class LogDescriptor
                    The set of labels that are available to describe a specific log entry.
LogDescriptor::setDescription() — Method in class LogDescriptor
                    A human-readable description of this log. This information appears in
the documentation and can contain details.
LogDescriptor::setDisplayName() — Method in class LogDescriptor
                    The human-readable name for this log. This information appears on
the user interface and should be concise.
Logging::setProducerDestinations() — Method in class Logging
                    Logging configurations for sending logs to the producer project.
Logging::setConsumerDestinations() — Method in class Logging
                    Logging configurations for sending logs to the consumer project.
Logging_LoggingDestination::setMonitoredResource() — Method in class Logging_LoggingDestination
                    The monitored resource type. The type must be defined in the
[Service.monitored_resources][google.api.Service.monitored_resources] section.
Logging_LoggingDestination::setLogs() — Method in class Logging_LoggingDestination
                    Names of the logs to be sent to this destination. Each name must
be defined in the [Service.logs][google.api.Service.logs] section. If the log name is
not a domain scoped name, it will be automatically prefixed with
the service name followed by "/".
Metric::setType() — Method in class Metric
                    An existing metric type, see [google.api.MetricDescriptor][google.api.MetricDescriptor].
Metric::setLabels() — Method in class Metric
                    The set of label values that uniquely identify this metric. All
labels listed in the MetricDescriptor must be assigned values.
MetricDescriptor::setName() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    The resource name of the metric descriptor. Depending on the
implementation, the name typically includes: (1) the parent resource name
that defines the scope of the metric type or of its data; and (2) the
metric's URL-encoded type, which also appears in the type field of this
descriptor. For example, following is the resource name of a custom
metric within the GCP project my-project-id:
    "projects/my-project-id/metricDescriptors/custom.googleapis.com%2Finvoice%2Fpaid%2Famount"
MetricDescriptor::setType() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    The metric type, including its DNS name prefix. The type is not
URL-encoded.  All user-defined custom metric types have the DNS name
custom.googleapis.com.  Metric types should use a natural hierarchical
grouping. For example:
    "custom.googleapis.com/invoice/paid/amount"
    "appengine.googleapis.com/http/server/response_latencies"
MetricDescriptor::setLabels() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    The set of labels that can be used to describe a specific
instance of this metric type. For example, the
appengine.googleapis.com/http/server/response_latencies metric
type has a label for the HTTP response code, response_code, so
you can look at latencies for successful responses or just
for responses that failed.
MetricDescriptor::setMetricKind() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    Whether the metric records instantaneous values, changes to a value, etc.
MetricDescriptor::setValueType() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    Whether the measurement is an integer, a floating-point number, etc.
MetricDescriptor::setUnit() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    The unit in which the metric value is reported. It is only applicable
if the value_type is INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION. The
supported units are a subset of The Unified Code for Units of
Measure standard:
Basic units (UNIT)
* bit   bit
* By    byte
* s     second
* min   minute
* h     hour
* d     day
Prefixes (PREFIX)
* k     kilo    (103)
* M     mega    (106)
* G     giga    (109)
* T     tera    (1012)
* P     peta    (1015)
* E     exa     (1018)
* Z     zetta   (1021)
* Y     yotta   (1024)
* m     milli   (10-3)
* u     micro   (10-6)
* n     nano    (10-9)
* p     pico    (10-12)
* f     femto   (10-15)
* a     atto    (10-18)
* z     zepto   (10-21)
* y     yocto   (10-24)
* Ki    kibi    (210)
* Mi    mebi    (220)
* Gi    gibi    (230)
* Ti    tebi    (240)
Grammar
The grammar includes the dimensionless unit 1, such as 1/s.
MetricDescriptor::setDescription() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    A detailed description of the metric, which can be used in documentation.
MetricDescriptor::setDisplayName() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    A concise name for the metric, which can be displayed in user interfaces.
MetricRule::setSelector() — Method in class MetricRule
                    Selects the methods to which this rule applies.
MetricRule::setMetricCosts() — Method in class MetricRule
                    Metrics to update when the selected methods are called, and the associated
cost applied to each metric.
MonitoredResource::setType() — Method in class MonitoredResource
                    Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match
the type field of a [MonitoredResourceDescriptor][google.api.MonitoredResourceDescriptor] object. For
example, the type of a Cloud SQL database is "cloudsql_database".
MonitoredResource::setLabels() — Method in class MonitoredResource
                    Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored
resource descriptor. For example, Cloud SQL databases use the labels
"database_id" and "zone".
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::setName() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    Optional. The resource name of the monitored resource descriptor:
"projects/{project_id}/monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}" where
{type} is the value of the type field in this object and
{project_id} is a project ID that provides API-specific context for
accessing the type.  APIs that do not use project information can use the
resource name format "monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}".
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::setType() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type
"cloudsql_database" represents databases in Google Cloud SQL.
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::setDisplayName() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    Optional. A concise name for the monitored resource type that might be
displayed in user interfaces. It should be a Title Cased Noun Phrase,
without any article or other determiners. For example,
"Google Cloud SQL Database".
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::setDescription() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    Optional. A detailed description of the monitored resource type that might
be used in documentation.
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::setLabels() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    Required. A set of labels used to describe instances of this monitored
resource type. For example, an individual Google Cloud SQL database is
identified by values for the labels "database_id" and "zone".
Monitoring::setProducerDestinations() — Method in class Monitoring
                    Monitoring configurations for sending metrics to the producer project.
Monitoring::setConsumerDestinations() — Method in class Monitoring
                    Monitoring configurations for sending metrics to the consumer project.
Monitoring_MonitoringDestination::setMonitoredResource() — Method in class Monitoring_MonitoringDestination
                    The monitored resource type. The type must be defined in
[Service.monitored_resources][google.api.Service.monitored_resources] section.
Monitoring_MonitoringDestination::setMetrics() — Method in class Monitoring_MonitoringDestination
                    Names of the metrics to report to this monitoring destination.
OAuthRequirements::setCanonicalScopes() — Method in class OAuthRequirements
                    The list of publicly documented OAuth scopes that are allowed access. An
OAuth token containing any of these scopes will be accepted.
Page::setName() — Method in class Page
                    The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to
generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation,
etc. The full page name (start from the root page name to this page
concatenated with .) can be used as reference to the page in your
documentation. For example:

pages:
- name: Tutorial
  content: (== include tutorial.md ==)
  subpages:
  - name: Java
    content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==)


You can reference Java page using Markdown reference link syntax:
[Java][Tutorial.Java].
Page::setContent() — Method in class Page
                    The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==)
to include content from a Markdown file.
Page::setSubpages() — Method in class Page
                    Subpages of this page. The order of subpages specified here will be
honored in the generated docset.
ProjectProperties::setProperties() — Method in class ProjectProperties
                    List of per consumer project-specific properties.
Property::setName() — Method in class Property
                    The name of the property (a.k.a key).
Property::setType() — Method in class Property
                    The type of this property.
Property::setDescription() — Method in class Property
                    The description of the property
Quota::setLimits() — Method in class Quota
                    List of QuotaLimit definitions for the service.
Quota::setMetricRules() — Method in class Quota
                    List of MetricRule definitions, each one mapping a selected method to one
or more metrics.
QuotaLimit::setName() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Name of the quota limit. The name is used to refer to the limit when
overriding the default limit on per-consumer basis.
QuotaLimit::setDescription() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Optional. User-visible, extended description for this quota limit.
QuotaLimit::setDefaultLimit() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Default number of tokens that can be consumed during the specified
duration. This is the number of tokens assigned when a client
application developer activates the service for his/her project.
QuotaLimit::setMaxLimit() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Maximum number of tokens that can be consumed during the specified
duration. Client application developers can override the default limit up
to this maximum. If specified, this value cannot be set to a value less
than the default limit. If not specified, it is set to the default limit.
QuotaLimit::setFreeTier() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Free tier value displayed in the Developers Console for this limit.
QuotaLimit::setDuration() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Duration of this limit in textual notation. Example: "100s", "24h", "1d".
QuotaLimit::setMetric() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    The name of the metric this quota limit applies to. The quota limits with
the same metric will be checked together during runtime. The metric must be
defined within the service config.
QuotaLimit::setUnit() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as
[Metric.unit][]. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota
backend system.
QuotaLimit::setValues() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Tiered limit values. Also allows for regional or zone overrides for these
values if "/{region}" or "/{zone}" is specified in the unit field.
QuotaLimit::setDisplayName() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    User-visible display name for this limit.
Service — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Service is the root object of Google service configuration schema. It
describes basic information about a service, such as the name and the
title, and delegates other aspects to sub-sections. Each sub-section is
either a proto message or a repeated proto message that configures a
specific aspect, such as auth. See each proto message definition for details.
Service::setConfigVersion() — Method in class Service
                    The version of the service configuration. The config version may
influence interpretation of the configuration, for example, to
determine defaults. This is documented together with applicable
options. The current default for the config version itself is 3.
Service::setName() — Method in class Service
                    The DNS address at which this service is available,
e.g. calendar.googleapis.com.
Service::setId() — Method in class Service
                    A unique ID for a specific instance of this message, typically assigned
by the client for tracking purpose. If empty, the server may choose to
generate one instead.
Service::setTitle() — Method in class Service
                    The product title associated with this service.
Service::setProducerProjectId() — Method in class Service
                    The id of the Google developer project that owns the service.
Service::setApis() — Method in class Service
                    A list of API interfaces exported by this service. Only the name field
of the [google.protobuf.Api][google.protobuf.Api] needs to be provided by the configuration
author, as the remaining fields will be derived from the IDL during the
normalization process. It is an error to specify an API interface here
which cannot be resolved against the associated IDL files.
Service::setTypes() — Method in class Service
                    A list of all proto message types included in this API service.
Service::setEnums() — Method in class Service
                    A list of all enum types included in this API service.  Enums
referenced directly or indirectly by the apis are automatically
included.  Enums which are not referenced but shall be included
should be listed here by name. Example:
    enums:
    - name: google.someapi.v1.SomeEnum
Service::setDocumentation() — Method in class Service
                    Additional API documentation.
Service::setBackend() — Method in class Service
                    API backend configuration.
Service::setHttp() — Method in class Service
                    HTTP configuration.
Service::setQuota() — Method in class Service
                    Quota configuration.
Service::setAuthentication() — Method in class Service
                    Auth configuration.
Service::setContext() — Method in class Service
                    Context configuration.
Service::setUsage() — Method in class Service
                    Configuration controlling usage of this service.
Service::setEndpoints() — Method in class Service
                    Configuration for network endpoints.  If this is empty, then an endpoint
with the same name as the service is automatically generated to service all
defined APIs.
Service::setControl() — Method in class Service
                    Configuration for the service control plane.
Service::setLogs() — Method in class Service
                    Defines the logs used by this service.
Service::setMetrics() — Method in class Service
                    Defines the metrics used by this service.
Service::setMonitoredResources() — Method in class Service
                    Defines the monitored resources used by this service. This is required
by the [Service.monitoring][google.api.Service.monitoring] and [Service.logging][google.api.Service.logging] configurations.
Service::setLogging() — Method in class Service
                    Logging configuration.
Service::setMonitoring() — Method in class Service
                    Monitoring configuration.
Service::setSystemParameters() — Method in class Service
                    System parameter configuration.
Service::setSourceInfo() — Method in class Service
                    Output only. The source information for this configuration if available.
Service::setExperimental() — Method in class Service
                    Experimental configuration.
SourceInfo — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Source information used to create a Service Config
SourceInfo::setSourceFiles() — Method in class SourceInfo
                    All files used during config generation.
SystemParameter — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Define a parameter's name and location. The parameter may be passed as either
an HTTP header or a URL query parameter, and if both are passed the behavior
is implementation-dependent.
SystemParameter::setName() — Method in class SystemParameter
                    Define the name of the parameter, such as "api_key" . It is case sensitive.
SystemParameter::setHttpHeader() — Method in class SystemParameter
                    Define the HTTP header name to use for the parameter. It is case
insensitive.
SystemParameter::setUrlQueryParameter() — Method in class SystemParameter
                    Define the URL query parameter name to use for the parameter. It is case
sensitive.
SystemParameterRule — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Define a system parameter rule mapping system parameter definitions to
methods.
SystemParameterRule::setSelector() — Method in class SystemParameterRule
                    Selects the methods to which this rule applies. Use '*' to indicate all
methods in all APIs.
SystemParameterRule::setParameters() — Method in class SystemParameterRule
                    Define parameters. Multiple names may be defined for a parameter.
SystemParameters — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    System parameter configuration

A system parameter is a special kind of parameter defined by the API
system, not by an individual API. It is typically mapped to an HTTP header
and/or a URL query parameter. This configuration specifies which methods
change the names of the system parameters.
SystemParameters::setRules() — Method in class SystemParameters
                    Define system parameters.
Usage::setRequirements() — Method in class Usage
                    Requirements that must be satisfied before a consumer project can use the
service. Each requirement is of the form <service.name>/;
for example 'serviceusage.googleapis.com/billing-enabled'.
Usage::setRules() — Method in class Usage
                    A list of usage rules that apply to individual API methods.
Usage::setProducerNotificationChannel() — Method in class Usage
                    The full resource name of a channel used for sending notifications to the
service producer.
UsageRule::setSelector() — Method in class UsageRule
                    Selects the methods to which this rule applies. Use '*' to indicate all
methods in all APIs.
UsageRule::setAllowUnregisteredCalls() — Method in class UsageRule
                    True, if the method allows unregistered calls; false otherwise.
UsageRule::setSkipServiceControl() — Method in class UsageRule
                    True, if the method should skip service control. If so, no control plane
feature (like quota and billing) will be enabled.
AuditLog::setServiceName() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The name of the API service performing the operation. For example,
"datastore.googleapis.com".
AuditLog::setMethodName() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The name of the service method or operation.
AuditLog::setResourceName() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The resource or collection that is the target of the operation.
AuditLog::setNumResponseItems() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The number of items returned from a List or Query API method,
if applicable.
AuditLog::setStatus() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The status of the overall operation.
AuditLog::setAuthenticationInfo() — Method in class AuditLog
                    Authentication information.
AuditLog::setAuthorizationInfo() — Method in class AuditLog
                    Authorization information. If there are multiple
resources or permissions involved, then there is
one AuthorizationInfo element for each {resource, permission} tuple.
AuditLog::setRequestMetadata() — Method in class AuditLog
                    Metadata about the operation.
AuditLog::setRequest() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The operation request. This may not include all request parameters,
such as those that are too large, privacy-sensitive, or duplicated
elsewhere in the log record.
AuditLog::setResponse() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The operation response. This may not include all response elements,
such as those that are too large, privacy-sensitive, or duplicated
elsewhere in the log record.
AuditLog::setServiceData() — Method in class AuditLog
                    Other service-specific data about the request, response, and other
activities.
AuthenticationInfo::setPrincipalEmail() — Method in class AuthenticationInfo
                    The email address of the authenticated user making the request.
AuthorizationInfo::setResource() — Method in class AuthorizationInfo
                    The resource being accessed, as a REST-style string. For example:
    bigquery.googlapis.com/projects/PROJECTID/datasets/DATASETID
AuthorizationInfo::setPermission() — Method in class AuthorizationInfo
                    The required IAM permission.
AuthorizationInfo::setGranted() — Method in class AuthorizationInfo
                    Whether or not authorization for resource and permission
was granted.
RequestMetadata::setCallerIp() — Method in class RequestMetadata
                    The IP address of the caller.
RequestMetadata::setCallerSuppliedUserAgent() — Method in class RequestMetadata
                    The user agent of the caller.
AnalyzeEntitiesRequest::setDocument() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitiesRequest
                    Input document.
AnalyzeEntitiesRequest::setEncodingType() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitiesRequest
                    The encoding type used by the API to calculate offsets.
AnalyzeEntitiesResponse::setEntities() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitiesResponse
                    The recognized entities in the input document.
AnalyzeEntitiesResponse::setLanguage() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitiesResponse
                    The language of the text, which will be the same as the language specified
in the request or, if not specified, the automatically-detected language.
AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest::setDocument() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest
                    Input document.
AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest::setEncodingType() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest
                    The encoding type used by the API to calculate offsets.
AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse::setEntities() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse
                    The recognized entities in the input document with associated sentiments.
AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse::setLanguage() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse
                    The language of the text, which will be the same as the language specified
in the request or, if not specified, the automatically-detected language.
AnalyzeSentimentRequest::setDocument() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentRequest
                    Input document.
AnalyzeSentimentRequest::setEncodingType() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentRequest
                    The encoding type used by the API to calculate sentence offsets for the
sentence sentiment.
AnalyzeSentimentResponse::setDocumentSentiment() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentResponse
                    The overall sentiment of the input document.
AnalyzeSentimentResponse::setLanguage() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentResponse
                    The language of the text, which will be the same as the language specified
in the request or, if not specified, the automatically-detected language.
AnalyzeSentimentResponse::setSentences() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentResponse
                    The sentiment for all the sentences in the document.
AnalyzeSyntaxRequest::setDocument() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxRequest
                    Input document.
AnalyzeSyntaxRequest::setEncodingType() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxRequest
                    The encoding type used by the API to calculate offsets.
AnalyzeSyntaxResponse::setSentences() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxResponse
                    Sentences in the input document.
AnalyzeSyntaxResponse::setTokens() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxResponse
                    Tokens, along with their syntactic information, in the input document.
AnalyzeSyntaxResponse::setLanguage() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxResponse
                    The language of the text, which will be the same as the language specified
in the request or, if not specified, the automatically-detected language.
AnnotateTextRequest::setDocument() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest
                    Input document.
AnnotateTextRequest::setFeatures() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest
                    The enabled features.
AnnotateTextRequest::setEncodingType() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest
                    The encoding type used by the API to calculate offsets.
AnnotateTextRequest_Features::setExtractSyntax() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest_Features
                    Extract syntax information.
AnnotateTextRequest_Features::setExtractEntities() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest_Features
                    Extract entities.
AnnotateTextRequest_Features::setExtractDocumentSentiment() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest_Features
                    Extract document-level sentiment.
AnnotateTextRequest_Features::setExtractEntitySentiment() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest_Features
                    Extract entities and their associated sentiment.
AnnotateTextResponse::setSentences() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    Sentences in the input document. Populated if the user enables
[AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_syntax][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_syntax].
AnnotateTextResponse::setTokens() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    Tokens, along with their syntactic information, in the input document.
AnnotateTextResponse::setEntities() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    Entities, along with their semantic information, in the input document.
AnnotateTextResponse::setDocumentSentiment() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    The overall sentiment for the document. Populated if the user enables
[AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_document_sentiment][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_document_sentiment].
AnnotateTextResponse::setLanguage() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    The language of the text, which will be the same as the language specified
in the request or, if not specified, the automatically-detected language.
DependencyEdge::setHeadTokenIndex() — Method in class DependencyEdge
                    Represents the head of this token in the dependency tree.
DependencyEdge::setLabel() — Method in class DependencyEdge
                    The parse label for the token.
$Document — Property in class Document
                    
Document::setType() — Method in class Document
                    Required. If the type is not set or is TYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
returns an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
Document::setContent() — Method in class Document
                    The content of the input in string format.
Document::setGcsContentUri() — Method in class Document
                    The Google Cloud Storage URI where the file content is located.
Document::setLanguage() — Method in class Document
                    The language of the document (if not specified, the language is
automatically detected). Both ISO and BCP-47 language codes are
accepted.

Language Support
lists currently supported languages for each API method.
Entity::setName() — Method in class Entity
                    The representative name for the entity.
Entity::setType() — Method in class Entity
                    The entity type.
Entity::setMetadata() — Method in class Entity
                    Metadata associated with the entity.
Entity::setSalience() — Method in class Entity
                    The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range.
Entity::setMentions() — Method in class Entity
                    The mentions of this entity in the input document. The API currently
supports proper noun mentions.
Entity::setSentiment() — Method in class Entity
                    For calls to [AnalyzeEntitySentiment][] or if
[AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_entity_sentiment][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_entity_sentiment] is set to
true, this field will contain the aggregate sentiment expressed for this
entity in the provided document.
EntityMention::setText() — Method in class EntityMention
                    The mention text.
EntityMention::setType() — Method in class EntityMention
                    The type of the entity mention.
EntityMention::setSentiment() — Method in class EntityMention
                    For calls to [AnalyzeEntitySentiment][] or if
[AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_entity_sentiment][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_entity_sentiment] is set to
true, this field will contain the sentiment expressed for this mention of
the entity in the provided document.
PartOfSpeech::setTag() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The part of speech tag.
PartOfSpeech::setAspect() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical aspect.
PartOfSpeech::setCase() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical case.
PartOfSpeech::setForm() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical form.
PartOfSpeech::setGender() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical gender.
PartOfSpeech::setMood() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical mood.
PartOfSpeech::setNumber() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical number.
PartOfSpeech::setPerson() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical person.
PartOfSpeech::setProper() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical properness.
PartOfSpeech::setReciprocity() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical reciprocity.
PartOfSpeech::setTense() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical tense.
PartOfSpeech::setVoice() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical voice.
Sentence — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Represents a sentence in the input document.
Sentence::setText() — Method in class Sentence
                    The sentence text.
Sentence::setSentiment() — Method in class Sentence
                    For calls to [AnalyzeSentiment][] or if
[AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_document_sentiment][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_document_sentiment] is set to
true, this field will contain the sentiment for the sentence.
Sentiment — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Represents the feeling associated with the entire text or entities in
the text.
Sentiment::setMagnitude() — Method in class Sentiment
                    A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents
the absolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score (positive or
negative).
Sentiment::setScore() — Method in class Sentiment
                    Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0
(positive sentiment).
TextSpan::setContent() — Method in class TextSpan
                    The content of the output text.
TextSpan::setBeginOffset() — Method in class TextSpan
                    The API calculates the beginning offset of the content in the original
document according to the [EncodingType][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.EncodingType] specified in the API request.
Token::setText() — Method in class Token
                    The token text.
Token::setPartOfSpeech() — Method in class Token
                    Parts of speech tag for this token.
Token::setDependencyEdge() — Method in class Token
                    Dependency tree parse for this token.
Token::setLemma() — Method in class Token
                    Lemma of the token.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::setProgressPercent() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    Approximate percentage of audio processed thus far. Guaranteed to be 100
when the audio is fully processed and the results are available.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::setStartTime() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    Time when the request was received.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::setLastUpdateTime() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    Time of the most recent processing update.
LongRunningRecognizeRequest::setConfig() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeRequest
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
LongRunningRecognizeRequest::setAudio() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeRequest
                    Required The audio data to be recognized.
LongRunningRecognizeResponse::setResults() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Sequential list of transcription results corresponding to
sequential portions of audio.
RecognitionAudio::setContent() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    The audio data bytes encoded as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Note: as with all bytes fields, protobuffers use a
pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64.
RecognitionAudio::setUri() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    URI that points to a file that contains audio data bytes as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Currently, only Google Cloud Storage URIs are
supported, which must be specified in the following format:
gs://bucket_name/object_name (other URI formats return
[google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT][]). For more information, see
Request URIs.
RecognitionConfig::setEncoding() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required Encoding of audio data sent in all RecognitionAudio messages.
RecognitionConfig::setSampleRateHertz() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required Sample rate in Hertz of the audio data sent in all
RecognitionAudio messages. Valid values are: 8000-48000.
RecognitionConfig::setLanguageCode() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required The language of the supplied audio as a
BCP-47 language tag.
RecognitionConfig::setMaxAlternatives() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional Maximum number of recognition hypotheses to be returned.
RecognitionConfig::setProfanityFilter() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional If set to true, the server will attempt to filter out
profanities, replacing all but the initial character in each filtered word
with asterisks, e.g. "f***". If set to false or omitted, profanities
won't be filtered out.
RecognitionConfig::setSpeechContexts() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional A means to provide context to assist the speech recognition.
RecognizeRequest::setConfig() — Method in class RecognizeRequest
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
RecognizeRequest::setAudio() — Method in class RecognizeRequest
                    Required The audio data to be recognized.
RecognizeResponse::setResults() — Method in class RecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Sequential list of transcription results corresponding to
sequential portions of audio.
SpeechContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    Provides "hints" to the speech recognizer to favor specific words and phrases
in the results.
SpeechContext::setPhrases() — Method in class SpeechContext
                    Optional A list of strings containing words and phrases "hints" so that
the speech recognition is more likely to recognize them. This can be used
to improve the accuracy for specific words and phrases, for example, if
specific commands are typically spoken by the user. This can also be used
to add additional words to the vocabulary of the recognizer. See
usage limits.
SpeechGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    Service that implements Google Cloud Speech API.
SpeechGrpcClient::StreamingRecognize() — Method in class SpeechGrpcClient
                    Performs bidirectional streaming speech recognition: receive results while
sending audio. This method is only available via the gRPC API (not REST).
SpeechRecognitionAlternative — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    Alternative hypotheses (a.k.a. n-best list).
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::setTranscript() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output-only Transcript text representing the words that the user spoke.
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::setConfidence() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output-only The confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0. A higher number
indicates an estimated greater likelihood that the recognized words are
correct. This field is typically provided only for the top hypothesis, and
only for is_final=true results. Clients should not rely on the
confidence field as it is not guaranteed to be accurate, or even set, in
any of the results.
SpeechRecognitionResult — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    A speech recognition result corresponding to a portion of the audio.
SpeechRecognitionResult::setAlternatives() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionResult
                    Output-only May contain one or more recognition hypotheses (up to the
maximum specified in max_alternatives).
StreamingRecognitionConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to process the
request.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::setConfig() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::setSingleUtterance() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Optional If false or omitted, the recognizer will perform continuous
recognition (continuing to wait for and process audio even if the user
pauses speaking) until the client closes the input stream (gRPC API) or
until the maximum time limit has been reached. May return multiple
StreamingRecognitionResults with the is_final flag set to true.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::setInterimResults() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Optional If true, interim results (tentative hypotheses) may be
returned as they become available (these interim results are indicated with
the is_final=false flag).
StreamingRecognitionResult — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    A streaming speech recognition result corresponding to a portion of the audio
that is currently being processed.
StreamingRecognitionResult::setAlternatives() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only May contain one or more recognition hypotheses (up to the
maximum specified in max_alternatives).
StreamingRecognitionResult::setIsFinal() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only If false, this StreamingRecognitionResult represents an
interim result that may change. If true, this is the final time the
speech service will return this particular StreamingRecognitionResult,
the recognizer will not return any further hypotheses for this portion of
the transcript and corresponding audio.
StreamingRecognitionResult::setStability() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only An estimate of the likelihood that the recognizer will not
change its guess about this interim result. Values range from 0.0
(completely unstable) to 1.0 (completely stable).
StreamingRecognizeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    The top-level message sent by the client for the StreamingRecognize method.
$StreamingRecognizeRequest — Property in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    
StreamingRecognizeRequest::setStreamingConfig() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to process the
request. The first StreamingRecognizeRequest message must contain a
streaming_config  message.
StreamingRecognizeRequest::setAudioContent() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    The audio data to be recognized. Sequential chunks of audio data are sent
in sequential StreamingRecognizeRequest messages. The first
StreamingRecognizeRequest message must not contain audio_content data
and all subsequent StreamingRecognizeRequest messages must contain
audio_content data. The audio bytes must be encoded as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Note: as with all bytes fields, protobuffers use a
pure binary representation (not base64). See
audio limits.
StreamingRecognizeResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    StreamingRecognizeResponse is the only message returned to the client by
StreamingRecognize. A series of one or more StreamingRecognizeResponse
messages are streamed back to the client.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::setError() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only If set, returns a [google.rpc.Status][] message that
specifies the error for the operation.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::setResults() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only This repeated list contains zero or more results that
correspond to consecutive portions of the audio currently being processed.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::setSpeechEventType() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Indicates the type of speech event.
StreamingRecognizeResponse_SpeechEventType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    Indicates the type of speech event.
AsyncRecognizeMetadata::setProgressPercent() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeMetadata
                    Approximate percentage of audio processed thus far. Guaranteed to be 100
when the audio is fully processed and the results are available.
AsyncRecognizeMetadata::setStartTime() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeMetadata
                    Time when the request was received.
AsyncRecognizeMetadata::setLastUpdateTime() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeMetadata
                    Time of the most recent processing update.
AsyncRecognizeRequest::setConfig() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeRequest
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
AsyncRecognizeRequest::setAudio() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeRequest
                    Required The audio data to be recognized.
AsyncRecognizeResponse::setResults() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Sequential list of transcription results corresponding to
sequential portions of audio.
RecognitionAudio::setContent() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    The audio data bytes encoded as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Note: as with all bytes fields, protobuffers use a
pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64.
RecognitionAudio::setUri() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    URI that points to a file that contains audio data bytes as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Currently, only Google Cloud Storage URIs are
supported, which must be specified in the following format:
gs://bucket_name/object_name (other URI formats return
[google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT][google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT]). For more information, see
Request URIs.
RecognitionConfig::setEncoding() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required Encoding of audio data sent in all RecognitionAudio messages.
RecognitionConfig::setSampleRate() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required Sample rate in Hertz of the audio data sent in all
RecognitionAudio messages. Valid values are: 8000-48000.
RecognitionConfig::setLanguageCode() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional The language of the supplied audio as a BCP-47 language tag.
RecognitionConfig::setMaxAlternatives() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional Maximum number of recognition hypotheses to be returned.
RecognitionConfig::setProfanityFilter() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional If set to true, the server will attempt to filter out
profanities, replacing all but the initial character in each filtered word
with asterisks, e.g. "f***". If set to false or omitted, profanities
won't be filtered out.
RecognitionConfig::setSpeechContext() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional A means to provide context to assist the speech recognition.
SpeechContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    Provides "hints" to the speech recognizer to favor specific words and phrases
in the results.
SpeechContext::setPhrases() — Method in class SpeechContext
                    Optional A list of strings containing words and phrases "hints" so that
the speech recognition is more likely to recognize them. This can be used
to improve the accuracy for specific words and phrases, for example, if
specific commands are typically spoken by the user. This can also be used
to add additional words to the vocabulary of the recognizer. See
usage limits.
SpeechGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    Service that implements Google Cloud Speech API.
SpeechGrpcClient::SyncRecognize() — Method in class SpeechGrpcClient
                    Performs synchronous speech recognition: receive results after all audio
has been sent and processed.
SpeechGrpcClient::StreamingRecognize() — Method in class SpeechGrpcClient
                    Performs bidirectional streaming speech recognition: receive results while
sending audio. This method is only available via the gRPC API (not REST).
SpeechRecognitionAlternative — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    Alternative hypotheses (a.k.a. n-best list).
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::setTranscript() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output-only Transcript text representing the words that the user spoke.
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::setConfidence() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output-only The confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0. A higher number
indicates an estimated greater likelihood that the recognized words are
correct. This field is typically provided only for the top hypothesis, and
only for is_final=true results. Clients should not rely on the
confidence field as it is not guaranteed to be accurate, or even set, in
any of the results.
SpeechRecognitionResult — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    A speech recognition result corresponding to a portion of the audio.
SpeechRecognitionResult::setAlternatives() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionResult
                    Output-only May contain one or more recognition hypotheses (up to the
maximum specified in max_alternatives).
StreamingRecognitionConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to process the
request.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::setConfig() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::setSingleUtterance() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Optional If false or omitted, the recognizer will perform continuous
recognition (continuing to wait for and process audio even if the user
pauses speaking) until the client closes the input stream (gRPC API) or
until the maximum time limit has been reached. May return multiple
StreamingRecognitionResults with the is_final flag set to true.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::setInterimResults() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Optional If true, interim results (tentative hypotheses) may be
returned as they become available (these interim results are indicated with
the is_final=false flag).
StreamingRecognitionResult — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    A streaming speech recognition result corresponding to a portion of the audio
that is currently being processed.
StreamingRecognitionResult::setAlternatives() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only May contain one or more recognition hypotheses (up to the
maximum specified in max_alternatives).
StreamingRecognitionResult::setIsFinal() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only If false, this StreamingRecognitionResult represents an
interim result that may change. If true, this is the final time the
speech service will return this particular StreamingRecognitionResult,
the recognizer will not return any further hypotheses for this portion of
the transcript and corresponding audio.
StreamingRecognitionResult::setStability() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only An estimate of the likelihood that the recognizer will not
change its guess about this interim result. Values range from 0.0
(completely unstable) to 1.0 (completely stable).
StreamingRecognizeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    The top-level message sent by the client for the StreamingRecognize method.
$StreamingRecognizeRequest — Property in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    
StreamingRecognizeRequest::setStreamingConfig() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to process the
request. The first StreamingRecognizeRequest message must contain a
streaming_config  message.
StreamingRecognizeRequest::setAudioContent() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    The audio data to be recognized. Sequential chunks of audio data are sent
in sequential StreamingRecognizeRequest messages. The first
StreamingRecognizeRequest message must not contain audio_content data
and all subsequent StreamingRecognizeRequest messages must contain
audio_content data. The audio bytes must be encoded as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Note: as with all bytes fields, protobuffers use a
pure binary representation (not base64). See
audio limits.
StreamingRecognizeResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    StreamingRecognizeResponse is the only message returned to the client by
StreamingRecognize. A series of one or more StreamingRecognizeResponse
messages are streamed back to the client.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::setError() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only If set, returns a [google.rpc.Status][google.rpc.Status] message that
specifies the error for the operation.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::setResults() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only This repeated list contains zero or more results that
correspond to consecutive portions of the audio currently being processed.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::setResultIndex() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Indicates the lowest index in the results array that has
changed. The repeated StreamingRecognitionResult results overwrite past
results at this index and higher.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::setEndpointerType() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Indicates the type of endpointer event.
StreamingRecognizeResponse_EndpointerType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    Indicates the type of endpointer event.
SyncRecognizeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    The top-level message sent by the client for the SyncRecognize method.
SyncRecognizeRequest::setConfig() — Method in class SyncRecognizeRequest
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
SyncRecognizeRequest::setAudio() — Method in class SyncRecognizeRequest
                    Required The audio data to be recognized.
SyncRecognizeResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    The only message returned to the client by SyncRecognize. It
contains the result as zero or more sequential SpeechRecognitionResult
messages.
SyncRecognizeResponse::setResults() — Method in class SyncRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Sequential list of transcription results corresponding to
sequential portions of audio.
AnnotateVideoProgress::setAnnotationProgress() — Method in class AnnotateVideoProgress
                    Progress metadata for all videos specified in AnnotateVideoRequest.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setInputUri() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Input video location. Currently, only
Google Cloud Storage URIs are
supported, which must be specified in the following format:
gs://bucket-id/object-id (other URI formats return
[google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT][google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT]). For more information, see
Request URIs.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setInputContent() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    The video data bytes. Encoding: base64. If unset, the input video(s)
should be specified via input_uri. If set, input_uri should be unset.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setFeatures() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Requested video annotation features.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setVideoContext() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Additional video context and/or feature-specific parameters.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setOutputUri() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Optional location where the output (in JSON format) should be stored.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setLocationId() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Optional cloud region where annotation should take place. Supported cloud
regions: us-east1, us-west1, europe-west1, asia-east1. If no region
is specified, a region will be determined based on video file location.
AnnotateVideoResponse::setAnnotationResults() — Method in class AnnotateVideoResponse
                    Annotation results for all videos specified in AnnotateVideoRequest.
BoundingBox::setLeft() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Left X coordinate.
BoundingBox::setRight() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Right X coordinate.
BoundingBox::setBottom() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Bottom Y coordinate.
BoundingBox::setTop() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Top Y coordinate.
FaceAnnotation::setThumbnail() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Thumbnail of a representative face view (in JPEG format). Encoding: base64.
FaceAnnotation::setSegments() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    All locations where a face was detected.
FaceAnnotation::setLocations() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Face locations at one frame per second.
FaceLocation::setBoundingBox() — Method in class FaceLocation
                    Bounding box in a frame.
FaceLocation::setTimeOffset() — Method in class FaceLocation
                    Video time offset in microseconds.
LabelAnnotation::setDescription() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    Textual description, e.g. Fixed-gear bicycle.
LabelAnnotation::setLanguageCode() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    Language code for description in BCP-47 format.
LabelAnnotation::setLocations() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    Where the label was detected and with what confidence.
LabelLocation::setSegment() — Method in class LabelLocation
                    Video segment. Set to [-1, -1] for video-level labels.
LabelLocation::setConfidence() — Method in class LabelLocation
                    Confidence that the label is accurate. Range: [0, 1].
LabelLocation::setLevel() — Method in class LabelLocation
                    Label level.
SafeSearchAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Videointelligence\V1beta1
                    Safe search annotation (based on per-frame visual signals only).
SafeSearchAnnotation::setAdult() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood of adult content.
SafeSearchAnnotation::setSpoof() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood that an obvious modification was made to the original
version to make it appear funny or offensive.
SafeSearchAnnotation::setMedical() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood of medical content.
SafeSearchAnnotation::setViolent() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood of violent content.
SafeSearchAnnotation::setRacy() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood of racy content.
SafeSearchAnnotation::setTimeOffset() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Video time offset in microseconds.
VideoAnnotationProgress::setInputUri() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Video file location in
Google Cloud Storage.
VideoAnnotationProgress::setProgressPercent() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Approximate percentage processed thus far.
VideoAnnotationProgress::setStartTime() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Time when the request was received.
VideoAnnotationProgress::setUpdateTime() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Time of the most recent update.
VideoAnnotationResults::setInputUri() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Video file location in
Google Cloud Storage.
VideoAnnotationResults::setLabelAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Label annotations. There is exactly one element for each unique label.
VideoAnnotationResults::setFaceAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Face annotations. There is exactly one element for each unique face.
VideoAnnotationResults::setShotAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Shot annotations. Each shot is represented as a video segment.
VideoAnnotationResults::setSafeSearchAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Safe search annotations.
VideoAnnotationResults::setError() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    If set, indicates an error. Note that for a single AnnotateVideoRequest
some videos may succeed and some may fail.
VideoContext::setSegments() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Video segments to annotate. The segments may overlap and are not required
to be contiguous or span the whole video. If unspecified, each video
is treated as a single segment.
VideoContext::setLabelDetectionMode() — Method in class VideoContext
                    If label detection has been requested, what labels should be detected
in addition to video-level labels or segment-level labels. If unspecified,
defaults to SHOT_MODE.
VideoContext::setStationaryCamera() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Whether the video has been shot from a stationary (i.e. non-moving) camera.
VideoContext::setLabelDetectionModel() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Model to use for label detection.
VideoContext::setFaceDetectionModel() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Model to use for face detection.
VideoContext::setShotChangeDetectionModel() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Model to use for shot change detection.
VideoContext::setSafeSearchDetectionModel() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Model to use for safe search detection.
VideoSegment::setStartTimeOffset() — Method in class VideoSegment
                    Start offset in microseconds (inclusive). Unset means 0.
VideoSegment::setEndTimeOffset() — Method in class VideoSegment
                    End offset in microseconds (inclusive). Unset means 0.
AnnotateImageRequest::setImage() — Method in class AnnotateImageRequest
                    The image to be processed.
AnnotateImageRequest::setFeatures() — Method in class AnnotateImageRequest
                    Requested features.
AnnotateImageRequest::setImageContext() — Method in class AnnotateImageRequest
                    Additional context that may accompany the image.
AnnotateImageResponse::setFaceAnnotations() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, face detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::setLandmarkAnnotations() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, landmark detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::setLogoAnnotations() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, logo detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::setLabelAnnotations() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, label detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::setTextAnnotations() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, text (OCR) detection or document (OCR) text detection has
completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::setFullTextAnnotation() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, text (OCR) detection or document (OCR) text detection has
completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::setSafeSearchAnnotation() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, safe-search annotation has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::setImagePropertiesAnnotation() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, image properties were extracted successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::setCropHintsAnnotation() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, crop hints have completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::setWebDetection() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, web detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::setError() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If set, represents the error message for the operation.
BatchAnnotateImagesRequest::setRequests() — Method in class BatchAnnotateImagesRequest
                    Individual image annotation requests for this batch.
BatchAnnotateImagesResponse::setResponses() — Method in class BatchAnnotateImagesResponse
                    Individual responses to image annotation requests within the batch.
Block::setProperty() — Method in class Block
                    Additional information detected for the block.
Block::setBoundingBox() — Method in class Block
                    The bounding box for the block.
Block::setParagraphs() — Method in class Block
                    List of paragraphs in this block (if this blocks is of type text).
Block::setBlockType() — Method in class Block
                    Detected block type (text, image etc) for this block.
BoundingPoly::setVertices() — Method in class BoundingPoly
                    The bounding polygon vertices.
ColorInfo::setColor() — Method in class ColorInfo
                    RGB components of the color.
ColorInfo::setScore() — Method in class ColorInfo
                    Image-specific score for this color. Value in range [0, 1].
ColorInfo::setPixelFraction() — Method in class ColorInfo
                    The fraction of pixels the color occupies in the image.
CropHint::setBoundingPoly() — Method in class CropHint
                    The bounding polygon for the crop region. The coordinates of the bounding
box are in the original image's scale, as returned in ImageParams.
CropHint::setConfidence() — Method in class CropHint
                    Confidence of this being a salient region.  Range [0, 1].
CropHint::setImportanceFraction() — Method in class CropHint
                    Fraction of importance of this salient region with respect to the original
image.
CropHintsAnnotation::setCropHints() — Method in class CropHintsAnnotation
                    Generated from protobuf field repeated .google.cloud.vision.v1.CropHint crop_hints = 1;
CropHintsParams::setAspectRatios() — Method in class CropHintsParams
                    Aspect ratios in floats, representing the ratio of the width to the height
of the image. For example, if the desired aspect ratio is 4/3, the
corresponding float value should be 1.33333.  If not specified, the
best possible crop is returned. The number of provided aspect ratios is
limited to a maximum of 16; any aspect ratios provided after the 16th are
ignored.
DominantColorsAnnotation::setColors() — Method in class DominantColorsAnnotation
                    RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
EntityAnnotation::setMid() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Opaque entity ID. Some IDs may be available in
Google Knowledge Graph Search API.
EntityAnnotation::setLocale() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    The language code for the locale in which the entity textual
description is expressed.
EntityAnnotation::setDescription() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Entity textual description, expressed in its locale language.
EntityAnnotation::setScore() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Overall score of the result. Range [0, 1].
EntityAnnotation::setConfidence() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    The accuracy of the entity detection in an image.
EntityAnnotation::setTopicality() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    The relevancy of the ICA (Image Content Annotation) label to the
image. For example, the relevancy of "tower" is likely higher to an image
containing the detected "Eiffel Tower" than to an image containing a
detected distant towering building, even though the confidence that
there is a tower in each image may be the same. Range [0, 1].
EntityAnnotation::setBoundingPoly() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Image region to which this entity belongs. Currently not produced
for LABEL_DETECTION features. For TEXT_DETECTION (OCR), boundingPolys
are produced for the entire text detected in an image region, followed by
boundingPolys for each word within the detected text.
EntityAnnotation::setLocations() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    The location information for the detected entity. Multiple
LocationInfo elements can be present because one location may
indicate the location of the scene in the image, and another location
may indicate the location of the place where the image was taken.
EntityAnnotation::setProperties() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Some entities may have optional user-supplied Property (name/value)
fields, such a score or string that qualifies the entity.
FaceAnnotation::setBoundingPoly() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    The bounding polygon around the face. The coordinates of the bounding box
are in the original image's scale, as returned in ImageParams.
FaceAnnotation::setFdBoundingPoly() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    The fd_bounding_poly bounding polygon is tighter than the
boundingPoly, and encloses only the skin part of the face. Typically, it
is used to eliminate the face from any image analysis that detects the
"amount of skin" visible in an image. It is not based on the
landmarker results, only on the initial face detection, hence
the fd (face detection) prefix.
FaceAnnotation::setLandmarks() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Detected face landmarks.
FaceAnnotation::setRollAngle() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Roll angle, which indicates the amount of clockwise/anti-clockwise rotation
of the face relative to the image vertical about the axis perpendicular to
the face. Range [-180,180].
FaceAnnotation::setPanAngle() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Yaw angle, which indicates the leftward/rightward angle that the face is
pointing relative to the vertical plane perpendicular to the image. Range
[-180,180].
FaceAnnotation::setTiltAngle() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Pitch angle, which indicates the upwards/downwards angle that the face is
pointing relative to the image's horizontal plane. Range [-180,180].
FaceAnnotation::setDetectionConfidence() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Detection confidence. Range [0, 1].
FaceAnnotation::setLandmarkingConfidence() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Face landmarking confidence. Range [0, 1].
FaceAnnotation::setJoyLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Joy likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::setSorrowLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Sorrow likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::setAngerLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Anger likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::setSurpriseLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Surprise likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::setUnderExposedLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Under-exposed likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::setBlurredLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Blurred likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::setHeadwearLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Headwear likelihood.
FaceAnnotation_Landmark::setType() — Method in class FaceAnnotation_Landmark
                    Face landmark type.
FaceAnnotation_Landmark::setPosition() — Method in class FaceAnnotation_Landmark
                    Face landmark position.
Feature::setType() — Method in class Feature
                    The feature type.
Feature::setMaxResults() — Method in class Feature
                    Maximum number of results of this type.
Image::setContent() — Method in class Image
                    Image content, represented as a stream of bytes.
Image::setSource() — Method in class Image
                    Google Cloud Storage image location. If both content and source
are provided for an image, content takes precedence and is
used to perform the image annotation request.
ImageContext::setLatLongRect() — Method in class ImageContext
                    lat/long rectangle that specifies the location of the image.
ImageContext::setLanguageHints() — Method in class ImageContext
                    List of languages to use for TEXT_DETECTION. In most cases, an empty value
yields the best results since it enables automatic language detection. For
languages based on the Latin alphabet, setting language_hints is not
needed. In rare cases, when the language of the text in the image is known,
setting a hint will help get better results (although it will be a
significant hindrance if the hint is wrong). Text detection returns an
error if one or more of the specified languages is not one of the
supported languages.
ImageContext::setCropHintsParams() — Method in class ImageContext
                    Parameters for crop hints annotation request.
ImageProperties::setDominantColors() — Method in class ImageProperties
                    If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
ImageSource::setGcsImageUri() — Method in class ImageSource
                    NOTE: For new code image_uri below is preferred.
ImageSource::setImageUri() — Method in class ImageSource
                    Image URI which supports:
1) Google Cloud Storage image URI, which must be in the following form:
gs://bucket_name/object_name (for details, see
Google Cloud Storage Request
URIs).
LatLongRect::setMinLatLng() — Method in class LatLongRect
                    Min lat/long pair.
LatLongRect::setMaxLatLng() — Method in class LatLongRect
                    Max lat/long pair.
LocationInfo::setLatLng() — Method in class LocationInfo
                    lat/long location coordinates.
Page::setProperty() — Method in class Page
                    Additional information detected on the page.
Page::setWidth() — Method in class Page
                    Page width in pixels.
Page::setHeight() — Method in class Page
                    Page height in pixels.
Page::setBlocks() — Method in class Page
                    List of blocks of text, images etc on this page.
Paragraph::setProperty() — Method in class Paragraph
                    Additional information detected for the paragraph.
Paragraph::setBoundingBox() — Method in class Paragraph
                    The bounding box for the paragraph.
Paragraph::setWords() — Method in class Paragraph
                    List of words in this paragraph.
Position::setX() — Method in class Position
                    X coordinate.
Position::setY() — Method in class Position
                    Y coordinate.
Position::setZ() — Method in class Position
                    Z coordinate (or depth).
Property::setName() — Method in class Property
                    Name of the property.
Property::setValue() — Method in class Property
                    Value of the property.
SafeSearchAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Set of features pertaining to the image, computed by computer vision
methods over safe-search verticals (for example, adult, spoof, medical,
violence).
SafeSearchAnnotation::setAdult() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Represents the adult content likelihood for the image.
SafeSearchAnnotation::setSpoof() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Spoof likelihood. The likelihood that an modification
was made to the image's canonical version to make it appear
funny or offensive.
SafeSearchAnnotation::setMedical() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood that this is a medical image.
SafeSearchAnnotation::setViolence() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Violence likelihood.
Symbol — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    A single symbol representation.
Symbol::setProperty() — Method in class Symbol
                    Additional information detected for the symbol.
Symbol::setBoundingBox() — Method in class Symbol
                    The bounding box for the symbol.
Symbol::setText() — Method in class Symbol
                    The actual UTF-8 representation of the symbol.
TextAnnotation::setPages() — Method in class TextAnnotation
                    List of pages detected by OCR.
TextAnnotation::setText() — Method in class TextAnnotation
                    UTF-8 text detected on the pages.
TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak::setType() — Method in class TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.cloud.vision.v1.TextAnnotation.DetectedBreak.BreakType type = 1;
TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak::setIsPrefix() — Method in class TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak
                    True if break prepends the element.
TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage::setLanguageCode() — Method in class TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage
                    The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more
information, see
http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage::setConfidence() — Method in class TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage
                    Confidence of detected language. Range [0, 1].
TextAnnotation_TextProperty::setDetectedLanguages() — Method in class TextAnnotation_TextProperty
                    A list of detected languages together with confidence.
TextAnnotation_TextProperty::setDetectedBreak() — Method in class TextAnnotation_TextProperty
                    Detected start or end of a text segment.
Vertex::setX() — Method in class Vertex
                    X coordinate.
Vertex::setY() — Method in class Vertex
                    Y coordinate.
WebDetection::setWebEntities() — Method in class WebDetection
                    Deduced entities from similar images on the Internet.
WebDetection::setFullMatchingImages() — Method in class WebDetection
                    Fully matching images from the Internet.
WebDetection::setPartialMatchingImages() — Method in class WebDetection
                    Partial matching images from the Internet.
WebDetection::setPagesWithMatchingImages() — Method in class WebDetection
                    Web pages containing the matching images from the Internet.
WebDetection_WebEntity::setEntityId() — Method in class WebDetection_WebEntity
                    Opaque entity ID.
WebDetection_WebEntity::setScore() — Method in class WebDetection_WebEntity
                    Overall relevancy score for the entity.
WebDetection_WebEntity::setDescription() — Method in class WebDetection_WebEntity
                    Canonical description of the entity, in English.
WebDetection_WebImage::setUrl() — Method in class WebDetection_WebImage
                    The result image URL.
WebDetection_WebImage::setScore() — Method in class WebDetection_WebImage
                    Overall relevancy score for the image.
WebDetection_WebPage::setUrl() — Method in class WebDetection_WebPage
                    The result web page URL.
WebDetection_WebPage::setScore() — Method in class WebDetection_WebPage
                    Overall relevancy score for the web page.
Word::setProperty() — Method in class Word
                    Additional information detected for the word.
Word::setBoundingBox() — Method in class Word
                    The bounding box for the word.
Word::setSymbols() — Method in class Word
                    List of symbols in the word.
DeleteEventsRequest::setProjectName() — Method in class DeleteEventsRequest
                    [Required] The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written
as projects/ plus the
Google Cloud Platform project
ID.
ErrorContext::setHttpRequest() — Method in class ErrorContext
                    The HTTP request which was processed when the error was
triggered.
ErrorContext::setUser() — Method in class ErrorContext
                    The user who caused or was affected by the crash.
ErrorContext::setReportLocation() — Method in class ErrorContext
                    The location in the source code where the decision was made to
report the error, usually the place where it was logged.
ErrorEvent::setEventTime() — Method in class ErrorEvent
                    Time when the event occurred as provided in the error report.
ErrorEvent::setServiceContext() — Method in class ErrorEvent
                    The ServiceContext for which this error was reported.
ErrorEvent::setMessage() — Method in class ErrorEvent
                    The stack trace that was reported or logged by the service.
ErrorEvent::setContext() — Method in class ErrorEvent
                    Data about the context in which the error occurred.
ErrorGroup::setName() — Method in class ErrorGroup
                    The group resource name.
ErrorGroup::setGroupId() — Method in class ErrorGroup
                    Group IDs are unique for a given project. If the same kind of error
occurs in different service contexts, it will receive the same group ID.
ErrorGroup::setTrackingIssues() — Method in class ErrorGroup
                    Associated tracking issues.
ErrorGroupStats::setGroup() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Group data that is independent of the filter criteria.
ErrorGroupStats::setCount() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Approximate total number of events in the given group that match
the filter criteria.
ErrorGroupStats::setAffectedUsersCount() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Approximate number of affected users in the given group that
match the filter criteria.
ErrorGroupStats::setTimedCounts() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Approximate number of occurrences over time.
ErrorGroupStats::setFirstSeenTime() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Approximate first occurrence that was ever seen for this group
and which matches the given filter criteria, ignoring the
time_range that was specified in the request.
ErrorGroupStats::setLastSeenTime() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Approximate last occurrence that was ever seen for this group and
which matches the given filter criteria, ignoring the time_range
that was specified in the request.
ErrorGroupStats::setAffectedServices() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Service contexts with a non-zero error count for the given filter
criteria. This list can be truncated if multiple services are affected.
ErrorGroupStats::setNumAffectedServices() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    The total number of services with a non-zero error count for the given
filter criteria.
ErrorGroupStats::setRepresentative() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    An arbitrary event that is chosen as representative for the whole group.
GetGroupRequest::setGroupName() — Method in class GetGroupRequest
                    [Required] The group resource name. Written as
projects/projectID/groups/group_name.
HttpRequestContext::setMethod() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The type of HTTP request, such as GET, POST, etc.
HttpRequestContext::setUrl() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The URL of the request.
HttpRequestContext::setUserAgent() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The user agent information that is provided with the request.
HttpRequestContext::setReferrer() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The referrer information that is provided with the request.
HttpRequestContext::setResponseStatusCode() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The HTTP response status code for the request.
HttpRequestContext::setRemoteIp() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The IP address from which the request originated.
ListEventsRequest::setProjectName() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Required] The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written
as projects/ plus the
Google Cloud Platform project
ID.
ListEventsRequest::setGroupId() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Required] The group for which events shall be returned.
ListEventsRequest::setServiceFilter() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Optional] List only ErrorGroups which belong to a service context that
matches the filter.
ListEventsRequest::setTimeRange() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Optional] List only data for the given time range.
ListEventsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Optional] The maximum number of results to return per response.
ListEventsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Optional] A next_page_token provided by a previous response.
ListEventsResponse::setErrorEvents() — Method in class ListEventsResponse
                    The error events which match the given request.
ListEventsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListEventsResponse
                    If non-empty, more results are available.
ListEventsResponse::setTimeRangeBegin() — Method in class ListEventsResponse
                    The timestamp specifies the start time to which the request was restricted.
ListGroupStatsRequest::setProjectName() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Required] The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written
as projects/ plus the
Google Cloud
Platform project ID.
ListGroupStatsRequest::setGroupId() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] List all ErrorGroupStats with these IDs.
ListGroupStatsRequest::setServiceFilter() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] List only ErrorGroupStats which belong to a service
context that matches the filter.
ListGroupStatsRequest::setTimeRange() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] List data for the given time range.
ListGroupStatsRequest::setTimedCountDuration() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] The preferred duration for a single returned TimedCount.
ListGroupStatsRequest::setAlignment() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] The alignment of the timed counts to be returned.
ListGroupStatsRequest::setAlignmentTime() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] Time where the timed counts shall be aligned if rounded
alignment is chosen. Default is 00:00 UTC.
ListGroupStatsRequest::setOrder() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] The sort order in which the results are returned.
ListGroupStatsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] The maximum number of results to return per response.
ListGroupStatsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] A next_page_token provided by a previous response. To view
additional results, pass this token along with the identical query
parameters as the first request.
ListGroupStatsResponse::setErrorGroupStats() — Method in class ListGroupStatsResponse
                    The error group stats which match the given request.
ListGroupStatsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupStatsResponse
                    If non-empty, more results are available.
ListGroupStatsResponse::setTimeRangeBegin() — Method in class ListGroupStatsResponse
                    The timestamp specifies the start time to which the request was restricted.
QueryTimeRange::setPeriod() — Method in class QueryTimeRange
                    Restricts the query to the specified time range.
ReportErrorEventRequest::setProjectName() — Method in class ReportErrorEventRequest
                    [Required] The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written
as projects/ plus the
Google Cloud Platform project ID.
ReportErrorEventRequest::setEvent() — Method in class ReportErrorEventRequest
                    [Required] The error event to be reported.
ReportedErrorEvent::setEventTime() — Method in class ReportedErrorEvent
                    [Optional] Time when the event occurred.
ReportedErrorEvent::setServiceContext() — Method in class ReportedErrorEvent
                    [Required] The service context in which this error has occurred.
ReportedErrorEvent::setMessage() — Method in class ReportedErrorEvent
                    [Required] A message describing the error. The message can contain an
exception stack in one of the supported programming languages and formats.
ReportedErrorEvent::setContext() — Method in class ReportedErrorEvent
                    [Optional] A description of the context in which the error occurred.
ServiceContext — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1
                    Describes a running service that sends errors.
ServiceContext::setService() — Method in class ServiceContext
                    An identifier of the service, such as the name of the
executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected
to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as
opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.
ServiceContext::setVersion() — Method in class ServiceContext
                    Represents the source code version that the developer provided,
which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example.
ServiceContext::setResourceType() — Method in class ServiceContext
                    Type of the MonitoredResource. List of possible values:
https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources
Value is set automatically for incoming errors and must not be set when
reporting errors.
ServiceContextFilter — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1
                    Specifies criteria for filtering a subset of service contexts.
ServiceContextFilter::setService() — Method in class ServiceContextFilter
                    [Optional] The exact value to match against
ServiceContext.service.
ServiceContextFilter::setVersion() — Method in class ServiceContextFilter
                    [Optional] The exact value to match against
ServiceContext.version.
ServiceContextFilter::setResourceType() — Method in class ServiceContextFilter
                    [Optional] The exact value to match against
ServiceContext.resource_type.
SourceLocation — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1
                    Indicates a location in the source code of the service for which
errors are reported.
SourceLocation::setFilePath() — Method in class SourceLocation
                    The source code filename, which can include a truncated relative
path, or a full path from a production machine.
SourceLocation::setLineNumber() — Method in class SourceLocation
                    1-based. 0 indicates that the line number is unknown.
SourceLocation::setFunctionName() — Method in class SourceLocation
                    Human-readable name of a function or method.
TimedCount::setCount() — Method in class TimedCount
                    Approximate number of occurrences in the given time period.
TimedCount::setStartTime() — Method in class TimedCount
                    Start of the time period to which count refers (included).
TimedCount::setEndTime() — Method in class TimedCount
                    End of the time period to which count refers (excluded).
TrackingIssue::setUrl() — Method in class TrackingIssue
                    A URL pointing to a related entry in an issue tracking system.
UpdateGroupRequest::setGroup() — Method in class UpdateGroupRequest
                    [Required] The group which replaces the resource on the server.
GetTraceRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class GetTraceRequest
                    ID of the Cloud project where the trace data is stored.
GetTraceRequest::setTraceId() — Method in class GetTraceRequest
                    ID of the trace to return.
ListTracesRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class ListTracesRequest
                    ID of the Cloud project where the trace data is stored.
ListTracesRequest::setView() — Method in class ListTracesRequest
                    Type of data returned for traces in the list. Optional. Default is
MINIMAL.
ListTracesRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListTracesRequest
                    Maximum number of traces to return. If not specified or <= 0, the
implementation selects a reasonable value.  The implementation may
return fewer traces than the requested page size. Optional.
ListTracesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListTracesRequest
                    Token identifying the page of results to return. If provided, use the
value of the next_page_token field from a previous request. Optional.
ListTracesRequest::setStartTime() — Method in class ListTracesRequest
                    End of the time interval (inclusive) during which the trace data was
collected from the application.
ListTracesRequest::setEndTime() — Method in class ListTracesRequest
                    Start of the time interval (inclusive) during which the trace data was
collected from the application.
ListTracesRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListTracesRequest
                    An optional filter for the request.
ListTracesRequest::setOrderBy() — Method in class ListTracesRequest
                    Field used to sort the returned traces. Optional.
ListTracesResponse::setTraces() — Method in class ListTracesResponse
                    List of trace records returned.
ListTracesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTracesResponse
                    If defined, indicates that there are more traces that match the request
and that this value should be passed to the next request to continue
retrieving additional traces.
PatchTracesRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class PatchTracesRequest
                    ID of the Cloud project where the trace data is stored.
PatchTracesRequest::setTraces() — Method in class PatchTracesRequest
                    The body of the message.
Trace::setProjectId() — Method in class Trace
                    Project ID of the Cloud project where the trace data is stored.
Trace::setTraceId() — Method in class Trace
                    Globally unique identifier for the trace. This identifier is a 128-bit
numeric value formatted as a 32-byte hex string.
Trace::setSpans() — Method in class Trace
                    Collection of spans in the trace.
TraceSpan::setSpanId() — Method in class TraceSpan
                    Identifier for the span. Must be a 64-bit integer other than 0 and
unique within a trace.
TraceSpan::setKind() — Method in class TraceSpan
                    Distinguishes between spans generated in a particular context. For example,
two spans with the same name may be distinguished using RPC_CLIENT
and RPC_SERVER to identify queueing latency associated with the span.
TraceSpan::setName() — Method in class TraceSpan
                    Name of the trace. The trace name is sanitized and displayed in the
Stackdriver Trace tool in the Google Developers Console.
TraceSpan::setStartTime() — Method in class TraceSpan
                    Start time of the span in nanoseconds from the UNIX epoch.
TraceSpan::setEndTime() — Method in class TraceSpan
                    End time of the span in nanoseconds from the UNIX epoch.
TraceSpan::setParentSpanId() — Method in class TraceSpan
                    ID of the parent span, if any. Optional.
TraceSpan::setLabels() — Method in class TraceSpan
                    Collection of labels associated with the span.
Traces::setTraces() — Method in class Traces
                    List of traces.
$Parser — Property in class Parser
                    
$Parser — Property in class Parser
                    
Parser::setInput() — Method in class Parser
                    
Parser::showPosition() — Method in class Parser
                    
$ParserAction — Property in class ParserAction
                    
$ParserAction — Property in class ParserAction
                    
$ParserCachedAction — Property in class ParserCachedAction
                    
$ParserError — Property in class ParserError
                    
$ParserError — Property in class ParserError
                    
$ParserProduction — Property in class ParserProduction
                    
ParserState::setActions() — Method in class ParserState
                    
$ParserSymbol — Property in class ParserSymbol
                    
$ParserSymbol — Property in class ParserSymbol
                    
Segment — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Jison
                    This class represents a segment in a path template.
RetrySettings::shouldInherit() — Method in class RetrySettings
                    
Serializer — Class in namespace Google\GAX
                    Collection of methods to help with serialization of protobuf objects
Serializer::serializeToJson() — Method in class Serializer
                    
Serializer::serializeToPhpArray() — Method in class Serializer
                    
ServerStream — Class in namespace Google\GAX
                    ServerStream is the response object from a gRPC server streaming API call.
MockStubTrait::stripStatusFromResponses() — Method in class MockStubTrait
                    
MockStubTrait::setStreamingStatus() — Method in class MockStubTrait
                    Set the status object to be used when creating streaming calls.
SerializationTrait — Class in namespace Google\GAX\Testing
                    
Binding::setRole() — Method in class Binding
                    Role that is assigned to members.
Binding::setMembers() — Method in class Binding
                    Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource.
BindingDelta::setAction() — Method in class BindingDelta
                    The action that was performed on a Binding.
BindingDelta::setRole() — Method in class BindingDelta
                    Role that is assigned to members.
BindingDelta::setMember() — Method in class BindingDelta
                    A single identity requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource.
GetIamPolicyRequest::setResource() — Method in class GetIamPolicyRequest
                    REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested.
IAMPolicyGrpcClient::SetIamPolicy() — Method in class IAMPolicyGrpcClient
                    Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any
existing policy.
Policy::setVersion() — Method in class Policy
                    Version of the Policy. The default version is 0.
Policy::setBindings() — Method in class Policy
                    Associates a list of members to a role.
Policy::setEtag() — Method in class Policy
                    etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
PolicyDelta::setBindingDeltas() — Method in class PolicyDelta
                    The delta for Bindings between two policies.
SetIamPolicyRequest — Class in namespace Google\Iam\V1
                    Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
SetIamPolicyRequest::setResource() — Method in class SetIamPolicyRequest
                    REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified.
SetIamPolicyRequest::setPolicy() — Method in class SetIamPolicyRequest
                    REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of
the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a
valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects)
might reject them.
TestIamPermissionsRequest::setResource() — Method in class TestIamPermissionsRequest
                    REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested.
TestIamPermissionsRequest::setPermissions() — Method in class TestIamPermissionsRequest
                    The set of permissions to check for the resource. Permissions with
wildcards (such as '' or 'storage.') are not allowed. For more
information see
IAM Overview.
TestIamPermissionsResponse::setPermissions() — Method in class TestIamPermissionsResponse
                    A subset of TestPermissionsRequest.permissions that the caller is
allowed.
HttpRequest::setRequestMethod() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The request method. Examples: "GET", "HEAD", "PUT", "POST".
HttpRequest::setRequestUrl() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The scheme (http, https), the host name, the path and the query
portion of the URL that was requested.
HttpRequest::setRequestSize() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The size of the HTTP request message in bytes, including the request
headers and the request body.
HttpRequest::setStatus() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The response code indicating the status of response.
HttpRequest::setResponseSize() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The size of the HTTP response message sent back to the client, in bytes,
including the response headers and the response body.
HttpRequest::setUserAgent() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The user agent sent by the client. Example:
"Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows 98; Q312461; .NET CLR 1.0.3705)".
HttpRequest::setRemoteIp() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the client that issued the HTTP
request. Examples: "192.168.1.1", "FE80::0202:B3FF:FE1E:8329".
HttpRequest::setServerIp() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the origin server that the request was
sent to.
HttpRequest::setReferer() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The referer URL of the request, as defined in
HTTP/1.1 Header Field Definitions.
HttpRequest::setLatency() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The request processing latency on the server, from the time the request was
received until the response was sent.
HttpRequest::setCacheLookup() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    Whether or not a cache lookup was attempted.
HttpRequest::setCacheHit() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    Whether or not an entity was served from cache
(with or without validation).
HttpRequest::setCacheValidatedWithOriginServer() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    Whether or not the response was validated with the origin server before
being served from cache. This field is only meaningful if cache_hit is
True.
HttpRequest::setCacheFillBytes() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The number of HTTP response bytes inserted into cache. Set only when a
cache fill was attempted.
CreateLogMetricRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateLogMetricRequest
                    The resource name of the project in which to create the metric:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
The new metric must be provided in the request.
CreateLogMetricRequest::setMetric() — Method in class CreateLogMetricRequest
                    The new logs-based metric, which must not have an identifier that
already exists.
CreateSinkRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateSinkRequest
                    Required. The resource in which to create the sink:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"
Examples: "projects/my-logging-project", "organizations/123456789".
CreateSinkRequest::setSink() — Method in class CreateSinkRequest
                    Required. The new sink, whose name parameter is a sink identifier that
is not already in use.
CreateSinkRequest::setUniqueWriterIdentity() — Method in class CreateSinkRequest
                    Optional. Determines the kind of IAM identity returned as writer_identity
in the new sink.  If this value is omitted or set to false, and if the
sink's parent is a project, then the value returned as writer_identity is
the same group or service account used by Stackdriver Logging before the
addition of writer identities to this API. The sink's destination must be
in the same project as the sink itself.
DeleteLogMetricRequest::setMetricName() — Method in class DeleteLogMetricRequest
                    The resource name of the metric to delete:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/metrics/[METRIC_ID]"
DeleteLogRequest::setLogName() — Method in class DeleteLogRequest
                    Required. The resource name of the log to delete:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
[LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example,
"projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog",
"organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity".
DeleteSinkRequest::setSinkName() — Method in class DeleteSinkRequest
                    Required. The full resource name of the sink to delete, including the
parent resource and the sink identifier:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
Example: "projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id".
GetLogMetricRequest::setMetricName() — Method in class GetLogMetricRequest
                    The resource name of the desired metric:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/metrics/[METRIC_ID]"
GetSinkRequest::setSinkName() — Method in class GetSinkRequest
                    Required. The resource name of the sink:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
Example: "projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id".
ListLogEntriesRequest::setProjectIds() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Deprecated. Use resource_names instead.  One or more project identifiers
or project numbers from which to retrieve log entries.  Example:
"my-project-1A". If present, these project identifiers are converted to
resource name format and added to the list of resources in
resource_names.
ListLogEntriesRequest::setResourceNames() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Required. Names of one or more parent resources from which to
retrieve log entries:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"
Projects listed in the project_ids field are added to this list.
ListLogEntriesRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. A filter that chooses which log entries to return.  See Advanced
Logs Filters.  Only log entries that
match the filter are returned.  An empty filter matches all log entries in
the resources listed in resource_names. Referencing a parent resource
that is not listed in resource_names will cause the filter to return no
results.
ListLogEntriesRequest::setOrderBy() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. How the results should be sorted.  Presently, the only permitted
values are "timestamp asc" (default) and "timestamp desc". The first
option returns entries in order of increasing values of
LogEntry.timestamp (oldest first), and the second option returns entries
in order of decreasing timestamps (newest first).  Entries with equal
timestamps are returned in order of their insert_id values.
ListLogEntriesRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListLogEntriesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  page_token must be the value of
next_page_token from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListLogEntriesResponse::setEntries() — Method in class ListLogEntriesResponse
                    A list of log entries.
ListLogEntriesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListLogEntriesResponse
                    If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call this
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
ListLogMetricsRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListLogMetricsRequest
                    Required. The name of the project containing the metrics:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
ListLogMetricsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListLogMetricsRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  pageToken must be the value of
nextPageToken from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListLogMetricsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListLogMetricsRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListLogMetricsResponse::setMetrics() — Method in class ListLogMetricsResponse
                    A list of logs-based metrics.
ListLogMetricsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListLogMetricsResponse
                    If there might be more results than appear in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call this
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
ListLogsRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListLogsRequest
                    Required. The resource name that owns the logs:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"
ListLogsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListLogsRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListLogsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListLogsRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  pageToken must be the value of
nextPageToken from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListLogsResponse::setLogNames() — Method in class ListLogsResponse
                    A list of log names. For example,
"projects/my-project/syslog" or
"organizations/123/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity".
ListLogsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListLogsResponse
                    If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call this
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  pageToken must be the value of
nextPageToken from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse::setResourceDescriptors() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse
                    A list of resource descriptors.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse
                    If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call this
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
ListSinksRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListSinksRequest
                    Required. The parent resource whose sinks are to be listed:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"
ListSinksRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListSinksRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  pageToken must be the value of
nextPageToken from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListSinksRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListSinksRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListSinksResponse::setSinks() — Method in class ListSinksResponse
                    A list of sinks.
ListSinksResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListSinksResponse
                    If there might be more results than appear in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call the same
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
LogEntry::setLogName() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Required. The resource name of the log to which this log entry belongs:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
[LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded within log_name. Example:
"organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity".
LogEntry::setResource() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Required. The monitored resource associated with this log entry.
LogEntry::setProtoPayload() — Method in class LogEntry
                    The log entry payload, represented as a protocol buffer.  Some
Google Cloud Platform services use this field for their log
entry payloads.
LogEntry::setTextPayload() — Method in class LogEntry
                    The log entry payload, represented as a Unicode string (UTF-8).
LogEntry::setJsonPayload() — Method in class LogEntry
                    The log entry payload, represented as a structure that is
expressed as a JSON object.
LogEntry::setTimestamp() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. The time the event described by the log entry occurred.  If
omitted in a new log entry, Stackdriver Logging will insert the time the
log entry is received.  Stackdriver Logging might reject log entries whose
time stamps are more than a couple of hours in the future. Log entries
with time stamps in the past are accepted.
LogEntry::setReceiveTimestamp() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Output only. The time the log entry was received by Stackdriver Logging.
LogEntry::setSeverity() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. The severity of the log entry. The default value is
LogSeverity.DEFAULT.
LogEntry::setInsertId() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. A unique identifier for the log entry. If you provide a value,
then Stackdriver Logging considers other log entries in the same project,
with the same timestamp, and with the same insert_id to be duplicates
which can be removed.  If omitted in new log entries, then Stackdriver
Logging will insert its own unique identifier. The insert_id is used
to order log entries that have the same timestamp value.
LogEntry::setHttpRequest() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. Information about the HTTP request associated with this
log entry, if applicable.
LogEntry::setLabels() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. A set of user-defined (key, value) data that provides additional
information about the log entry.
LogEntry::setOperation() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. Information about an operation associated with the log entry, if
applicable.
LogEntry::setTrace() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. Resource name of the trace associated with the log entry, if any.
LogEntry::setSourceLocation() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. Source code location information associated with the log entry,
if any.
LogEntryOperation::setId() — Method in class LogEntryOperation
                    Optional. An arbitrary operation identifier. Log entries with the
same identifier are assumed to be part of the same operation.
LogEntryOperation::setProducer() — Method in class LogEntryOperation
                    Optional. An arbitrary producer identifier. The combination of
id and producer must be globally unique.  Examples for producer:
"MyDivision.MyBigCompany.com", "github.com/MyProject/MyApplication".
LogEntryOperation::setFirst() — Method in class LogEntryOperation
                    Optional. Set this to True if this is the first log entry in the operation.
LogEntryOperation::setLast() — Method in class LogEntryOperation
                    Optional. Set this to True if this is the last log entry in the operation.
LogEntrySourceLocation::setFile() — Method in class LogEntrySourceLocation
                    Optional. Source file name. Depending on the runtime environment, this
might be a simple name or a fully-qualified name.
LogEntrySourceLocation::setLine() — Method in class LogEntrySourceLocation
                    Optional. Line within the source file. 1-based; 0 indicates no line number
available.
LogEntrySourceLocation::setFunction() — Method in class LogEntrySourceLocation
                    Optional. Human-readable name of the function or method being invoked, with
optional context such as the class or package name. This information may be
used in contexts such as the logs viewer, where a file and line number are
less meaningful. The format can vary by language. For example:
qual.if.ied.Class.method (Java), dir/package.func (Go), function
(Python).
LogMetric::setName() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Required. The client-assigned metric identifier.
LogMetric::setDescription() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Optional. A description of this metric, which is used in documentation.
LogMetric::setFilter() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Required. An advanced logs filter
which is used to match log entries.
LogMetric::setVersion() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Output only. The API version that created or updated this metric.
LogSink::setName() — Method in class LogSink
                    Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the
project. Example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".  Sink identifiers are
limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters:
upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and
periods.
LogSink::setDestination() — Method in class LogSink
                    Required. The export destination:
    "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]"
    "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]"
    "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]"
The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must
have permission to write to the destination or else the log
entries are not exported.  For more information, see
Exporting Logs With Sinks.
LogSink::setFilter() — Method in class LogSink
                    Optional.
LogSink::setOutputVersionFormat() — Method in class LogSink
                    Optional. The log entry format to use for this sink's exported log
entries.  The v2 format is used by default.
LogSink::setWriterIdentity() — Method in class LogSink
                    Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under
which Stackdriver Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's
destination.  This field is set by
sinks.create
and
sinks.update,
based on the setting of unique_writer_identity in those methods.
LogSink::setIncludeChildren() — Method in class LogSink
                    Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and
folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the
sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then
logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the
sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular
log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter
expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter
resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance
log entries from all projects in the sink's parent. To only export entries
from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:
    logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND
    resource.type=gce_instance
LogSink::setStartTime() — Method in class LogSink
                    Optional. The time at which this sink will begin exporting log entries.
LogSink::setEndTime() — Method in class LogSink
                    Optional. The time at which this sink will stop exporting log entries.  Log
entries are exported only if their timestamp is earlier than the end time.
UpdateLogMetricRequest::setMetricName() — Method in class UpdateLogMetricRequest
                    The resource name of the metric to update:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/metrics/[METRIC_ID]"
The updated metric must be provided in the request and it's
name field must be the same as [METRIC_ID] If the metric
does not exist in [PROJECT_ID], then a new metric is created.
UpdateLogMetricRequest::setMetric() — Method in class UpdateLogMetricRequest
                    The updated metric.
UpdateSinkRequest::setSinkName() — Method in class UpdateSinkRequest
                    Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the
parent resource and the sink identifier:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
Example: "projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id".
UpdateSinkRequest::setSink() — Method in class UpdateSinkRequest
                    Required. The updated sink, whose name is the same identifier that appears
as part of sink_name.  If sink_name does not exist, then
this method creates a new sink.
UpdateSinkRequest::setUniqueWriterIdentity() — Method in class UpdateSinkRequest
                    Optional. See
sinks.create
for a description of this field.  When updating a sink, the effect of this
field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both
the old and new values of this field:
+   If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true,
    then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity.
WriteLogEntriesPartialErrors::setLogEntryErrors() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesPartialErrors
                    When WriteLogEntriesRequest.partial_success is true, records the error
status for entries that were not written due to a permanent error, keyed
by the entry's zero-based index in WriteLogEntriesRequest.entries.
WriteLogEntriesRequest::setLogName() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. A default log resource name that is assigned to all log entries
in entries that do not specify a value for log_name:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
[LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example,
"projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog" or
"organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity".
WriteLogEntriesRequest::setResource() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. A default monitored resource object that is assigned to all log
entries in entries that do not specify a value for resource. Example:
    { "type": "gce_instance",
      "labels": {
        "zone": "us-central1-a", "instance_id": "00000000000000000000" }}
See [LogEntry][google.logging.v2.LogEntry].
WriteLogEntriesRequest::setLabels() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. Default labels that are added to the labels field of all log
entries in entries. If a log entry already has a label with the same key
as a label in this parameter, then the log entry's label is not changed.
WriteLogEntriesRequest::setEntries() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    Required.  The log entries to write. Values supplied for the fields
log_name, resource, and labels in this entries.write request are
inserted into those log entries in this list that do not provide their own
values.
WriteLogEntriesRequest::setPartialSuccess() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. Whether valid entries should be written even if some other
entries fail due to INVALID_ARGUMENT or PERMISSION_DENIED errors. If any
entry is not written, then the response status is the error associated
with one of the failed entries and the response includes error details
keyed by the entries' zero-based index in the entries.write method.
CancelOperationRequest::setName() — Method in class CancelOperationRequest
                    The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.
DeleteOperationRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteOperationRequest
                    The name of the operation resource to be deleted.
GetOperationRequest::setName() — Method in class GetOperationRequest
                    The name of the operation resource.
ListOperationsRequest::setName() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    The name of the operation collection.
ListOperationsRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    The standard list filter.
ListOperationsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    The standard list page size.
ListOperationsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    The standard list page token.
ListOperationsResponse::setOperations() — Method in class ListOperationsResponse
                    A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
ListOperationsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListOperationsResponse
                    The standard List next-page token.
Operation::setName() — Method in class Operation
                    The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that
originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the
name should have the format of operations/some/unique/name.
Operation::setMetadata() — Method in class Operation
                    Service-specific metadata associated with the operation.  It typically
contains progress information and common metadata such as create time.
Operation::setDone() — Method in class Operation
                    If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress.
Operation::setError() — Method in class Operation
                    The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
Operation::setResponse() — Method in class Operation
                    The normal response of the operation in case of success.  If the original
method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is
google.protobuf.Empty.  If the original method is standard
Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource.  For other
methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx
is the original method name.  For example, if the original method name
is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is
TakeSnapshotResponse.
Aggregation::setAlignmentPeriod() — Method in class Aggregation
                    The alignment period for per-[time series][google.monitoring.v3.TimeSeries]
alignment. If present, alignmentPeriod must be at least 60
seconds.  After per-time series alignment, each time series will
contain data points only on the period boundaries. If
perSeriesAligner is not specified or equals ALIGN_NONE, then
this field is ignored. If perSeriesAligner is specified and
does not equal ALIGN_NONE, then this field must be defined;
otherwise an error is returned.
Aggregation::setPerSeriesAligner() — Method in class Aggregation
                    The approach to be used to align individual time series. Not all
alignment functions may be applied to all time series, depending
on the metric type and value type of the original time
series. Alignment may change the metric type or the value type of
the time series.
Aggregation::setCrossSeriesReducer() — Method in class Aggregation
                    The approach to be used to combine time series. Not all reducer
functions may be applied to all time series, depending on the
metric type and the value type of the original time
series. Reduction may change the metric type of value type of the
time series.
Aggregation::setGroupByFields() — Method in class Aggregation
                    The set of fields to preserve when crossSeriesReducer is
specified. The groupByFields determine how the time series are
partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation
function. Each subset contains time series that have the same
value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time
series is a member of exactly one subset. The
crossSeriesReducer is applied to each subset of time series.
CreateGroupRequest::setName() — Method in class CreateGroupRequest
                    The project in which to create the group. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
CreateGroupRequest::setGroup() — Method in class CreateGroupRequest
                    A group definition. It is an error to define the name field because
the system assigns the name.
CreateGroupRequest::setValidateOnly() — Method in class CreateGroupRequest
                    If true, validate this request but do not create the group.
CreateMetricDescriptorRequest::setName() — Method in class CreateMetricDescriptorRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
CreateMetricDescriptorRequest::setMetricDescriptor() — Method in class CreateMetricDescriptorRequest
                    The new custom metric
descriptor.
CreateTimeSeriesError::setTimeSeries() — Method in class CreateTimeSeriesError
                    The time series, including the Metric, MonitoredResource,
and Points (including timestamp and value) that resulted
in the error. This field provides all of the context that
would be needed to retry the operation.
CreateTimeSeriesError::setStatus() — Method in class CreateTimeSeriesError
                    The status of the requested write operation.
CreateTimeSeriesRequest::setName() — Method in class CreateTimeSeriesRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
CreateTimeSeriesRequest::setTimeSeries() — Method in class CreateTimeSeriesRequest
                    The new data to be added to a list of time series.
DeleteGroupRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteGroupRequest
                    The group to delete. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
DeleteMetricDescriptorRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteMetricDescriptorRequest
                    The metric descriptor on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/metricDescriptors/{metric_id}".
GetGroupRequest::setName() — Method in class GetGroupRequest
                    The group to retrieve. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
GetMetricDescriptorRequest::setName() — Method in class GetMetricDescriptorRequest
                    The metric descriptor on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/metricDescriptors/{metric_id}".
GetMonitoredResourceDescriptorRequest::setName() — Method in class GetMonitoredResourceDescriptorRequest
                    The monitored resource descriptor to get.  The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/monitoredResourceDescriptors/{resource_type}".
Group::setName() — Method in class Group
                    Output only. The name of this group. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
Group::setDisplayName() — Method in class Group
                    A user-assigned name for this group, used only for display purposes.
Group::setParentName() — Method in class Group
                    The name of the group's parent, if it has one.
Group::setFilter() — Method in class Group
                    The filter used to determine which monitored resources belong to this group.
Group::setIsCluster() — Method in class Group
                    If true, the members of this group are considered to be a cluster.
ListGroupMembersRequest::setName() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    The group whose members are listed. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
ListGroupMembersRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return.
ListGroupMembersRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return additional results from the previous method call.
ListGroupMembersRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    An optional list filter describing
the members to be returned.  The filter may reference the type, labels, and
metadata of monitored resources that comprise the group.
ListGroupMembersRequest::setInterval() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    An optional time interval for which results should be returned. Only
members that were part of the group during the specified interval are
included in the response.  If no interval is provided then the group
membership over the last minute is returned.
ListGroupMembersResponse::setMembers() — Method in class ListGroupMembersResponse
                    A set of monitored resources in the group.
ListGroupMembersResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupMembersResponse
                    If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is
set to a non-empty value.  To see the additional results, use that value as
pageToken in the next call to this method.
ListGroupMembersResponse::setTotalSize() — Method in class ListGroupMembersResponse
                    The total number of elements matching this request.
ListGroupsRequest::setName() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    The project whose groups are to be listed. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
ListGroupsRequest::setChildrenOfGroup() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    A group name: "projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
ListGroupsRequest::setAncestorsOfGroup() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    A group name: "projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
ListGroupsRequest::setDescendantsOfGroup() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    A group name: "projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
ListGroupsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return.
ListGroupsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return additional results from the previous method call.
ListGroupsResponse::setGroup() — Method in class ListGroupsResponse
                    The groups that match the specified filters.
ListGroupsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupsResponse
                    If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is set
to a non-empty value.  To see the additional results,
use that value as pageToken in the next call to this method.
ListMetricDescriptorsRequest::setName() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
ListMetricDescriptorsRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsRequest
                    If this field is empty, all custom and
system-defined metric descriptors are returned.
ListMetricDescriptorsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsRequest
                    A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return.
ListMetricDescriptorsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return additional results from the previous method call.
ListMetricDescriptorsResponse::setMetricDescriptors() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsResponse
                    The metric descriptors that are available to the project
and that match the value of filter, if present.
ListMetricDescriptorsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsResponse
                    If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is set
to a non-empty value.  To see the additional results,
use that value as pageToken in the next call to this method.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::setName() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    An optional filter describing
the descriptors to be returned.  The filter can reference
the descriptor's type and labels. For example, the
following filter returns only Google Compute Engine descriptors
that have an id label:
    resource.type = starts_with("gce_") AND resource.label:id
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return additional results from the previous method call.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse::setResourceDescriptors() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse
                    The monitored resource descriptors that are available to this project
and that match filter, if present.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse
                    If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is set
to a non-empty value.  To see the additional results,
use that value as pageToken in the next call to this method.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::setName() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
ListTimeSeriesRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    A monitoring filter that specifies which time
series should be returned.  The filter must specify a single metric type,
and can additionally specify metric labels and other information. For
example:
    metric.type = "compute.googleapis.com/instance/cpu/usage_time" AND
        metric.label.instance_name = "my-instance-name"
ListTimeSeriesRequest::setInterval() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    The time interval for which results should be returned. Only time series
that contain data points in the specified interval are included
in the response.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::setAggregation() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    By default, the raw time series data is returned.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::setOrderBy() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    Specifies the order in which the points of the time series should
be returned.  By default, results are not ordered.  Currently,
this field must be left blank.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::setView() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    Specifies which information is returned about the time series.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return additional results from the previous method call.
ListTimeSeriesResponse::setTimeSeries() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesResponse
                    One or more time series that match the filter included in the request.
ListTimeSeriesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesResponse
                    If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is set
to a non-empty value.  To see the additional results,
use that value as pageToken in the next call to this method.
Point::setInterval() — Method in class Point
                    The time interval to which the data point applies.  For GAUGE metrics, only
the end time of the interval is used.  For DELTA metrics, the start and end
time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying
contiguous and non-overlapping intervals.  For CUMULATIVE metrics, the
start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent
points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an
event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the
following points.
Point::setValue() — Method in class Point
                    The value of the data point.
TimeInterval::setEndTime() — Method in class TimeInterval
                    Required. The end of the time interval.
TimeInterval::setStartTime() — Method in class TimeInterval
                    Optional. The beginning of the time interval.  The default value
for the start time is the end time. The start time must not be
later than the end time.
TimeSeries::setMetric() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    The associated metric. A fully-specified metric used to identify the time
series.
TimeSeries::setResource() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    The associated resource. A fully-specified monitored resource used to
identify the time series.
TimeSeries::setMetricKind() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    The metric kind of the time series. When listing time series, this metric
kind might be different from the metric kind of the associated metric if
this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.
TimeSeries::setValueType() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    The value type of the time series. When listing time series, this value
type might be different from the value type of the associated metric if
this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.
TimeSeries::setPoints() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    The data points of this time series. When listing time series, the order of
the points is specified by the list method.
TypedValue::setBoolValue() — Method in class TypedValue
                    A Boolean value: true or false.
TypedValue::setInt64Value() — Method in class TypedValue
                    A 64-bit integer. Its range is approximately ±9.2x10¹⁸.
TypedValue::setDoubleValue() — Method in class TypedValue
                    A 64-bit double-precision floating-point number. Its magnitude
is approximately ±10^±300 and it has 16
significant digits of precision.
TypedValue::setStringValue() — Method in class TypedValue
                    A variable-length string value.
TypedValue::setDistributionValue() — Method in class TypedValue
                    A distribution value.
UpdateGroupRequest::setGroup() — Method in class UpdateGroupRequest
                    The new definition of the group.  All fields of the existing group,
excepting name, are replaced with the corresponding fields of this group.
UpdateGroupRequest::setValidateOnly() — Method in class UpdateGroupRequest
                    If true, validate this request but do not update the existing group.
Any::setTypeUrl() — Method in class Any
                    A URL/resource name whose content describes the type of the
serialized protocol buffer message.
Any::setValue() — Method in class Any
                    Must be a valid serialized protocol buffer of the above specified type.
Api::setName() — Method in class Api
                    The fully qualified name of this api, including package name
followed by the api's simple name.
Api::setMethods() — Method in class Api
                    The methods of this api, in unspecified order.
Api::setOptions() — Method in class Api
                    Any metadata attached to the API.
Api::setVersion() — Method in class Api
                    A version string for this api. If specified, must have the form
major-version.minor-version, as in 1.10. If the minor version
is omitted, it defaults to zero. If the entire version field is
empty, the major version is derived from the package name, as
outlined below. If the field is not empty, the version in the
package name will be verified to be consistent with what is
provided here.
Api::setSourceContext() — Method in class Api
                    Source context for the protocol buffer service represented by this
message.
Api::setMixins() — Method in class Api
                    Included APIs. See [Mixin][].
Api::setSyntax() — Method in class Api
                    The source syntax of the service.
BoolValue::setValue() — Method in class BoolValue
                    The bool value.
BytesValue::setValue() — Method in class BytesValue
                    The bytes value.
DoubleValue::setValue() — Method in class DoubleValue
                    The double value.
Duration::setSeconds() — Method in class Duration
                    Signed seconds of the span of time. Must be from -315,576,000,000
to +315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from:
60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
Duration::setNanos() — Method in class Duration
                    Signed fractions of a second at nanosecond resolution of the span
of time. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0
seconds field and a positive or negative nanos field. For durations
of one second or more, a non-zero value for the nanos field must be
of the same sign as the seconds field. Must be from -999,999,999
to +999,999,999 inclusive.
Enum::setName() — Method in class Enum
                    Enum type name.
Enum::setEnumvalue() — Method in class Enum
                    Enum value definitions.
Enum::setOptions() — Method in class Enum
                    Protocol buffer options.
Enum::setSourceContext() — Method in class Enum
                    The source context.
Enum::setSyntax() — Method in class Enum
                    The source syntax.
EnumValue::setName() — Method in class EnumValue
                    Enum value name.
EnumValue::setNumber() — Method in class EnumValue
                    Enum value number.
EnumValue::setOptions() — Method in class EnumValue
                    Protocol buffer options.
Field::setKind() — Method in class Field
                    The field type.
Field::setCardinality() — Method in class Field
                    The field cardinality.
Field::setNumber() — Method in class Field
                    The field number.
Field::setName() — Method in class Field
                    The field name.
Field::setTypeUrl() — Method in class Field
                    The field type URL, without the scheme, for message or enumeration
types. Example: "type.googleapis.com/google.protobuf.Timestamp".
Field::setOneofIndex() — Method in class Field
                    The index of the field type in Type.oneofs, for message or enumeration
types. The first type has index 1; zero means the type is not in the list.
Field::setPacked() — Method in class Field
                    Whether to use alternative packed wire representation.
Field::setOptions() — Method in class Field
                    The protocol buffer options.
Field::setJsonName() — Method in class Field
                    The field JSON name.
Field::setDefaultValue() — Method in class Field
                    The string value of the default value of this field. Proto2 syntax only.
FieldMask::setPaths() — Method in class FieldMask
                    The set of field mask paths.
FloatValue::setValue() — Method in class FloatValue
                    The float value.
Int32Value::setValue() — Method in class Int32Value
                    The int32 value.
Int64Value::setValue() — Method in class Int64Value
                    The int64 value.
ListValue::setValues() — Method in class ListValue
                    Repeated field of dynamically typed values.
Method::setName() — Method in class Method
                    The simple name of this method.
Method::setRequestTypeUrl() — Method in class Method
                    A URL of the input message type.
Method::setRequestStreaming() — Method in class Method
                    If true, the request is streamed.
Method::setResponseTypeUrl() — Method in class Method
                    The URL of the output message type.
Method::setResponseStreaming() — Method in class Method
                    If true, the response is streamed.
Method::setOptions() — Method in class Method
                    Any metadata attached to the method.
Method::setSyntax() — Method in class Method
                    The source syntax of this method.
Mixin::setName() — Method in class Mixin
                    The fully qualified name of the API which is included.
Mixin::setRoot() — Method in class Mixin
                    If non-empty specifies a path under which inherited HTTP paths
are rooted.
Option::setName() — Method in class Option
                    The option's name. For protobuf built-in options (options defined in
descriptor.proto), this is the short name. For example, "map_entry".
Option::setValue() — Method in class Option
                    The option's value packed in an Any message. If the value is a primitive,
the corresponding wrapper type defined in google/protobuf/wrappers.proto
should be used. If the value is an enum, it should be stored as an int32
value using the google.protobuf.Int32Value type.
SourceContext — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf
                    SourceContext represents information about the source of a
protobuf element, like the file in which it is defined.
SourceContext::setFileName() — Method in class SourceContext
                    The path-qualified name of the .proto file that contained the associated
protobuf element.  For example: "google/protobuf/source_context.proto".
StringValue — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf
                    Wrapper message for string.
StringValue::setValue() — Method in class StringValue
                    The string value.
Struct — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf
                    Struct represents a structured data value, consisting of fields
which map to dynamically typed values. In some languages, Struct
might be supported by a native representation. For example, in
scripting languages like JS a struct is represented as an
object. The details of that representation are described together
with the proto support for the language.
Struct::setFields() — Method in class Struct
                    Unordered map of dynamically typed values.
Syntax — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf
                    The syntax in which a protocol buffer element is defined.
Timestamp::setSeconds() — Method in class Timestamp
                    Represents seconds of UTC time since Unix epoch
1970-01-01T00:00:00Z. Must be from 0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to
9999-12-31T23:59:59Z inclusive.
Timestamp::setNanos() — Method in class Timestamp
                    Non-negative fractions of a second at nanosecond resolution. Negative
second values with fractions must still have non-negative nanos values
that count forward in time. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999
inclusive.
Type::setName() — Method in class Type
                    The fully qualified message name.
Type::setFields() — Method in class Type
                    The list of fields.
Type::setOneofs() — Method in class Type
                    The list of types appearing in oneof definitions in this type.
Type::setOptions() — Method in class Type
                    The protocol buffer options.
Type::setSourceContext() — Method in class Type
                    The source context.
Type::setSyntax() — Method in class Type
                    The source syntax.
UInt32Value::setValue() — Method in class UInt32Value
                    The uint32 value.
UInt64Value::setValue() — Method in class UInt64Value
                    The uint64 value.
Value::setNullValue() — Method in class Value
                    Represents a null value.
Value::setNumberValue() — Method in class Value
                    Represents a double value.
Value::setStringValue() — Method in class Value
                    Represents a string value.
Value::setBoolValue() — Method in class Value
                    Represents a boolean value.
Value::setStructValue() — Method in class Value
                    Represents a structured value.
Value::setListValue() — Method in class Value
                    Represents a repeated Value.
AcknowledgeRequest::setSubscription() — Method in class AcknowledgeRequest
                    The subscription whose message is being acknowledged.
AcknowledgeRequest::setAckIds() — Method in class AcknowledgeRequest
                    The acknowledgment ID for the messages being acknowledged that was returned
by the Pub/Sub system in the Pull response. Must not be empty.
CreateSnapshotRequest::setName() — Method in class CreateSnapshotRequest
                    Optional user-provided name for this snapshot.
CreateSnapshotRequest::setSubscription() — Method in class CreateSnapshotRequest
                    The subscription whose backlog the snapshot retains.
DeleteSnapshotRequest::setSnapshot() — Method in class DeleteSnapshotRequest
                    The name of the snapshot to delete.
DeleteSubscriptionRequest::setSubscription() — Method in class DeleteSubscriptionRequest
                    The subscription to delete.
DeleteTopicRequest::setTopic() — Method in class DeleteTopicRequest
                    Name of the topic to delete.
GetSubscriptionRequest::setSubscription() — Method in class GetSubscriptionRequest
                    The name of the subscription to get.
GetTopicRequest::setTopic() — Method in class GetTopicRequest
                    The name of the topic to get.
ListSnapshotsRequest::setProject() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    The name of the cloud project that snapshots belong to.
ListSnapshotsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    Maximum number of snapshots to return.
ListSnapshotsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    The value returned by the last ListSnapshotsResponse; indicates that this
is a continuation of a prior ListSnapshots call, and that the system
should return the next page of data.
ListSnapshotsResponse::setSnapshots() — Method in class ListSnapshotsResponse
                    The resulting snapshots.
ListSnapshotsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListSnapshotsResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more snapshot that match the
request; this value should be passed in a new ListSnapshotsRequest.
ListSubscriptionsRequest::setProject() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsRequest
                    The name of the cloud project that subscriptions belong to.
ListSubscriptionsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsRequest
                    Maximum number of subscriptions to return.
ListSubscriptionsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsRequest
                    The value returned by the last ListSubscriptionsResponse; indicates that
this is a continuation of a prior ListSubscriptions call, and that the
system should return the next page of data.
ListSubscriptionsResponse::setSubscriptions() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsResponse
                    The subscriptions that match the request.
ListSubscriptionsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more subscriptions that match
the request; this value should be passed in a new
ListSubscriptionsRequest to get more subscriptions.
ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest::setTopic() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest
                    The name of the topic that subscriptions are attached to.
ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest
                    Maximum number of subscription names to return.
ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest
                    The value returned by the last ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse; indicates
that this is a continuation of a prior ListTopicSubscriptions call, and
that the system should return the next page of data.
ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse::setSubscriptions() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse
                    The names of the subscriptions that match the request.
ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more subscriptions that match
the request; this value should be passed in a new
ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest to get more subscriptions.
ListTopicsRequest::setProject() — Method in class ListTopicsRequest
                    The name of the cloud project that topics belong to.
ListTopicsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListTopicsRequest
                    Maximum number of topics to return.
ListTopicsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListTopicsRequest
                    The value returned by the last ListTopicsResponse; indicates that this is
a continuation of a prior ListTopics call, and that the system should
return the next page of data.
ListTopicsResponse::setTopics() — Method in class ListTopicsResponse
                    The resulting topics.
ListTopicsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTopicsResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more topics that match the
request; this value should be passed in a new ListTopicsRequest.
ModifyAckDeadlineRequest::setSubscription() — Method in class ModifyAckDeadlineRequest
                    The name of the subscription.
ModifyAckDeadlineRequest::setAckIds() — Method in class ModifyAckDeadlineRequest
                    List of acknowledgment IDs.
ModifyAckDeadlineRequest::setAckDeadlineSeconds() — Method in class ModifyAckDeadlineRequest
                    The new ack deadline with respect to the time this request was sent to
the Pub/Sub system. For example, if the value is 10, the new
ack deadline will expire 10 seconds after the ModifyAckDeadline call
was made. Specifying zero may immediately make the message available for
another pull request.
ModifyPushConfigRequest::setSubscription() — Method in class ModifyPushConfigRequest
                    The name of the subscription.
ModifyPushConfigRequest::setPushConfig() — Method in class ModifyPushConfigRequest
                    The push configuration for future deliveries.
PublishRequest::setTopic() — Method in class PublishRequest
                    The messages in the request will be published on this topic.
PublishRequest::setMessages() — Method in class PublishRequest
                    The messages to publish.
PublishResponse::setMessageIds() — Method in class PublishResponse
                    The server-assigned ID of each published message, in the same order as
the messages in the request. IDs are guaranteed to be unique within
the topic.
PubsubMessage::setData() — Method in class PubsubMessage
                    The message payload.
PubsubMessage::setAttributes() — Method in class PubsubMessage
                    Optional attributes for this message.
PubsubMessage::setMessageId() — Method in class PubsubMessage
                    ID of this message, assigned by the server when the message is published.
PubsubMessage::setPublishTime() — Method in class PubsubMessage
                    The time at which the message was published, populated by the server when
it receives the Publish call. It must not be populated by the
publisher in a Publish call.
PullRequest::setSubscription() — Method in class PullRequest
                    The subscription from which messages should be pulled.
PullRequest::setReturnImmediately() — Method in class PullRequest
                    If this field set to true, the system will respond immediately even if
it there are no messages available to return in the Pull response.
PullRequest::setMaxMessages() — Method in class PullRequest
                    The maximum number of messages returned for this request. The Pub/Sub
system may return fewer than the number specified.
PullResponse::setReceivedMessages() — Method in class PullResponse
                    Received Pub/Sub messages. The Pub/Sub system will return zero messages if
there are no more available in the backlog. The Pub/Sub system may return
fewer than the maxMessages requested even if there are more messages
available in the backlog.
PushConfig::setPushEndpoint() — Method in class PushConfig
                    A URL locating the endpoint to which messages should be pushed.
PushConfig::setAttributes() — Method in class PushConfig
                    Endpoint configuration attributes.
ReceivedMessage::setAckId() — Method in class ReceivedMessage
                    This ID can be used to acknowledge the received message.
ReceivedMessage::setMessage() — Method in class ReceivedMessage
                    The message.
SeekRequest — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Request for the Seek method.
SeekRequest::setSubscription() — Method in class SeekRequest
                    The subscription to affect.
SeekRequest::setTime() — Method in class SeekRequest
                    The time to seek to.
SeekRequest::setSnapshot() — Method in class SeekRequest
                    The snapshot to seek to. The snapshot's topic must be the same as that of
the provided subscription.
SeekResponse — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Protobuf type Google\Pubsub\V1\SeekResponse
Snapshot — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    A snapshot resource.
Snapshot::setName() — Method in class Snapshot
                    The name of the snapshot.
Snapshot::setTopic() — Method in class Snapshot
                    The name of the topic from which this snapshot is retaining messages.
Snapshot::setExpireTime() — Method in class Snapshot
                    The snapshot is guaranteed to exist up until this time.
StreamingPullRequest — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Request for the StreamingPull streaming RPC method. This request is used to
establish the initial stream as well as to stream acknowledgements and ack
deadline modifications from the client to the server.
StreamingPullRequest::setSubscription() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    The subscription for which to initialize the new stream. This must be
provided in the first request on the stream, and must not be set in
subsequent requests from client to server.
StreamingPullRequest::setAckIds() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    List of acknowledgement IDs for acknowledging previously received messages
(received on this stream or a different stream). If an ack ID has expired,
the corresponding message may be redelivered later. Acknowledging a message
more than once will not result in an error. If the acknowledgement ID is
malformed, the stream will be aborted with status INVALID_ARGUMENT.
StreamingPullRequest::setModifyDeadlineSeconds() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    The list of new ack deadlines for the IDs listed in
modify_deadline_ack_ids. The size of this list must be the same as the
size of modify_deadline_ack_ids. If it differs the stream will be aborted
with INVALID_ARGUMENT. Each element in this list is applied to the
element in the same position in modify_deadline_ack_ids. The new ack
deadline is with respect to the time this request was sent to the Pub/Sub
system. Must be >= 0. For example, if the value is 10, the new ack deadline
will expire 10 seconds after this request is received. If the value is 0,
the message is immediately made available for another streaming or
non-streaming pull request. If the value is < 0 (an error), the stream will
be aborted with status INVALID_ARGUMENT.
StreamingPullRequest::setModifyDeadlineAckIds() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    List of acknowledgement IDs whose deadline will be modified based on the
corresponding element in modify_deadline_seconds. This field can be used
to indicate that more time is needed to process a message by the
subscriber, or to make the message available for redelivery if the
processing was interrupted.
StreamingPullRequest::setStreamAckDeadlineSeconds() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    The ack deadline to use for the stream. This must be provided in the
first request on the stream, but it can also be updated on subsequent
requests from client to server. The minimum deadline you can specify is 10
seconds. The maximum deadline you can specify is 600 seconds (10 minutes).
StreamingPullResponse — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Response for the StreamingPull method. This response is used to stream
messages from the server to the client.
StreamingPullResponse::setReceivedMessages() — Method in class StreamingPullResponse
                    Received Pub/Sub messages. This will not be empty.
SubscriberGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    The service that an application uses to manipulate subscriptions and to
consume messages from a subscription via the Pull method.
SubscriberGrpcClient::StreamingPull() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    (EXPERIMENTAL) StreamingPull is an experimental feature. This RPC will
respond with UNIMPLEMENTED errors unless you have been invited to test
this feature. Contact cloud-pubsub@google.com with any questions.
SubscriberGrpcClient::Seek() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    Seeks an existing subscription to a point in time or to a given snapshot,
whichever is provided in the request.
Subscription — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    A subscription resource.
Subscription::setName() — Method in class Subscription
                    The name of the subscription. It must have the format
"projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}". {subscription} must
start with a letter, and contain only letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers
([0-9]), dashes (-), underscores (_), periods (.), tildes (~),
plus (+) or percent signs (%). It must be between 3 and 255 characters
in length, and it must not start with "goog".
Subscription::setTopic() — Method in class Subscription
                    The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages.
Subscription::setPushConfig() — Method in class Subscription
                    If push delivery is used with this subscription, this field is
used to configure it. An empty pushConfig signifies that the subscriber
will pull and ack messages using API methods.
Subscription::setAckDeadlineSeconds() — Method in class Subscription
                    This value is the maximum time after a subscriber receives a message
before the subscriber should acknowledge the message. After message
delivery but before the ack deadline expires and before the message is
acknowledged, it is an outstanding message and will not be delivered
again during that time (on a best-effort basis).
Subscription::setRetainAckedMessages() — Method in class Subscription
                    Indicates whether to retain acknowledged messages. If true, then
messages are not expunged from the subscription's backlog, even if they are
acknowledged, until they fall out of the message_retention_duration
window.
Subscription::setMessageRetentionDuration() — Method in class Subscription
                    How long to retain unacknowledged messages in the subscription's backlog,
from the moment a message is published.
Topic::setName() — Method in class Topic
                    The name of the topic. It must have the format
"projects/{project}/topics/{topic}". {topic} must start with a letter,
and contain only letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), dashes (-),
underscores (_), periods (.), tildes (~), plus (+) or percent
signs (%). It must be between 3 and 255 characters in length, and it
must not start with "goog".
UpdateSubscriptionRequest::setSubscription() — Method in class UpdateSubscriptionRequest
                    The updated subscription object.
UpdateSubscriptionRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateSubscriptionRequest
                    Indicates which fields in the provided subscription to update.
BadRequest::setFieldViolations() — Method in class BadRequest
                    Describes all violations in a client request.
BadRequest_FieldViolation::setField() — Method in class BadRequest_FieldViolation
                    A path leading to a field in the request body. The value will be a
sequence of dot-separated identifiers that identify a protocol buffer
field. E.g., "field_violations.field" would identify this field.
BadRequest_FieldViolation::setDescription() — Method in class BadRequest_FieldViolation
                    A description of why the request element is bad.
DebugInfo::setStackEntries() — Method in class DebugInfo
                    The stack trace entries indicating where the error occurred.
DebugInfo::setDetail() — Method in class DebugInfo
                    Additional debugging information provided by the server.
Help::setLinks() — Method in class Help
                    URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
Help_Link::setDescription() — Method in class Help_Link
                    Describes what the link offers.
Help_Link::setUrl() — Method in class Help_Link
                    The URL of the link.
LocalizedMessage::setLocale() — Method in class LocalizedMessage
                    The locale used following the specification defined at
http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
LocalizedMessage::setMessage() — Method in class LocalizedMessage
                    The localized error message in the above locale.
QuotaFailure::setViolations() — Method in class QuotaFailure
                    Describes all quota violations.
QuotaFailure_Violation::setSubject() — Method in class QuotaFailure_Violation
                    The subject on which the quota check failed.
QuotaFailure_Violation::setDescription() — Method in class QuotaFailure_Violation
                    A description of how the quota check failed. Clients can use this
description to find more about the quota configuration in the service's
public documentation, or find the relevant quota limit to adjust through
developer console.
RequestInfo::setRequestId() — Method in class RequestInfo
                    An opaque string that should only be interpreted by the service generating
it. For example, it can be used to identify requests in the service's logs.
RequestInfo::setServingData() — Method in class RequestInfo
                    Any data that was used to serve this request. For example, an encrypted
stack trace that can be sent back to the service provider for debugging.
ResourceInfo::setResourceType() — Method in class ResourceInfo
                    A name for the type of resource being accessed, e.g. "sql table",
"cloud storage bucket", "file", "Google calendar"; or the type URL
of the resource: e.g. "type.googleapis.com/google.pubsub.v1.Topic".
ResourceInfo::setResourceName() — Method in class ResourceInfo
                    The name of the resource being accessed.  For example, a shared calendar
name: "example.com_4fghdhgsrgh@group.calendar.google.com", if the current
error is [google.rpc.Code.PERMISSION_DENIED][google.rpc.Code.PERMISSION_DENIED].
ResourceInfo::setOwner() — Method in class ResourceInfo
                    The owner of the resource (optional).
ResourceInfo::setDescription() — Method in class ResourceInfo
                    Describes what error is encountered when accessing this resource.
RetryInfo::setRetryDelay() — Method in class RetryInfo
                    Clients should wait at least this long between retrying the same request.
Status — Class in namespace Google\Rpc
                    The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different
programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by
gRPC. The error model is designed to be:
- Simple to use and understand for most users
- Flexible enough to meet unexpected needs

Overview

The Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message,
and error details. The error code should be an enum value of
[google.rpc.Code][google.rpc.Code], but it may accept additional error codes if needed.  The
error message should be a developer-facing English message that helps
developers understand and resolve the error. If a localized user-facing
error message is needed, put the localized message in the error details or
localize it in the client. The optional error details may contain arbitrary
information about the error. There is a predefined set of error detail types
in the package google.rpc which can be used for common error conditions.
Status::setCode() — Method in class Status
                    The status code, which should be an enum value of [google.rpc.Code][google.rpc.Code].
Status::setMessage() — Method in class Status
                    A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
[google.rpc.Status.details][google.rpc.Status.details] field, or localized by the client.
Status::setDetails() — Method in class Status
                    A list of messages that carry the error details.  There will be a
common set of message types for APIs to use.
CreateDatabaseMetadata::setDatabase() — Method in class CreateDatabaseMetadata
                    The database being created.
CreateDatabaseRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateDatabaseRequest
                    Required. The name of the instance that will serve the new database.
CreateDatabaseRequest::setCreateStatement() — Method in class CreateDatabaseRequest
                    Required. A CREATE DATABASE statement, which specifies the ID of the
new database.  The database ID must conform to the regular expression
[a-z][a-z0-9_\-]*[a-z0-9] and be between 2 and 30 characters in length.
CreateDatabaseRequest::setExtraStatements() — Method in class CreateDatabaseRequest
                    An optional list of DDL statements to run inside the newly created
database. Statements can create tables, indexes, etc. These
statements execute atomically with the creation of the database:
if there is an error in any statement, the database is not created.
Database::setName() — Method in class Database
                    Required. The name of the database. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/databases/<database>,
where <database> is as specified in the CREATE DATABASE
statement. This name can be passed to other API methods to
identify the database.
Database::setState() — Method in class Database
                    Output only. The current database state.
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient::SetIamPolicy() — Method in class DatabaseAdminGrpcClient
                    Sets the access control policy on a database resource. Replaces any
existing policy.
DropDatabaseRequest::setDatabase() — Method in class DropDatabaseRequest
                    Required. The database to be dropped.
GetDatabaseDdlRequest::setDatabase() — Method in class GetDatabaseDdlRequest
                    Required. The database whose schema we wish to get.
GetDatabaseDdlResponse::setStatements() — Method in class GetDatabaseDdlResponse
                    A list of formatted DDL statements defining the schema of the database
specified in the request.
GetDatabaseRequest::setName() — Method in class GetDatabaseRequest
                    Required. The name of the requested database. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/databases/<database>.
ListDatabasesRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListDatabasesRequest
                    Required. The instance whose databases should be listed.
ListDatabasesRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListDatabasesRequest
                    Number of databases to be returned in the response. If 0 or less,
defaults to the server's maximum allowed page size.
ListDatabasesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListDatabasesRequest
                    If non-empty, page_token should contain a
[next_page_token][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.ListDatabasesResponse.next_page_token] from a
previous [ListDatabasesResponse][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.ListDatabasesResponse].
ListDatabasesResponse::setDatabases() — Method in class ListDatabasesResponse
                    Databases that matched the request.
ListDatabasesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListDatabasesResponse
                    next_page_token can be sent in a subsequent
[ListDatabases][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.ListDatabases] call to fetch more
of the matching databases.
UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata::setDatabase() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata
                    The database being modified.
UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata::setStatements() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata
                    For an update this list contains all the statements. For an
individual statement, this list contains only that statement.
UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata::setCommitTimestamps() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata
                    Reports the commit timestamps of all statements that have
succeeded so far, where commit_timestamps[i] is the commit
timestamp for the statement statements[i].
UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest::setDatabase() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest
                    Required. The database to update.
UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest::setStatements() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest
                    DDL statements to be applied to the database.
UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest::setOperationId() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest
                    If empty, the new update request is assigned an
automatically-generated operation ID. Otherwise, operation_id
is used to construct the name of the resulting
[Operation][google.longrunning.Operation].
CreateInstanceMetadata::setInstance() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The instance being created.
CreateInstanceMetadata::setStartTime() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which the
[CreateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.CreateInstance] request was
received.
CreateInstanceMetadata::setCancelTime() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which this operation was cancelled. If set, this operation is
in the process of undoing itself (which is guaranteed to succeed) and
cannot be cancelled again.
CreateInstanceMetadata::setEndTime() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which this operation failed or was completed successfully.
CreateInstanceRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    Required. The name of the project in which to create the instance. Values
are of the form projects/<project>.
CreateInstanceRequest::setInstanceId() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    Required. The ID of the instance to create.  Valid identifiers are of the
form [a-z][-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9] and must be between 6 and 30 characters in
length.
CreateInstanceRequest::setInstance() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    Required. The instance to create.  The name may be omitted, but if
specified must be <parent>/instances/<instance_id>.
DeleteInstanceRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteInstanceRequest
                    Required. The name of the instance to be deleted. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>
GetInstanceConfigRequest::setName() — Method in class GetInstanceConfigRequest
                    Required. The name of the requested instance configuration. Values are of
the form projects/<project>/instanceConfigs/<config>.
GetInstanceRequest::setName() — Method in class GetInstanceRequest
                    Required. The name of the requested instance. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>.
Instance::setName() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. A unique identifier for the instance, which cannot be changed
after the instance is created. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/[a-z][-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9]. The final
segment of the name must be between 6 and 30 characters in length.
Instance::setConfig() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. The name of the instance's configuration. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instanceConfigs/<configuration>. See
also [InstanceConfig][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceConfig] and
[ListInstanceConfigs][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.ListInstanceConfigs].
Instance::setDisplayName() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. The descriptive name for this instance as it appears in UIs.
Instance::setNodeCount() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. The number of nodes allocated to this instance.
Instance::setState() — Method in class Instance
                    Output only. The current instance state. For
[CreateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.CreateInstance], the state must be
either omitted or set to CREATING. For
[UpdateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.UpdateInstance], the state must be
either omitted or set to READY.
Instance::setLabels() — Method in class Instance
                    Cloud Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud
resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and
deployment strategies. Cloud Labels can be used to filter collections of
resources. They can be used to control how resource metrics are aggregated.
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::SetIamPolicy() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Sets the access control policy on an instance resource. Replaces any
existing policy.
InstanceConfig::setName() — Method in class InstanceConfig
                    A unique identifier for the instance configuration.  Values
are of the form
projects/<project>/instanceConfigs/[a-z][-a-z0-9]*
InstanceConfig::setDisplayName() — Method in class InstanceConfig
                    The name of this instance configuration as it appears in UIs.
ListInstanceConfigsRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsRequest
                    Required. The name of the project for which a list of supported instance
configurations is requested. Values are of the form
projects/<project>.
ListInstanceConfigsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsRequest
                    Number of instance configurations to be returned in the response. If 0 or
less, defaults to the server's maximum allowed page size.
ListInstanceConfigsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsRequest
                    If non-empty, page_token should contain a
[next_page_token][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.ListInstanceConfigsResponse.next_page_token]
from a previous [ListInstanceConfigsResponse][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.ListInstanceConfigsResponse].
ListInstanceConfigsResponse::setInstanceConfigs() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsResponse
                    The list of requested instance configurations.
ListInstanceConfigsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsResponse
                    next_page_token can be sent in a subsequent
[ListInstanceConfigs][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.ListInstanceConfigs] call to
fetch more of the matching instance configurations.
ListInstancesRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    Required. The name of the project for which a list of instances is
requested. Values are of the form projects/<project>.
ListInstancesRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    Number of instances to be returned in the response. If 0 or less, defaults
to the server's maximum allowed page size.
ListInstancesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    If non-empty, page_token should contain a
[next_page_token][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.ListInstancesResponse.next_page_token] from a
previous [ListInstancesResponse][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.ListInstancesResponse].
ListInstancesRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    An expression for filtering the results of the request. Filter rules are
case insensitive. The fields eligible for filtering are:
  * name
  * display_name
  * labels.key where key is the name of a label
Some examples of using filters are:
  * name:* --> The instance has a name.
ListInstancesResponse::setInstances() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    The list of requested instances.
ListInstancesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    next_page_token can be sent in a subsequent
[ListInstances][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.ListInstances] call to fetch more
of the matching instances.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::setInstance() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The desired end state of the update.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::setStartTime() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which [UpdateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.UpdateInstance]
request was received.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::setCancelTime() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which this operation was cancelled. If set, this operation is
in the process of undoing itself (which is guaranteed to succeed) and
cannot be cancelled again.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::setEndTime() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which this operation failed or was completed successfully.
UpdateInstanceRequest::setInstance() — Method in class UpdateInstanceRequest
                    Required. The instance to update, which must always include the instance
name.  Otherwise, only fields mentioned in [][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.UpdateInstanceRequest.field_mask] need be included.
UpdateInstanceRequest::setFieldMask() — Method in class UpdateInstanceRequest
                    Required. A mask specifying which fields in [][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.UpdateInstanceRequest.instance] should be updated.
BeginTransactionRequest::setSession() — Method in class BeginTransactionRequest
                    Required. The session in which the transaction runs.
BeginTransactionRequest::setOptions() — Method in class BeginTransactionRequest
                    Required. Options for the new transaction.
CommitRequest::setSession() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    Required. The session in which the transaction to be committed is running.
CommitRequest::setTransactionId() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    Commit a previously-started transaction.
CommitRequest::setSingleUseTransaction() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    Execute mutations in a temporary transaction. Note that unlike
commit of a previously-started transaction, commit with a
temporary transaction is non-idempotent. That is, if the
CommitRequest is sent to Cloud Spanner more than once (for
instance, due to retries in the application, or in the
transport library), it is possible that the mutations are
executed more than once. If this is undesirable, use
[BeginTransaction][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.BeginTransaction] and
[Commit][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Commit] instead.
CommitRequest::setMutations() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    The mutations to be executed when this transaction commits. All
mutations are applied atomically, in the order they appear in
this list.
CommitResponse::setCommitTimestamp() — Method in class CommitResponse
                    The Cloud Spanner timestamp at which the transaction committed.
CreateSessionRequest::setDatabase() — Method in class CreateSessionRequest
                    Required. The database in which the new session is created.
DeleteSessionRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteSessionRequest
                    Required. The name of the session to delete.
ExecuteSqlRequest::setSession() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    Required. The session in which the SQL query should be performed.
ExecuteSqlRequest::setTransaction() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    The transaction to use. If none is provided, the default is a
temporary read-only transaction with strong concurrency.
ExecuteSqlRequest::setSql() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    Required. The SQL query string.
ExecuteSqlRequest::setParams() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    The SQL query string can contain parameter placeholders. A parameter
placeholder consists of '&#64;' followed by the parameter
name. Parameter names consist of any combination of letters,
numbers, and underscores.
ExecuteSqlRequest::setParamTypes() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    It is not always possible for Cloud Spanner to infer the right SQL type
from a JSON value.  For example, values of type BYTES and values
of type STRING both appear in [params][google.spanner.v1.ExecuteSqlRequest.params] as JSON strings.
ExecuteSqlRequest::setResumeToken() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    If this request is resuming a previously interrupted SQL query
execution, resume_token should be copied from the last
[PartialResultSet][google.spanner.v1.PartialResultSet] yielded before the interruption. Doing this
enables the new SQL query execution to resume where the last one left
off. The rest of the request parameters must exactly match the
request that yielded this token.
ExecuteSqlRequest::setQueryMode() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    Used to control the amount of debugging information returned in
[ResultSetStats][google.spanner.v1.ResultSetStats].
GetSessionRequest::setName() — Method in class GetSessionRequest
                    Required. The name of the session to retrieve.
$KeyRange — Property in class KeyRange
                    
KeyRange::setStartClosed() — Method in class KeyRange
                    If the start is closed, then the range includes all rows whose
first len(start_closed) key columns exactly match start_closed.
KeyRange::setStartOpen() — Method in class KeyRange
                    If the start is open, then the range excludes rows whose first
len(start_open) key columns exactly match start_open.
KeyRange::setEndClosed() — Method in class KeyRange
                    If the end is closed, then the range includes all rows whose
first len(end_closed) key columns exactly match end_closed.
KeyRange::setEndOpen() — Method in class KeyRange
                    If the end is open, then the range excludes rows whose first
len(end_open) key columns exactly match end_open.
KeySet::setKeys() — Method in class KeySet
                    A list of specific keys. Entries in keys should have exactly as
many elements as there are columns in the primary or index key
with which this KeySet is used.  Individual key values are
encoded as described [here][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode].
KeySet::setRanges() — Method in class KeySet
                    A list of key ranges. See [KeyRange][google.spanner.v1.KeyRange] for more information about
key range specifications.
KeySet::setAll() — Method in class KeySet
                    For convenience all can be set to true to indicate that this
KeySet matches all keys in the table or index. Note that any keys
specified in keys or ranges are only yielded once.
Mutation::setInsert() — Method in class Mutation
                    Insert new rows in a table. If any of the rows already exist,
the write or transaction fails with error ALREADY_EXISTS.
Mutation::setUpdate() — Method in class Mutation
                    Update existing rows in a table. If any of the rows does not
already exist, the transaction fails with error NOT_FOUND.
Mutation::setInsertOrUpdate() — Method in class Mutation
                    Like [insert][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.insert], except that if the row already exists, then
its column values are overwritten with the ones provided. Any
column values not explicitly written are preserved.
Mutation::setReplace() — Method in class Mutation
                    Like [insert][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.insert], except that if the row already exists, it is
deleted, and the column values provided are inserted
instead. Unlike [insert_or_update][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.insert_or_update], this means any values not
explicitly written become NULL.
Mutation::setDelete() — Method in class Mutation
                    Delete rows from a table. Succeeds whether or not the named
rows were present.
Mutation_Delete::setTable() — Method in class Mutation_Delete
                    Required. The table whose rows will be deleted.
Mutation_Delete::setKeySet() — Method in class Mutation_Delete
                    Required. The primary keys of the rows within [table][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.Delete.table] to delete.
Mutation_Write::setTable() — Method in class Mutation_Write
                    Required. The table whose rows will be written.
Mutation_Write::setColumns() — Method in class Mutation_Write
                    The names of the columns in [table][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.Write.table] to be written.
Mutation_Write::setValues() — Method in class Mutation_Write
                    The values to be written. values can contain more than one
list of values. If it does, then multiple rows are written, one
for each entry in values. Each list in values must have
exactly as many entries as there are entries in [columns][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.Write.columns]
above. Sending multiple lists is equivalent to sending multiple
Mutations, each containing one values entry and repeating
[table][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.Write.table] and [columns][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.Write.columns]. Individual values in each list are
encoded as described [here][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode].
PartialResultSet::setMetadata() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    Metadata about the result set, such as row type information.
PartialResultSet::setValues() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    A streamed result set consists of a stream of values, which might
be split into many PartialResultSet messages to accommodate
large rows and/or large values. Every N complete values defines a
row, where N is equal to the number of entries in
[metadata.row_type.fields][google.spanner.v1.StructType.fields].
PartialResultSet::setChunkedValue() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    If true, then the final value in [values][google.spanner.v1.PartialResultSet.values] is chunked, and must
be combined with more values from subsequent PartialResultSets
to obtain a complete field value.
PartialResultSet::setResumeToken() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    Streaming calls might be interrupted for a variety of reasons, such
as TCP connection loss. If this occurs, the stream of results can
be resumed by re-sending the original request and including
resume_token. Note that executing any other transaction in the
same session invalidates the token.
PartialResultSet::setStats() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    Query plan and execution statistics for the query that produced this
streaming result set. These can be requested by setting
[ExecuteSqlRequest.query_mode][google.spanner.v1.ExecuteSqlRequest.query_mode] and are sent
only once with the last response in the stream.
PlanNode::setIndex() — Method in class PlanNode
                    The PlanNode's index in [node list][google.spanner.v1.QueryPlan.plan_nodes].
PlanNode::setKind() — Method in class PlanNode
                    Used to determine the type of node. May be needed for visualizing
different kinds of nodes differently. For example, If the node is a
[SCALAR][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode.Kind.SCALAR] node, it will have a condensed representation
which can be used to directly embed a description of the node in its
parent.
PlanNode::setDisplayName() — Method in class PlanNode
                    The display name for the node.
PlanNode::setChildLinks() — Method in class PlanNode
                    List of child node indexes and their relationship to this parent.
PlanNode::setShortRepresentation() — Method in class PlanNode
                    Condensed representation for [SCALAR][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode.Kind.SCALAR] nodes.
PlanNode::setMetadata() — Method in class PlanNode
                    Attributes relevant to the node contained in a group of key-value pairs.
PlanNode::setExecutionStats() — Method in class PlanNode
                    The execution statistics associated with the node, contained in a group of
key-value pairs. Only present if the plan was returned as a result of a
profile query. For example, number of executions, number of rows/time per
execution etc.
PlanNode_ChildLink::setChildIndex() — Method in class PlanNode_ChildLink
                    The node to which the link points.
PlanNode_ChildLink::setType() — Method in class PlanNode_ChildLink
                    The type of the link. For example, in Hash Joins this could be used to
distinguish between the build child and the probe child, or in the case
of the child being an output variable, to represent the tag associated
with the output variable.
PlanNode_ChildLink::setVariable() — Method in class PlanNode_ChildLink
                    Only present if the child node is [SCALAR][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode.Kind.SCALAR] and corresponds
to an output variable of the parent node. The field carries the name of
the output variable.
PlanNode_ShortRepresentation::setDescription() — Method in class PlanNode_ShortRepresentation
                    A string representation of the expression subtree rooted at this node.
PlanNode_ShortRepresentation::setSubqueries() — Method in class PlanNode_ShortRepresentation
                    A mapping of (subquery variable name) -> (subquery node id) for cases
where the description string of this node references a SCALAR
subquery contained in the expression subtree rooted at this node. The
referenced SCALAR subquery may not necessarily be a direct child of
this node.
QueryPlan::setPlanNodes() — Method in class QueryPlan
                    The nodes in the query plan. Plan nodes are returned in pre-order starting
with the plan root. Each [PlanNode][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode]'s id corresponds to its index in
plan_nodes.
ReadRequest::setSession() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    Required. The session in which the read should be performed.
ReadRequest::setTransaction() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    The transaction to use. If none is provided, the default is a
temporary read-only transaction with strong concurrency.
ReadRequest::setTable() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    Required. The name of the table in the database to be read.
ReadRequest::setIndex() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    If non-empty, the name of an index on [table][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.table]. This index is
used instead of the table primary key when interpreting [key_set][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.key_set]
and sorting result rows. See [key_set][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.key_set] for further information.
ReadRequest::setColumns() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    The columns of [table][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.table] to be returned for each row matching
this request.
ReadRequest::setKeySet() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    Required. key_set identifies the rows to be yielded. key_set names the
primary keys of the rows in [table][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.table] to be yielded, unless [index][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.index]
is present. If [index][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.index] is present, then [key_set][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.key_set] instead names
index keys in [index][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.index].
ReadRequest::setLimit() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    If greater than zero, only the first limit rows are yielded. If limit
is zero, the default is no limit.
ReadRequest::setResumeToken() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    If this request is resuming a previously interrupted read,
resume_token should be copied from the last
[PartialResultSet][google.spanner.v1.PartialResultSet] yielded before the interruption. Doing this
enables the new read to resume where the last read left off. The
rest of the request parameters must exactly match the request
that yielded this token.
ResultSet::setMetadata() — Method in class ResultSet
                    Metadata about the result set, such as row type information.
ResultSet::setRows() — Method in class ResultSet
                    Each element in rows is a row whose format is defined by
[metadata.row_type][google.spanner.v1.ResultSetMetadata.row_type]. The ith element
in each row matches the ith field in
[metadata.row_type][google.spanner.v1.ResultSetMetadata.row_type]. Elements are
encoded based on type as described
[here][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode].
ResultSet::setStats() — Method in class ResultSet
                    Query plan and execution statistics for the query that produced this
result set. These can be requested by setting
[ExecuteSqlRequest.query_mode][google.spanner.v1.ExecuteSqlRequest.query_mode].
ResultSetMetadata::setRowType() — Method in class ResultSetMetadata
                    Indicates the field names and types for the rows in the result
set.  For example, a SQL query like "SELECT UserId, UserName FROM
Users" could return a row_type value like:
    "fields": [
      { "name": "UserId", "type": { "code": "INT64" } },
      { "name": "UserName", "type": { "code": "STRING" } },
    ]
ResultSetMetadata::setTransaction() — Method in class ResultSetMetadata
                    If the read or SQL query began a transaction as a side-effect, the
information about the new transaction is yielded here.
ResultSetStats::setQueryPlan() — Method in class ResultSetStats
                    [QueryPlan][google.spanner.v1.QueryPlan] for the query associated with this result.
ResultSetStats::setQueryStats() — Method in class ResultSetStats
                    Aggregated statistics from the execution of the query. Only present when
the query is profiled. For example, a query could return the statistics as
follows:
    {
      "rows_returned": "3",
      "elapsed_time": "1.22 secs",
      "cpu_time": "1.19 secs"
    }
RollbackRequest::setSession() — Method in class RollbackRequest
                    Required. The session in which the transaction to roll back is running.
RollbackRequest::setTransactionId() — Method in class RollbackRequest
                    Required. The transaction to roll back.
Session — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    A session in the Cloud Spanner API.
Session::setName() — Method in class Session
                    Required. The name of the session.
SpannerGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    Cloud Spanner API
SpannerGrpcClient::StreamingRead() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient
                    Like [Read][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Read], except returns the result set as a
stream. Unlike [Read][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Read], there is no limit on the
size of the returned result set. However, no individual row in
the result set can exceed 100 MiB, and no column value can exceed
10 MiB.
StructType — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    StructType defines the fields of a [STRUCT][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode.STRUCT] type.
StructType::setFields() — Method in class StructType
                    The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is
significant, because values of this struct type are represented as
lists, where the order of field values matches the order of
fields in the [StructType][google.spanner.v1.StructType]. In turn, the order of fields
matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of
fields in the SELECT clause of a query.
StructType_Field — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    Message representing a single field of a struct.
StructType_Field::setName() — Method in class StructType_Field
                    The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For
SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., "Word" in the
query "SELECT 'hello' AS Word"), or the column name (e.g.,
"ColName" in the query "SELECT ColName FROM Table"). Some
columns might have an empty name (e.g., !"SELECT
UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain
multiple fields with the same name.
StructType_Field::setType() — Method in class StructType_Field
                    The type of the field.
Transaction::setId() — Method in class Transaction
                    id may be used to identify the transaction in subsequent
[Read][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Read],
[ExecuteSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteSql],
[Commit][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Commit], or
[Rollback][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Rollback] calls.
Transaction::setReadTimestamp() — Method in class Transaction
                    For snapshot read-only transactions, the read timestamp chosen
for the transaction. Not returned by default: see
[TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.return_read_timestamp][google.spanner.v1.TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.return_read_timestamp].
TransactionOptions::setReadWrite() — Method in class TransactionOptions
                    Transaction may write.
TransactionOptions::setReadOnly() — Method in class TransactionOptions
                    Transaction will not write.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::setStrong() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Read at a timestamp where all previously committed transactions
are visible.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::setMinReadTimestamp() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Executes all reads at a timestamp >= min_read_timestamp.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::setMaxStaleness() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Read data at a timestamp >= NOW - max_staleness
seconds. Guarantees that all writes that have committed more
than the specified number of seconds ago are visible. Because
Cloud Spanner chooses the exact timestamp, this mode works even if
the client's local clock is substantially skewed from Cloud Spanner
commit timestamps.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::setReadTimestamp() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Executes all reads at the given timestamp. Unlike other modes,
reads at a specific timestamp are repeatable; the same read at
the same timestamp always returns the same data. If the
timestamp is in the future, the read will block until the
specified timestamp, modulo the read's deadline.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::setExactStaleness() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Executes all reads at a timestamp that is exact_staleness
old. The timestamp is chosen soon after the read is started.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::setReturnReadTimestamp() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    If true, the Cloud Spanner-selected read timestamp is included in
the [Transaction][google.spanner.v1.Transaction] message that describes the transaction.
$TransactionSelector — Property in class TransactionSelector
                    
TransactionSelector::setSingleUse() — Method in class TransactionSelector
                    Execute the read or SQL query in a temporary transaction.
TransactionSelector::setId() — Method in class TransactionSelector
                    Execute the read or SQL query in a previously-started transaction.
TransactionSelector::setBegin() — Method in class TransactionSelector
                    Begin a new transaction and execute this read or SQL query in
it. The transaction ID of the new transaction is returned in
[ResultSetMetadata.transaction][google.spanner.v1.ResultSetMetadata.transaction], which is a [Transaction][google.spanner.v1.Transaction].
Type::setCode() — Method in class Type
                    Required. The [TypeCode][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode] for this type.
Type::setArrayElementType() — Method in class Type
                    If [code][google.spanner.v1.Type.code] == [ARRAY][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode.ARRAY], then array_element_type
is the type of the array elements.
Type::setStructType() — Method in class Type
                    If [code][google.spanner.v1.Type.code] == [STRUCT][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode.STRUCT], then struct_type
provides type information for the struct's fields.
Color::setRed() — Method in class Color
                    The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
Color::setGreen() — Method in class Color
                    The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
Color::setBlue() — Method in class Color
                    The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
Color::setAlpha() — Method in class Color
                    The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is,
the final pixel color is defined by the equation:
  pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)
This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas
a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This
uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is
possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset.
Date::setYear() — Method in class Date
                    Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a date without
a year.
Date::setMonth() — Method in class Date
                    Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12.
Date::setDay() — Method in class Date
                    Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0
if specifying a year/month where the day is not significant.
LatLng::setLatitude() — Method in class LatLng
                    The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
LatLng::setLongitude() — Method in class LatLng
                    The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
Money::setCurrencyCode() — Method in class Money
                    The 3-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
Money::setUnits() — Method in class Money
                    The whole units of the amount.
Money::setNanos() — Method in class Money
                    Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount.
PostalAddress::setRevision() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    The schema revision of the PostalAddress.
PostalAddress::setRegionCode() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This
is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is
correct. See http://cldr.unicode.org/ and
http://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html
for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
PostalAddress::setLanguageCode() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if
known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected
to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their
transliterated equivalents.
PostalAddress::setPostalCode() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require
postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger
additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip
validation in the U.S.A.).
PostalAddress::setSortingCode() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used
in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like
"CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number
alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator"
(Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
PostalAddress::setAdministrativeArea() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal
addresses of a country or region.
PostalAddress::setLocality() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address.
PostalAddress::setSublocality() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. Sublocality of the address.
PostalAddress::setAddressLines() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address.
PostalAddress::setRecipients() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. The recipient at the address.
PostalAddress::setOrganization() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
TimeOfDay::setHours() — Method in class TimeOfDay
                    Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose
to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
TimeOfDay::setMinutes() — Method in class TimeOfDay
                    Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
TimeOfDay::setSeconds() — Method in class TimeOfDay
                    Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may
allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
TimeOfDay::setNanos() — Method in class TimeOfDay
                    Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
        
T

        TextSpan — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Represents an output piece of text.
Token — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Represents the smallest syntactic building block of the text.
TextAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    TextAnnotation contains a structured representation of OCR extracted text.
TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Detected start or end of a structural component.
TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak_BreakType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Enum to denote the type of break found. New line, space etc.
TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Detected language for a structural component.
TextAnnotation_TextProperty — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Additional information detected on the structural component.
TimedCount — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1
                    The number of errors in a given time period.
TimedCountAlignment — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1
                    Specifies how the time periods of error group counts are aligned.
TrackingIssue — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1
                    Information related to tracking the progress on resolving the error.
Trace — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Cloudtrace\V1
                    A trace describes how long it takes for an application to perform an
operation. It consists of a set of spans, each of which represent a single
timed event within the operation.
TraceServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Cloudtrace\V1
                    This file describes an API for collecting and viewing traces and spans
within a trace.  A Trace is a collection of spans corresponding to a single
operation or set of operations for an application. A span is an individual
timed event which forms a node of the trace tree. Spans for a single trace
may span multiple services.
TraceSpan — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Cloudtrace\V1
                    A span represents a single timed event within a trace. Spans can be nested
and form a trace tree. Often, a trace contains a root span that describes the
end-to-end latency of an operation and, optionally, one or more subspans for
its suboperations. Spans do not need to be contiguous. There may be gaps
between spans in a trace.
TraceSpan_SpanKind — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Cloudtrace\V1
                    Type of span. Can be used to specify additional relationships between spans
in addition to a parent/child relationship.
Traces — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Cloudtrace\V1
                    List of new or updated traces.
$LexerError — Property in class LexerError
                    
$LexerError — Property in class LexerError
                    
$Parser — Property in class Parser
                    
$Parser — Property in class Parser
                    
Parser::trace() — Method in class Parser
                    
$ParserError — Property in class ParserError
                    
$ParserValue — Property in class ParserValue
                    
Serializer::toSnakeCase() — Method in class Serializer
                    
Serializer::toCamelCase() — Method in class Serializer
                    
IAMPolicyGrpcClient::TestIamPermissions() — Method in class IAMPolicyGrpcClient
                    Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
TestIamPermissionsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Iam\V1
                    Request message for TestIamPermissions method.
TestIamPermissionsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Iam\V1
                    Response message for TestIamPermissions method.
TimeInterval — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    A time interval extending just after a start time through an end time.
TimeSeries — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    A collection of data points that describes the time-varying values
of a metric. A time series is identified by a combination of a
fully-specified monitored resource and a fully-specified metric.
TypedValue — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    A single strongly-typed value.
Timestamp — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf
                    A Timestamp represents a point in time independent of any time zone
or calendar, represented as seconds and fractions of seconds at
nanosecond resolution in UTC Epoch time. It is encoded using the
Proleptic Gregorian Calendar which extends the Gregorian calendar
backwards to year one. It is encoded assuming all minutes are 60
seconds long, i.e. leap seconds are "smeared" so that no leap second
table is needed for interpretation. Range is from
0001-01-01T00:00:00Z to 9999-12-31T23:59:59.999999999Z.
Type — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf
                    A protocol buffer message type.
$SeekRequest — Property in class SeekRequest
                    
Topic — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    A topic resource.
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient::TestIamPermissions() — Method in class DatabaseAdminGrpcClient
                    Returns permissions that the caller has on the specified database resource.
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::TestIamPermissions() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Returns permissions that the caller has on the specified instance resource.
$CommitRequest — Property in class CommitRequest
                    
Transaction — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    A transaction.
TransactionOptions — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    Transactions

Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time. After the
active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be
re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a
new session for each transaction.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    Options for read-only transactions.
$TransactionOptions_ReadOnly — Property in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    
TransactionOptions_ReadWrite — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    Options for read-write transactions.
TransactionSelector — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    This message is used to select the transaction in which a
[Read][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Read] or
[ExecuteSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteSql] call runs.
Type — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    Type indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a
table cell or returned from an SQL query.
TypeCode — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\V1
                    TypeCode is used as part of [Type][google.spanner.v1.Type] to
indicate the type of a Cloud Spanner value.
TimeOfDay — Class in namespace Google\Type
                    Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant
or are specified elsewhere. An API may chose to allow leap seconds. Related
types are [google.type.Date][google.type.Date] and google.protobuf.Timestamp.
        
U
        Usage — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Configuration controlling usage of a service.
UsageRule — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Usage configuration rules for the service.
ErrorGroupServiceGrpcClient::UpdateGroup() — Method in class ErrorGroupServiceGrpcClient
                    Replace the data for the specified group.
UpdateGroupRequest — Class in namespace Google\Devtools\Clouderrorreporting\V1beta1
                    A request to replace the existing data for the given group.
Parser::unput() — Method in class Parser
                    
Parser::upcomingInput() — Method in class Parser
                    
ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient::UpdateSink() — Method in class ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Updates a sink. If the named sink doesn't exist, then this method is
identical to
sinks.create.
MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient::UpdateLogMetric() — Method in class MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Creates or updates a logs-based metric.
UpdateLogMetricRequest — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to UpdateLogMetric.
UpdateSinkRequest — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to UpdateSink.
GroupServiceGrpcClient::UpdateGroup() — Method in class GroupServiceGrpcClient
                    Updates an existing group.
UpdateGroupRequest — Class in namespace Google\Monitoring\V3
                    The UpdateGroup request.
UInt32Value — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf
                    Wrapper message for uint32.
UInt64Value — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf
                    Wrapper message for uint64.
SubscriberGrpcClient::UpdateSubscription() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    Updates an existing subscription. Note that certain properties of a
subscription, such as its topic, are not modifiable.
UpdateSubscriptionRequest — Class in namespace Google\Pubsub\V1
                    Request for the UpdateSubscription method.
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient::UpdateDatabaseDdl() — Method in class DatabaseAdminGrpcClient
                    Updates the schema of a Cloud Spanner database by
creating/altering/dropping tables, columns, indexes, etc. The returned
[long-running operation][google.longrunning.Operation] will have a name of
the format <database_name>/operations/<operation_id> and can be used to
track execution of the schema change(s). The
[metadata][google.longrunning.Operation.metadata] field type is
[UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata].  The operation has no response.
UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1
                    Metadata type for the operation returned by
[UpdateDatabaseDdl][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.UpdateDatabaseDdl].
UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1
                    Enqueues the given DDL statements to be applied, in order but not
necessarily all at once, to the database schema at some point (or
points) in the future. The server checks that the statements
are executable (syntactically valid, name tables that exist, etc.)
before enqueueing them, but they may still fail upon
later execution (e.g., if a statement from another batch of
statements is applied first and it conflicts in some way, or if
there is some data-related problem like a NULL value in a column to
which NOT NULL would be added). If a statement fails, all
subsequent statements in the batch are automatically cancelled.
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::UpdateInstance() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Updates an instance, and begins allocating or releasing resources
as requested. The returned [long-running
operation][google.longrunning.Operation] can be used to track the
progress of updating the instance. If the named instance does not
exist, returns NOT_FOUND.
UpdateInstanceMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    Metadata type for the operation returned by
[UpdateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.UpdateInstance].
UpdateInstanceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    The request for [UpdateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.UpdateInstance].
        
V
        VideoAnnotationProgress — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Videointelligence\V1beta1
                    Annotation progress for a single video.
VideoAnnotationResults — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Videointelligence\V1beta1
                    Annotation results for a single video.
VideoContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Videointelligence\V1beta1
                    Video context and/or feature-specific parameters.
VideoIntelligenceServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Videointelligence\V1beta1
                    Service that implements Google Cloud Video Intelligence API.
VideoSegment — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Videointelligence\V1beta1
                    Video segment.
Vertex — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    A vertex represents a 2D point in the image.
$Parser — Property in class Parser
                    
ValidationException — Class in namespace Google\GAX
                    
$TypedValue — Property in class TypedValue
                    
Value — Class in namespace Google\Protobuf
                    Value represents a dynamically typed value which can be either
null, a number, a string, a boolean, a recursive struct value, or a
list of values. A producer of value is expected to set one of that
variants, absence of any variant indicates an error.
        
W
        WebDetection — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Relevant information for the image from the Internet.
WebDetection_WebEntity — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Entity deduced from similar images on the Internet.
WebDetection_WebImage — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Metadata for online images.
WebDetection_WebPage — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Metadata for web pages.
Word — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    A word representation.
BidiStream::write() — Method in class BidiStream
                    Write request to the server.
BidiStream::writeAll() — Method in class BidiStream
                    Write all requests in $requests.
ClientStream::write() — Method in class ClientStream
                    Write request to the server.
ClientStream::writeAllAndReadResponse() — Method in class ClientStream
                    Write all data in $dataArray and read the response from the server, completing the streaming
call.
MockBidiStreamingCall::write() — Method in class MockBidiStreamingCall
                    Save the request object, to be retrieved via getReceivedCalls()
MockBidiStreamingCall::writesDone() — Method in class MockBidiStreamingCall
                    Set writesDone to true
MockClientStreamingCall::wait() — Method in class MockClientStreamingCall
                    Immediately return the preset response object and status.
MockClientStreamingCall::write() — Method in class MockClientStreamingCall
                    Save the request object, to be retrieved via getReceivedCalls()
MockUnaryCall::wait() — Method in class MockUnaryCall
                    Immediately return the preset response object and status.
LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient::WriteLogEntries() — Method in class LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Writes log entries to Stackdriver Logging.
WriteLogEntriesPartialErrors — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    Error details for WriteLogEntries with partial success.
WriteLogEntriesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to WriteLogEntries.
WriteLogEntriesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Logging\V2
                    Result returned from WriteLogEntries.
        
X
        $ParserRange — Property in class ParserRange
                    
        
Y
        $Parser — Property in class Parser
                    
$ParserRange — Property in class ParserRange
                    
        
_
        Advice::__construct() — Method in class Advice
                    
AuthProvider::__construct() — Method in class AuthProvider
                    
AuthRequirement::__construct() — Method in class AuthRequirement
                    
Authentication::__construct() — Method in class Authentication
                    
AuthenticationRule::__construct() — Method in class AuthenticationRule
                    
AuthorizationConfig::__construct() — Method in class AuthorizationConfig
                    
Backend::__construct() — Method in class Backend
                    
BackendRule::__construct() — Method in class BackendRule
                    
Billing::__construct() — Method in class Billing
                    
BillingStatusRule::__construct() — Method in class BillingStatusRule
                    
ConfigChange::__construct() — Method in class ConfigChange
                    
Context::__construct() — Method in class Context
                    
ContextRule::__construct() — Method in class ContextRule
                    
Control::__construct() — Method in class Control
                    
CustomHttpPattern::__construct() — Method in class CustomHttpPattern
                    
Distribution::__construct() — Method in class Distribution
                    
Distribution_BucketOptions::__construct() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions
                    
Distribution_BucketOptions_Explicit::__construct() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Explicit
                    
Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential::__construct() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential
                    
Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear::__construct() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear
                    
Distribution_Range::__construct() — Method in class Distribution_Range
                    
Documentation::__construct() — Method in class Documentation
                    
DocumentationRule::__construct() — Method in class DocumentationRule
                    
Endpoint::__construct() — Method in class Endpoint
                    
Experimental::__construct() — Method in class Experimental
                    
Http::__construct() — Method in class Http
                    
HttpBody::__construct() — Method in class HttpBody
                    
HttpRule::__construct() — Method in class HttpRule
                    
LabelDescriptor::__construct() — Method in class LabelDescriptor
                    
LogDescriptor::__construct() — Method in class LogDescriptor
                    
Logging::__construct() — Method in class Logging
                    
Logging_LoggingDestination::__construct() — Method in class Logging_LoggingDestination
                    
Metric::__construct() — Method in class Metric
                    
MetricDescriptor::__construct() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    
MetricRule::__construct() — Method in class MetricRule
                    
MonitoredResource::__construct() — Method in class MonitoredResource
                    
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::__construct() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    
Monitoring::__construct() — Method in class Monitoring
                    
Monitoring_MonitoringDestination::__construct() — Method in class Monitoring_MonitoringDestination
                    
OAuthRequirements::__construct() — Method in class OAuthRequirements
                    
Page::__construct() — Method in class Page
                    
ProjectProperties::__construct() — Method in class ProjectProperties
                    
Property::__construct() — Method in class Property
                    
Quota::__construct() — Method in class Quota
                    
QuotaLimit::__construct() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    
Service::__construct() — Method in class Service
                    
SourceInfo::__construct() — Method in class SourceInfo
                    
SystemParameter::__construct() — Method in class SystemParameter
                    
SystemParameterRule::__construct() — Method in class SystemParameterRule
                    
SystemParameters::__construct() — Method in class SystemParameters
                    
Usage::__construct() — Method in class Usage
                    
UsageRule::__construct() — Method in class UsageRule
                    
AuditLog::__construct() — Method in class AuditLog
                    
AuthenticationInfo::__construct() — Method in class AuthenticationInfo
                    
AuthorizationInfo::__construct() — Method in class AuthorizationInfo
                    
RequestMetadata::__construct() — Method in class RequestMetadata
                    
AnalyzeEntitiesRequest::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitiesRequest
                    
AnalyzeEntitiesResponse::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitiesResponse
                    
AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest
                    
AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse
                    
AnalyzeSentimentRequest::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentRequest
                    
AnalyzeSentimentResponse::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentResponse
                    
AnalyzeSyntaxRequest::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxRequest
                    
AnalyzeSyntaxResponse::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxResponse
                    
AnnotateTextRequest::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest
                    
AnnotateTextRequest_Features::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest_Features
                    
AnnotateTextResponse::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    
DependencyEdge::__construct() — Method in class DependencyEdge
                    
Document::__construct() — Method in class Document
                    
Entity::__construct() — Method in class Entity
                    
EntityMention::__construct() — Method in class EntityMention
                    
LanguageServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class LanguageServiceGrpcClient
                    
PartOfSpeech::__construct() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    
Sentence::__construct() — Method in class Sentence
                    
Sentiment::__construct() — Method in class Sentiment
                    
TextSpan::__construct() — Method in class TextSpan
                    
Token::__construct() — Method in class Token
                    
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::__construct() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    
LongRunningRecognizeRequest::__construct() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeRequest
                    
LongRunningRecognizeResponse::__construct() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeResponse
                    
RecognitionAudio::__construct() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    
RecognitionConfig::__construct() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    
RecognizeRequest::__construct() — Method in class RecognizeRequest
                    
RecognizeResponse::__construct() — Method in class RecognizeResponse
                    
SpeechContext::__construct() — Method in class SpeechContext
                    
SpeechGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class SpeechGrpcClient
                    
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::__construct() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    
SpeechRecognitionResult::__construct() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionResult
                    
StreamingRecognitionConfig::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    
StreamingRecognitionResult::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    
StreamingRecognizeRequest::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    
StreamingRecognizeResponse::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    
AsyncRecognizeMetadata::__construct() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeMetadata
                    
AsyncRecognizeRequest::__construct() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeRequest
                    
AsyncRecognizeResponse::__construct() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeResponse
                    
RecognitionAudio::__construct() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    
RecognitionConfig::__construct() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    
SpeechContext::__construct() — Method in class SpeechContext
                    
SpeechGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class SpeechGrpcClient
                    
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::__construct() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    
SpeechRecognitionResult::__construct() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionResult
                    
StreamingRecognitionConfig::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    
StreamingRecognitionResult::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    
StreamingRecognizeRequest::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    
StreamingRecognizeResponse::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    
SyncRecognizeRequest::__construct() — Method in class SyncRecognizeRequest
                    
SyncRecognizeResponse::__construct() — Method in class SyncRecognizeResponse
                    
AnnotateVideoProgress::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateVideoProgress
                    
AnnotateVideoRequest::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    
AnnotateVideoResponse::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateVideoResponse
                    
BoundingBox::__construct() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    
FaceAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    
FaceLocation::__construct() — Method in class FaceLocation
                    
LabelAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    
LabelLocation::__construct() — Method in class LabelLocation
                    
SafeSearchAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    
VideoAnnotationProgress::__construct() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    
VideoAnnotationResults::__construct() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    
VideoContext::__construct() — Method in class VideoContext
                    
VideoIntelligenceServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class VideoIntelligenceServiceGrpcClient
                    
VideoSegment::__construct() — Method in class VideoSegment
                    
AnnotateImageRequest::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateImageRequest
                    
AnnotateImageResponse::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    
BatchAnnotateImagesRequest::__construct() — Method in class BatchAnnotateImagesRequest
                    
BatchAnnotateImagesResponse::__construct() — Method in class BatchAnnotateImagesResponse
                    
Block::__construct() — Method in class Block
                    
BoundingPoly::__construct() — Method in class BoundingPoly
                    
ColorInfo::__construct() — Method in class ColorInfo
                    
CropHint::__construct() — Method in class CropHint
                    
CropHintsAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class CropHintsAnnotation
                    
CropHintsParams::__construct() — Method in class CropHintsParams
                    
DominantColorsAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class DominantColorsAnnotation
                    
EntityAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    
FaceAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    
FaceAnnotation_Landmark::__construct() — Method in class FaceAnnotation_Landmark
                    
Feature::__construct() — Method in class Feature
                    
Image::__construct() — Method in class Image
                    
ImageAnnotatorGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class ImageAnnotatorGrpcClient
                    
ImageContext::__construct() — Method in class ImageContext
                    
ImageProperties::__construct() — Method in class ImageProperties
                    
ImageSource::__construct() — Method in class ImageSource
                    
LatLongRect::__construct() — Method in class LatLongRect
                    
LocationInfo::__construct() — Method in class LocationInfo
                    
Page::__construct() — Method in class Page
                    
Paragraph::__construct() — Method in class Paragraph
                    
Position::__construct() — Method in class Position
                    
Property::__construct() — Method in class Property
                    
SafeSearchAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    
Symbol::__construct() — Method in class Symbol
                    
TextAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class TextAnnotation
                    
TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak::__construct() — Method in class TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak
                    
TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage::__construct() — Method in class TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage
                    
TextAnnotation_TextProperty::__construct() — Method in class TextAnnotation_TextProperty
                    
Vertex::__construct() — Method in class Vertex
                    
WebDetection::__construct() — Method in class WebDetection
                    
WebDetection_WebEntity::__construct() — Method in class WebDetection_WebEntity
                    
WebDetection_WebImage::__construct() — Method in class WebDetection_WebImage
                    
WebDetection_WebPage::__construct() — Method in class WebDetection_WebPage
                    
Word::__construct() — Method in class Word
                    
DeleteEventsRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteEventsRequest
                    
DeleteEventsResponse::__construct() — Method in class DeleteEventsResponse
                    
ErrorContext::__construct() — Method in class ErrorContext
                    
ErrorEvent::__construct() — Method in class ErrorEvent
                    
ErrorGroup::__construct() — Method in class ErrorGroup
                    
ErrorGroupServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class ErrorGroupServiceGrpcClient
                    
ErrorGroupStats::__construct() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    
ErrorStatsServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class ErrorStatsServiceGrpcClient
                    
GetGroupRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetGroupRequest
                    
HttpRequestContext::__construct() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    
ListEventsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    
ListEventsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListEventsResponse
                    
ListGroupStatsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    
ListGroupStatsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListGroupStatsResponse
                    
QueryTimeRange::__construct() — Method in class QueryTimeRange
                    
ReportErrorEventRequest::__construct() — Method in class ReportErrorEventRequest
                    
ReportErrorEventResponse::__construct() — Method in class ReportErrorEventResponse
                    
ReportErrorsServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class ReportErrorsServiceGrpcClient
                    
ReportedErrorEvent::__construct() — Method in class ReportedErrorEvent
                    
ServiceContext::__construct() — Method in class ServiceContext
                    
ServiceContextFilter::__construct() — Method in class ServiceContextFilter
                    
SourceLocation::__construct() — Method in class SourceLocation
                    
TimedCount::__construct() — Method in class TimedCount
                    
TrackingIssue::__construct() — Method in class TrackingIssue
                    
UpdateGroupRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateGroupRequest
                    
GetTraceRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetTraceRequest
                    
ListTracesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListTracesRequest
                    
ListTracesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListTracesResponse
                    
PatchTracesRequest::__construct() — Method in class PatchTracesRequest
                    
Trace::__construct() — Method in class Trace
                    
TraceServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class TraceServiceGrpcClient
                    
TraceSpan::__construct() — Method in class TraceSpan
                    
Traces::__construct() — Method in class Traces
                    
AgentHeaderDescriptor::__construct() — Method in class AgentHeaderDescriptor
                    
ApiException::__construct() — Method in class ApiException
                    
ApiException::__toString() — Method in class ApiException
                    String representation of ApiException
BackoffSettings::__construct() — Method in class BackoffSettings
                    Constructs an instance.
BidiStream::__construct() — Method in class BidiStream
                    BidiStream constructor.
CallSettings::__construct() — Method in class CallSettings
                    Construct an instance.
ClientStream::__construct() — Method in class ClientStream
                    ClientStream constructor.
FixedSizeCollection::__construct() — Method in class FixedSizeCollection
                    FixedSizeCollection constructor.
GrpcCredentialsHelper::__construct() — Method in class GrpcCredentialsHelper
                    Accepts an optional credentialsLoader argument, to be used instead of using
the ApplicationDefaultCredentials
LexerConditions::__construct() — Method in class LexerConditions
                    
LexerError::__construct() — Method in class LexerError
                    
Parser::__construct() — Method in class Parser
                    
ParserAction::__construct() — Method in class ParserAction
                    
ParserCachedAction::__construct() — Method in class ParserCachedAction
                    
ParserError::__construct() — Method in class ParserError
                    
ParserLocation::__construct() — Method in class ParserLocation
                    
ParserLocation::__clone() — Method in class ParserLocation
                    
ParserProduction::__construct() — Method in class ParserProduction
                    
ParserRange::__construct() — Method in class ParserRange
                    
ParserState::__construct() — Method in class ParserState
                    
ParserSymbol::__construct() — Method in class ParserSymbol
                    
ParserValue::__clone() — Method in class ParserValue
                    
Segment::__construct() — Method in class Segment
                    
OperationsClient::__construct() — Method in class OperationsClient
                    Constructor.
OperationResponse::__construct() — Method in class OperationResponse
                    OperationResponse constructor.
Page::__construct() — Method in class Page
                    Page constructor.
PageStreamingDescriptor::__construct() — Method in class PageStreamingDescriptor
                    
PagedListResponse::__construct() — Method in class PagedListResponse
                    PagedListResponse constructor.
Parser::__construct() — Method in class Parser
                    
PathTemplate::__construct() — Method in class PathTemplate
                    
PathTemplate::__toString() — Method in class PathTemplate
                    
RetrySettings::__construct() — Method in class RetrySettings
                    Construct an instance.
Serializer::__construct() — Method in class Serializer
                    
ServerStream::__construct() — Method in class ServerStream
                    ServerStream constructor.
MockBidiStreamingCall::__construct() — Method in class MockBidiStreamingCall
                    MockBidiStreamingCall constructor.
MockClientStreamingCall::__construct() — Method in class MockClientStreamingCall
                    MockClientStreamingCall constructor.
MockServerStreamingCall::__construct() — Method in class MockServerStreamingCall
                    MockServerStreamingCall constructor.
MockStatus::__construct() — Method in class MockStatus
                    
MockStubTrait::_simpleRequest() — Method in class MockStubTrait
                    Overrides the _simpleRequest method in \Grpc\BaseStub
(https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/src/php/lib/Grpc/BaseStub.php)
Returns a MockUnaryCall object that will return the first item from $responses
MockStubTrait::_clientStreamRequest() — Method in class MockStubTrait
                    Overrides the _clientStreamRequest method in \Grpc\BaseStub
(https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/src/php/lib/Grpc/BaseStub.php)
Returns a MockClientStreamingCall object that will return the first item from $responses
MockStubTrait::_serverStreamRequest() — Method in class MockStubTrait
                    Overrides the _serverStreamRequest method in \Grpc\BaseStub
(https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/src/php/lib/Grpc/BaseStub.php)
Returns a MockServerStreamingCall object that will stream items from $responses, and return
a final status of $serverStreamingStatus.
MockStubTrait::_bidiRequest() — Method in class MockStubTrait
                    Overrides the _bidiRequest method in \Grpc\BaseStub
(https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/src/php/lib/Grpc/BaseStub.php)
Returns a MockBidiStreamingCall object that will stream items from $responses, and return
a final status of $serverStreamingStatus.
MockUnaryCall::__construct() — Method in class MockUnaryCall
                    MockUnaryCall constructor.
ReceivedRequest::__construct() — Method in class ReceivedRequest
                    
Binding::__construct() — Method in class Binding
                    
BindingDelta::__construct() — Method in class BindingDelta
                    
GetIamPolicyRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetIamPolicyRequest
                    
IAMPolicyGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class IAMPolicyGrpcClient
                    
Policy::__construct() — Method in class Policy
                    
PolicyDelta::__construct() — Method in class PolicyDelta
                    
SetIamPolicyRequest::__construct() — Method in class SetIamPolicyRequest
                    
TestIamPermissionsRequest::__construct() — Method in class TestIamPermissionsRequest
                    
TestIamPermissionsResponse::__construct() — Method in class TestIamPermissionsResponse
                    
HttpRequest::__construct() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    
ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient
                    
CreateLogMetricRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateLogMetricRequest
                    
CreateSinkRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateSinkRequest
                    
DeleteLogMetricRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteLogMetricRequest
                    
DeleteLogRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteLogRequest
                    
DeleteSinkRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteSinkRequest
                    
GetLogMetricRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetLogMetricRequest
                    
GetSinkRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetSinkRequest
                    
ListLogEntriesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    
ListLogEntriesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListLogEntriesResponse
                    
ListLogMetricsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListLogMetricsRequest
                    
ListLogMetricsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListLogMetricsResponse
                    
ListLogsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListLogsRequest
                    
ListLogsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListLogsResponse
                    
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse
                    
ListSinksRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListSinksRequest
                    
ListSinksResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListSinksResponse
                    
LogEntry::__construct() — Method in class LogEntry
                    
LogEntryOperation::__construct() — Method in class LogEntryOperation
                    
LogEntrySourceLocation::__construct() — Method in class LogEntrySourceLocation
                    
LogMetric::__construct() — Method in class LogMetric
                    
LogSink::__construct() — Method in class LogSink
                    
LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient
                    
MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient
                    
UpdateLogMetricRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateLogMetricRequest
                    
UpdateSinkRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateSinkRequest
                    
WriteLogEntriesPartialErrors::__construct() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesPartialErrors
                    
WriteLogEntriesRequest::__construct() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    
WriteLogEntriesResponse::__construct() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesResponse
                    
CancelOperationRequest::__construct() — Method in class CancelOperationRequest
                    
DeleteOperationRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteOperationRequest
                    
GetOperationRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetOperationRequest
                    
ListOperationsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    
ListOperationsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListOperationsResponse
                    
Operation::__construct() — Method in class Operation
                    
OperationsGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class OperationsGrpcClient
                    
Aggregation::__construct() — Method in class Aggregation
                    
CreateGroupRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateGroupRequest
                    
CreateMetricDescriptorRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateMetricDescriptorRequest
                    
CreateTimeSeriesError::__construct() — Method in class CreateTimeSeriesError
                    
CreateTimeSeriesRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateTimeSeriesRequest
                    
DeleteGroupRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteGroupRequest
                    
DeleteMetricDescriptorRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteMetricDescriptorRequest
                    
GetGroupRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetGroupRequest
                    
GetMetricDescriptorRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetMetricDescriptorRequest
                    
GetMonitoredResourceDescriptorRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetMonitoredResourceDescriptorRequest
                    
Group::__construct() — Method in class Group
                    
GroupServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class GroupServiceGrpcClient
                    
ListGroupMembersRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    
ListGroupMembersResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListGroupMembersResponse
                    
ListGroupsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    
ListGroupsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListGroupsResponse
                    
ListMetricDescriptorsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsRequest
                    
ListMetricDescriptorsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsResponse
                    
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse
                    
ListTimeSeriesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    
ListTimeSeriesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesResponse
                    
MetricServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class MetricServiceGrpcClient
                    
Point::__construct() — Method in class Point
                    
TimeInterval::__construct() — Method in class TimeInterval
                    
TimeSeries::__construct() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    
TypedValue::__construct() — Method in class TypedValue
                    
UpdateGroupRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateGroupRequest
                    
Any::__construct() — Method in class Any
                    
Api::__construct() — Method in class Api
                    
BoolValue::__construct() — Method in class BoolValue
                    
BytesValue::__construct() — Method in class BytesValue
                    
DoubleValue::__construct() — Method in class DoubleValue
                    
Duration::__construct() — Method in class Duration
                    
Enum::__construct() — Method in class Enum
                    
EnumValue::__construct() — Method in class EnumValue
                    
Field::__construct() — Method in class Field
                    
FieldMask::__construct() — Method in class FieldMask
                    
FloatValue::__construct() — Method in class FloatValue
                    
GPBEmpty::__construct() — Method in class GPBEmpty
                    
Int32Value::__construct() — Method in class Int32Value
                    
Int64Value::__construct() — Method in class Int64Value
                    
ListValue::__construct() — Method in class ListValue
                    
Method::__construct() — Method in class Method
                    
Mixin::__construct() — Method in class Mixin
                    
Option::__construct() — Method in class Option
                    
SourceContext::__construct() — Method in class SourceContext
                    
StringValue::__construct() — Method in class StringValue
                    
Struct::__construct() — Method in class Struct
                    
Timestamp::__construct() — Method in class Timestamp
                    
Type::__construct() — Method in class Type
                    
UInt32Value::__construct() — Method in class UInt32Value
                    
UInt64Value::__construct() — Method in class UInt64Value
                    
Value::__construct() — Method in class Value
                    
AcknowledgeRequest::__construct() — Method in class AcknowledgeRequest
                    
CreateSnapshotRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateSnapshotRequest
                    
DeleteSnapshotRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteSnapshotRequest
                    
DeleteSubscriptionRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteSubscriptionRequest
                    
DeleteTopicRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteTopicRequest
                    
GetSubscriptionRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetSubscriptionRequest
                    
GetTopicRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetTopicRequest
                    
ListSnapshotsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    
ListSnapshotsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListSnapshotsResponse
                    
ListSubscriptionsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsRequest
                    
ListSubscriptionsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsResponse
                    
ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest
                    
ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse
                    
ListTopicsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListTopicsRequest
                    
ListTopicsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListTopicsResponse
                    
ModifyAckDeadlineRequest::__construct() — Method in class ModifyAckDeadlineRequest
                    
ModifyPushConfigRequest::__construct() — Method in class ModifyPushConfigRequest
                    
PublishRequest::__construct() — Method in class PublishRequest
                    
PublishResponse::__construct() — Method in class PublishResponse
                    
PublisherGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class PublisherGrpcClient
                    
PubsubMessage::__construct() — Method in class PubsubMessage
                    
PullRequest::__construct() — Method in class PullRequest
                    
PullResponse::__construct() — Method in class PullResponse
                    
PushConfig::__construct() — Method in class PushConfig
                    
ReceivedMessage::__construct() — Method in class ReceivedMessage
                    
SeekRequest::__construct() — Method in class SeekRequest
                    
SeekResponse::__construct() — Method in class SeekResponse
                    
Snapshot::__construct() — Method in class Snapshot
                    
StreamingPullRequest::__construct() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    
StreamingPullResponse::__construct() — Method in class StreamingPullResponse
                    
SubscriberGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    
Subscription::__construct() — Method in class Subscription
                    
Topic::__construct() — Method in class Topic
                    
UpdateSubscriptionRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateSubscriptionRequest
                    
BadRequest::__construct() — Method in class BadRequest
                    
BadRequest_FieldViolation::__construct() — Method in class BadRequest_FieldViolation
                    
DebugInfo::__construct() — Method in class DebugInfo
                    
Help::__construct() — Method in class Help
                    
Help_Link::__construct() — Method in class Help_Link
                    
LocalizedMessage::__construct() — Method in class LocalizedMessage
                    
QuotaFailure::__construct() — Method in class QuotaFailure
                    
QuotaFailure_Violation::__construct() — Method in class QuotaFailure_Violation
                    
RequestInfo::__construct() — Method in class RequestInfo
                    
ResourceInfo::__construct() — Method in class ResourceInfo
                    
RetryInfo::__construct() — Method in class RetryInfo
                    
Status::__construct() — Method in class Status
                    
CreateDatabaseMetadata::__construct() — Method in class CreateDatabaseMetadata
                    
CreateDatabaseRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateDatabaseRequest
                    
Database::__construct() — Method in class Database
                    
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class DatabaseAdminGrpcClient
                    
DropDatabaseRequest::__construct() — Method in class DropDatabaseRequest
                    
GetDatabaseDdlRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetDatabaseDdlRequest
                    
GetDatabaseDdlResponse::__construct() — Method in class GetDatabaseDdlResponse
                    
GetDatabaseRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetDatabaseRequest
                    
ListDatabasesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListDatabasesRequest
                    
ListDatabasesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListDatabasesResponse
                    
UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata::__construct() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata
                    
UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest
                    
CreateInstanceMetadata::__construct() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    
CreateInstanceRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    
DeleteInstanceRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteInstanceRequest
                    
GetInstanceConfigRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetInstanceConfigRequest
                    
GetInstanceRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetInstanceRequest
                    
Instance::__construct() — Method in class Instance
                    
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    
InstanceConfig::__construct() — Method in class InstanceConfig
                    
ListInstanceConfigsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsRequest
                    
ListInstanceConfigsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsResponse
                    
ListInstancesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    
ListInstancesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    
UpdateInstanceMetadata::__construct() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    
UpdateInstanceRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateInstanceRequest
                    
BeginTransactionRequest::__construct() — Method in class BeginTransactionRequest
                    
CommitRequest::__construct() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    
CommitResponse::__construct() — Method in class CommitResponse
                    
CreateSessionRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateSessionRequest
                    
DeleteSessionRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteSessionRequest
                    
ExecuteSqlRequest::__construct() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    
GetSessionRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetSessionRequest
                    
KeyRange::__construct() — Method in class KeyRange
                    
KeySet::__construct() — Method in class KeySet
                    
Mutation::__construct() — Method in class Mutation
                    
Mutation_Delete::__construct() — Method in class Mutation_Delete
                    
Mutation_Write::__construct() — Method in class Mutation_Write
                    
PartialResultSet::__construct() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    
PlanNode::__construct() — Method in class PlanNode
                    
PlanNode_ChildLink::__construct() — Method in class PlanNode_ChildLink
                    
PlanNode_ShortRepresentation::__construct() — Method in class PlanNode_ShortRepresentation
                    
QueryPlan::__construct() — Method in class QueryPlan
                    
ReadRequest::__construct() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    
ResultSet::__construct() — Method in class ResultSet
                    
ResultSetMetadata::__construct() — Method in class ResultSetMetadata
                    
ResultSetStats::__construct() — Method in class ResultSetStats
                    
RollbackRequest::__construct() — Method in class RollbackRequest
                    
Session::__construct() — Method in class Session
                    
SpannerGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient
                    
StructType::__construct() — Method in class StructType
                    
StructType_Field::__construct() — Method in class StructType_Field
                    
Transaction::__construct() — Method in class Transaction
                    
TransactionOptions::__construct() — Method in class TransactionOptions
                    
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::__construct() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    
TransactionOptions_ReadWrite::__construct() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadWrite
                    
TransactionSelector::__construct() — Method in class TransactionSelector
                    
Type::__construct() — Method in class Type
                    
Color::__construct() — Method in class Color
                    
Date::__construct() — Method in class Date
                    
LatLng::__construct() — Method in class LatLng
                    
Money::__construct() — Method in class Money
                    
PostalAddress::__construct() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    
TimeOfDay::__construct() — Method in class TimeOfDay


                
        Generated by Sami, the API Documentation Generator.

A

B

C

D

##########################################################

E

F

G

H

I

API Overview

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

System parameter configuration

Overview

T

Transactions

U

V

W

X

Y

_

`H`

`T`